The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutContract 53992" C-ONTRAC7GR CTTY SECRETARY CONTRACT NO, �j � . �. urn• 5aC u-p—Aiky bllok''MFOh(: nlrFT TROJEc r NIANAGtit rhlD FILL COPY I'll-lon CITY OF FORT f RTH, TEXAS FORT WTI ALLIANCE AIRPORT C 1'IR L TOWER HVAC REPLACEMENT PMD1.-0 City Project N. CO2349 FORTWORTH. BE"rSY PRICE ,1YIAYUR DAVID COOK CITY MANAULk Steve Coolie Director, Prolae y M-,snag m nt Depat-tment Bi lI 'U elstead Director, i a t i o n Department SWIlMit CollSUltants Infinity o:ntt'a toils International LTD May 2020 NW —Review P4gt, f ol'3 Offiddlit+eofIhcCIt}rLit rnrt-l%InrTh, Takmr r{IItT I��rll CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REFERENCE "• &C 20- 21A1_LrANCE AIRPORT DATE: 5i512= NO.: 0294 LOG NAIfVIE- CONTROL TOWER HVAC R E PLACEME N'r PUBLIC # CODE: C TYPE: CONSENTI-tllAI�IN NO SUBJECT. Authorize the Execution of a Goastruction Contracl with Infinity CorltraotQr International. LTD.. in the AmeuPii Not to Exceed 965.547,00. IrtciLid ing the Owners OR."tFUcticn AlIowa3nce, for the Alliance Airpart Control Tower HVAC Replacement for a Total Anticipated Project Cost of $1,782,74 _Do, and adopil nppropriotiQn ordnance (C 0 UN NIL DISTRICT 7) RECOMMENDATION: It is recominended that [he. City Ccunc[I-. 1. AuthQdZe Lire execution of a oQnstroctinn contract vv1Lh Winliy Contrac.tur irIternatlorral, LIT), In the amount foot to exceed $965,547.00, Iockrdlog the ovvr1er's.con5trucbvn allowance, for the Alliance Airport Control Tower HVAC RepiaCerrleTit:. 7. A6d )pt the al l:ached appropriation ordlnance Increiising estrrrrate±d recelpts and appropriations In thf� Avlatlon Gas Lease Capital Proaea Fund in the amount of $1,039,715.001rom avallEible farads for the purpose of funding the Phase II efeslgn; construction and admi.ni5tr-ative cor5ts. DISCUSSION: The airport an€f Lower were oiticialty Qpemd OF) Decem her of 1989 q n d as the fac:llitles age sortie bufidIng sy;',tem' have c,ut lived th0ir exp&Jed IIfe'span City staff adminIsfraIivT�Iy engaged design f arms I pre pa re. corlsIructicin documant8, far ilI pha� e,,; cf the work, to replace the tower's roof! rig and I4eating and air-miditloning e-quipirlenl . Because of the need to keep the Air Traffic Don9ol Tower ripe ratinq al a II IImes, the roofing avid sup plernan(aI aft-cnridiIiONng system IoCate d on the cmf of the tower nab was a cc arr',pfishad rlrst as Phase 1, (M&C C - 2 9036) February 12, 20-T9, This c(intfacl Wtll complete Phase ? of the prafei7t, fopIacinrg the I-IVAQ system for thLA rest oI the fa6lilfy. The Qty Issued a RegLre�l fo.r Prep mais-In Ilse I=orl VV00h Stor Telegram oat October 17, 2 019 aarid Oictoher 24, 2019, On November 21, 201S1 the City received thine responses for the feplacf.-mYnt prof eQt trnerr general contractors, Two of these firms provided the rc Oohed Pont Proposal -Pre Award ubmiHals to be further evaluated by the City. These frrms were: [EMI Carp., 61131a Decker Mechanical Infinity ContracWrs International LTD These proposals were revlewe (I by rnenibefs of the Aviation Dap�rtmerit, Oifice of Bus [ness E Nveralty and they Property Management Departwent, Referorrees were checked. the f+ MBE Office evaluAled Lheir sub-consulling plarta and the prr�posal m9re reviewed for compla tapr ess. Based on this evE luaticm, the selection teem recolnrrxends award [,f Ilse e;o Wruutton contracl to Inflnfty Uenlr'actum laternat[anal LTD. SCORING MATRIXfrlfin#ty antiaotors DftflI t1arp., dfbla International LTD Becker Mechanical Proposed Prfca 60 37 MVV 3E Review 4 6 http.Hallr rlet_o1{-)0gUnci11_i a;Jceifmc_I`cvic:w. sp?l13=27961 & capungiVIA/ 020 C Rvvitny Pugs 2 of 3 Schedule 5 ] References alai 10 10 Experience Past 1Wrk its the Gity'l 9 of Fort Worth fiT�IL $7 67 The overall prcxject casts are expected to be as deserIbed In (lie table below: TOTAL PR JECT BUDGET TOTAL Phase 1 - Total Cost 743.0 7-00 Phase 2 - DesE rr Cost $6,700.001 Phase 2 - Construction Goss $4.00 Phasic 2 - AdinimstrailVe 1 os1: $67,468 TOTAL_ 1 ,7132,74.01 Walt/*r Qf BUIIdJng Perm its - In aunordancn wlth tha City Cade of ordinarice$, Fart II, C hapter 7-1 Fort Wcrtfl BviiI ling Administrative GOde, Section 109.2-1, EXCeP1IQn 2; "Waflc by non -City pel5c7nrLnl on 9roperty under tho cont roI of I h a City of Fort Worth shall be exempt from the Permit fees only if the work is for aetran Linder a cuntraut #oral will be or has been approved by City CcUmcil with notes m the contract packages stating the fee iswaived." WWBE Office - Imfin [ty+ Ootrtraotors Intern ationaI Ltrl is in corn p[ianee with the City`s BDE Ordinance by coinmittirul to VA ME3 E parti6palian and documenting good fai#h effort. [nfrnity CoW Far,rors International Lid idem[Ifiod a everal ,uhcontrarvting �mdl supplier opporturiffies. However.. the N-ms oantaQed in the areas Identified dJd riot re.5porld or did not subrrut the lowest bids- The Ci[y's [VIBE gaol ark [his project is 1M%- Location - The Alliance A[rport Is Iacatod In COUNCIL DISTRICT 7, but serves all Fnrt 1 orlh resrdents in ALL COUNCIL DIST13ICT FISCAL III#FORMATIONICERTIFICATION: The Diretitor of Finance ciartifies upon approVaI of the above recommend0 lads and adopt[on of the aftched approprintian ordinnnuc-, fi ds vvll[ Ise avallablf-L.in the Avlatlorr'Cos'Lease Capik0 Projec( (Avialinn Gas Lease Cap Flroj) Fund A.I- 1r ATC WAG Repini�eim-rrt project Prior ka an exparld lure heirlg iricorred, the Properly Management riapartment has the respcnsiMity of vei7rying the Vallabllity of kinds. 7O t=r�nd apartmara Act aunt Pa)jfs:t Program Activity SLPdgel Relerence # Amount.l -- ' Ill 1 1 Year(Cliarfteld2) FROM _ _ _ I d D p-artmant At"ruunt Fr �Q t Program Ac:ttvlty I t3udoit I areronca Amotml 10 _I - — xP—]„— -- -1 h r h�arltietrx 2 Submitted for City MaiYager`s Office bIL. Jay Chapa (5804) OrIginattng €].apartment Heed: Additional Information Contact - Steve Cooke (5134) Brian CP[Ltss (80BB) 1.1t1fWriot,nrgleouilcil—pm!keI/mv. 1ovickv.asp=78 63ccxutwiIdllitY�56f 2-0 511112020 M&C Revle-%y p;ige 3 of ALLIANCE AIRPORT CONTROL 1'VVR.pdf Alliance Tower Funding Availabikity.do Approoriatiort OrdInance Irttp:llapps.cF nct.arglcoli1.1ci1_1%ickeVi je_r-evcw.asp'llD-278630 colailciidtote=51412020 5(11f2020 "moor-44 4 � - O Pal qQM _ _ E � VVOR�-D'N 1D ALL'lANCE �� FiORILC7�€ C; r F- d Q WESTPOf�T, I. ` r pjpII Q a .I �7 Fy1 it 'Z - - EAS�L�q / (n § q § 3 » / � k LLCo . 0 fma �§$CD n t Ge\-* 3 /§) f 0# 03j B ` - - ® S $ q $ k j f § K § to ° 2 @ ® k- e eLLCli D � )19 - 2 G#/§\ 2 3 ¥t Go e \ )» \ � > _ - - ® / 2 / Q a 2 E 2 e / 0 £ 2 A E © S tz= xk : § - (0 i 2 7 2 � m/a\8±) ) eCC) ,�(D- VI" / $ /)cock U M W CO0,33 E Em°®® R co ` 00 N ^0 Cto \ a i ) 4) \ a m k0 /) 'c �E s 0 Q > c e t ® ; m C14 m CO 2 o u§ �u 'w Z® M® � ao ' kCM ca ( J 9 w o o § ■ / � / § m 2 J k / k k k 0/ q LL Q a- 2 0 k / � ) CL k t IL § § § _\ �] _t SORT WORTHO CITY OF FORT WORTH PROPERTY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 1 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement Request for Proposals Submittal Date: November 21, 2019 (CHANGED) The Request for Proposals for the "Project" noted above is hereby revised and amended as follows: 1. The Attendees sign -in sheet of the Pre -Proposal Conference on October 23, 2019 is attached. (Attachment No. 1) 2. The MWBE MBE "Best Value Utilization Form" is attached. (Attachment No. 2) 3. Since the Proposal Submittal Date has changed, the "Notice to Offerors", page 2 of 34, of the "Instructions to Offerors" is revised with the following changes highlighted in refer to Attachment No. 3: (Attachment No. 3) a. Proposal Submittal Date. b. The last day for questions. c. Best Value Utilization Form submittal deadline. d. Buzzsaw Link to Bid Documents. 4. Questions from Bidders and answers/clarification from Summit Consultants, Inc. are included in Attachment No. 4 including revised drawings & specs to delete "Roofing" from part of scope of work_ Refer to Summit Consultants, Inc.'s cover sheet for detail information. (Attachment No. 4) Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No. 1 on your Proposal. STEVE COOKE DIRECTOR, PROPERTY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT Bv: Brian Glass, AlA Architectural Services Manager 817-392-8088, FAX 817-392-8488 RELEASE DATE with attachments: October 29, 2019 Addendum No.1 Page 1 01-1 Aviation — FW Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement October 2019 i F S , t t tI `: P Ile 4� - € ✓ t:i V 3� y ca 'D jO t� •9 S� 4 N 1� N N �IL q N l fitU- ._. -fir or y VI 10 { zi q� J � ,16 El ZI `o N CF a T'lil "? S� F f-TI � E� � F � � ✓ .7 b `r4 fiy� �u i � i > CD 3` n m ¢ CD Qf ell rL CD G i� 1 ....• L` LJ W ro J Cd O rn a N O N � oo om BLL li pQ' o c a 3wN trip r m tLL -- w C-4 a EL <`a s 0 LL LU � C N m p m 'uS -- y is 2 z o C+ N N o N } Q N d C C O O a m z C ca i N 0 4 4 m o a a � o O E " O n `w m ®_ 00 F- h v Q to R, W cnLLI _ N U y N � fl1 n L7 :! Q to @� M W U O o , Q 7 Cs a) a.n ¢ C7 w w� a z w n y E — v a can n o L; N �2E � a a O ro w a W Q C ��n jpAy v u '0 V J W w F- [Y zCL a U3 cts : O mVH ao ' �O o N Li Ul O 12 N (¢} O E U U- o o U? � :: °1wU CL C7 a z a al w R O U a u O 4 o W p N U g O 'A z z D — a d cal a pP G ¢ u m a a z m � a z m a) IL z m a.0 ro c w U. >. r_ m LL w C 0 a a LL 0 m c t CL (a ' o n m 44 ; c ° m s - w z z a E a o mc E>, ac E a o�E + co E o E o E ¢ x o {L' av> CL R. 0 ¢_ W U Q R. WO U V G1 U c) a. W 0 , NOTICE TO OFFERORS (Revised October 29 2019 Proposals for the Fort Worth Alliance Airport -- Control Tower HVAC Replacement located at 2300 Alliance Blvd. in Fort Worth Texas will be received at the Purchasing Office, City of Fort Worth, 200 Texas Street, Fort Worth, 76102, until 1:30 P.M on Thursday, November 21, 2019, and will be opened and publicly read aloud approximately thirty minutes later in the Council Chambers. After evaluating the Proposals submitted, the City shall select the Offeror that offers the Best Value to the City and enter into negotiations with that Offeror. The City may discuss with the selected Offeror options for a scope or time modification and any price change associated with such modification. A Pre -Proposal Conference will be held at 1.30 P.M., Wednesday, October 23, 2019 at Fort Worth Alliance Airport, 2221 Alliance Blvd, Suite 100. The last day for questions from prospective Offerors is at 5:00 PM on Wednesday, November 13, 2019. The offers will be valid for ONE HUNDRED TWENTY (120) calendar days. Estimated construction cost is approximately $1,500,000. There are no Alternates for this project. The Offeror will add a 7.5% Owner's Contingency Allowance on a separate line item on the Proposal form and only the Owner will approve the use of this allowance during construction. Any Allowance remaining at the end of construction will be retained by the City of Fort Worth. This Allowance is not to be included in the Base Proposal and will not be used in the Best Value selection process.. Refer to the evaluation matrix for the selection of the Best Value Offeror in the Instructions to Offerors. Refer to the Request for Proposal documents for the Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) Information. MBE participation will be evaluated in awarding this Contract. The MBE participation goal is 10%. Offerors must submit the attached Best Value Utilization Form within 10 business days of submitting their Best Value Proposal. Failure to document proposed attainment will remove the Proposal from further consideration. Also, Refer to Section 2. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE) (BEST VALUE PROPOSAL) in the Instructions to Offerors. Offerors must submit a bid bond with their proposal. Offeror(s) to whom an award of contract(s) is made will be required to provide Payment and Performance Bonds and provide Contractors General Liability and Statutory Workers Compensation Coverage: If you intend to submit a Proposal, request you inform the Project Manager or Architect/Engineer who can then inform the interested subcontractors. General Contractors and Suppliers may make copies of the Instructions to Offerors, General Conditions, Drawings, and Specifications through their printer. The construction documents are not available at the City but may be viewed and printed on-line by cutting and pasting the following link into your browser: httpr////proj ectpGint.buzzsaw.corn/fortworthQov/Advertised/CO2349To20%a20A[Iiance%2OControl%a2OTower%a2OPhase% 202?public For Construction Documents information contact the Project Engineer, Mr. Kerry McLeroy, at (817) 878-4242 or email klm(@summitmep.com. Contact the City of Fort Worth Project Manager, Alfonso Meza, at (817) 392- 8274 or email Alfonso. Meza0fortworthtexas.ciov for assistance. Advertisement: October 17, 2019 October 24, 2019 CFW PM❑ -- Instruction to Offerors Page 2 of 34 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement October 2019 Summit CONSULTANTS, I N c. ADDENDUM I PROJECT NAME: CITY OF FORT WORTH ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER PHASE 2 DATE: OCTOBER 25, 2019 The drawing and specifications are updated to reflect the removal of the architectural/roofing plans. The contractor shall test the glycol and chilled water before draining the existing systems and dispose of the fluids as required by the local, state, and federal government's requirements. KERRY L � AX-i EROY .< FORT WORTH OFFICE 1300 SUMMIT AVE., SUITE 500 PORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 TELEPHONE: 817-8784242 DALLAS OFFICE 4144 N CENTRAL EXPWY, SUITE 635 DALLAS, TEXAS 75204 TELEPHONE: 214-420-9111 �jat 3� ` l [f /w U ,qrf E1� uj 0 F- 0 �?¢CJ U W N z Q ~ N c`v CV !_ N 0 zzz � T � 000 cocoNOoO ZZZ LL IJL l! ryjN ca g�3zzz z z z Z CO z aag cLaaooU �� x o0D-1-1� aan. p,c� �/ q)002000 a' °Oa L� �y `t u�-ujwwrnu,m000 0 Z Z Z 0 a a Z Z Z IL[L iL LL NU! 1�./1 w0000UU Q�UVU�w NJ----..._.... .-.F J J ZL zzp7gg OO .Y O�w zzzcLn-n.zzzOOm r11 ZU J JJ OOO�� OOOO.'�J V/ wwonoaaaaoaqfgx� a top --aaa Q JJ J W00000a c�xwWLu), a00000z r W Owww r rrJJJrrrOOw w o00 c7�2�000 JNoaoxxxww�Lxxx000 J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J Lanni tLLL U_U_Uii_000UUUUUU_Uc�UU UUc�c�oUU zzzzzazzzx2zzzzzz QQQddQQQddQdddQd� 2 x x x x S S S S T T T T T T x ��rr�� HFYHF, � W w W w w W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W LaQ J JJJJJ J z�� wwwwwww le So9�;N0VInw N9 V�o ` y Ud0-oo000000ENoZNr w N N I? I? (91, Pl �oNo[o T;Nno W O r�N (�!N -MLi, [�,/] 22M�22222 2�>��:G wMWW Z 3SVHd U3MO11NOd81V 30NV111V HIUOM 1i10=1 30 A110 Y a qe # e Egots '3 s$ E $n I 1W & $_ Ea" die I 2 �RRae °$d '$ a. gill, o Y S s F '3 g B 91 dig"a �Re {S�{5q Rli 412 all 11 1 g� e6LM sa � aY q Y E pg i 3' g 3 DIP e f{� g L'��473 Ina 1 emu o g i r 3 s o $r gfil Al ug o ZO � OO s_ ,� a p a 4 S$€$S�i Fc€Be�i$aaga6xE?^i 3a,FzO'c°e K z $ W K p q 3 �s P� 'gar ;'� g%ba `YTYY�%3 C�y�SEoy CR GS Y `� C� � 3 y: Y�P �� [%��. �vSg•3:C� a �-.inKeY�� x ! ygggg; FYIy $pY egg I$As I 0 I��Ba X�' - E a84•auaYY t E s s.r. .. " 2 ..e_^$a"c ! i Si 9g 9 r1 68 x$8� cB Es��'sla r85� i NM k M iAl � �1�hI 4 sssS334:ssc�ao�aa=_s�.raeG2ArraE�=_� r�z:T T I[ 3 I I t E! 1 1 i T'� i �qqY� Y�- �� °gg• °�e � g h.�E 555'R e�a��i �abi_-- ?3- i Y� by g8 v=F a Y § ES i`=,11`N #i al � 1l ��3 Y 91 s11:�$ �" etae_ ga. z-1�$Y= 11a .21j, s€ !jig S dig'�a� g $gg sic c.. Y � 1,$ s s^^ $fig .i� rg }Y ig b b � �3 erg yg3 `r£ 3� 2ga gag. s' e ¢sIiSA Ys,xt,I`ya R9 rag sos% sE` g x 5- ilia 1, IN PHI aie Y` S4a ��!j$�=��sa�ii��i r�ss�Hp a e2 1 �' g a 3 qgg k p Egg sa :F g R at _. .3sle _ #Ca�.� ae i� $^$�a Q 33 Sa3^> 34 :a :.x�'aa..�.. �.YiYi_ff �u z _ E J Y $ 6a Y cY�3gg$6Y E..."" Ur# % S �° fag ¢", �= 9~ `~6E� s5x 9�1 EEgg `�2 se`a 4 =opt � aEY �5 , � r � 3" s E OUR �� 0 ggib � I -e U �� 19,171M �k# � � g ��' g � e?�`s�g :��3 �� i b�� 1!.� a gg a e �_ 4 a m aY i t: Hil a Svs x 9 x: zY - € ii k§ �ag3 � Sgi3 i g€ Hilt ��• � � x u= 3 �� «a s �a �`x1 � eee � �€ a 3_. �L I aE � q #cx& g f E�!eQ i �' x. rr i-_ :8# qq b [[ x¢B g91 a sx dip b x. q_ a `� ;^ � �' � �s� €a� a �S a s#b" . � d�• S €� I 4 ��E �g 6bu QY i E c�! EKx & ` Y € yy k I � 3 g g ac E aS g i sus s&€E a 3ygzF a z= 3€ o j` gal. 1a g5 b I g a •3 g 3s .gE 1-2 Elf hH, His s n4 �gA3� ;��a a s S E ga' i@= ' r$Y� x 3e E E r' g�z €xg gagg uaa I 3 x1Ria 53g e3W "s€ �YY gY ¢� ¢ b ' e >t $.„=..M a _ $ �E. .c$ 3ar... §��^l_Uda es a s �z IERASU V H 3 cg €^e 29811 $91�_ $L Y ,;jWWii§W, DONVI-11V H12aaM lUo-q JO A110 O-Wil a THAT Trr " s 1 nix i pip HH g e� $ygy[ g 8 R p Y i � � � rl� N 3�� • �:EC�F�� 1 � 5�$ is � - w G B g! 3 H N ; G ❑ �` �E�� ?� a I R n a � �" � y E $ If M11M ND�E �� F5M Nil Is��il��Y� ' c e $ $ !Join on I r 4 Emil u Z 3SVHd �:GMO1.UlOdUIV r 9ONt/ll d H1�IOM 12iOd d0 %lf0 �IlilLllli� ® , t o @ s 0 w _ o FIR j , t O EI �r Z W i I i �� R�f � { 1 i I I[ �c 3F z�Ff ii p�¢�� OTxUx W{g—j [ 8 g �W=z3 �u= v� � w OwH li z�6 � g4xW o� �We u'S 'w� Ewa it>o i>� ��a a r 3 � �,-�'�Fay I� '� PA,i4 LL,w �a' Ignsp=�d�a�fg�; � q 6 Sm1z .nIo c�� 2fd aS Z 3SVHd aGMOJ..l.2 &O IV — 3ONVITIV H UOM iaOJ �O A110 aituimns a 5�rge �a• 1 ��Xez� $ F Q � � �4 � z;62xry x=^�g� a r jig - ��a s J gS�H:7i FillAl 8&� S ;f�i AR01tl HIM � S�l11 1 €;—�_ — ICD Eh 8 € g • J 9 ' i EISVHd IJ3M01 IMOddIV 3ONVn-Id HIHOM IUOd da AIIO ;iLuwnsp- �ZIO l I 1 frrnRl 's;', o 00 ID, O FL r a Z 3SVHd �EDMOI.LUOd?JIV '° g . " 3ONV i V HIUOM iUOJ d0 A110 iiutung� ®HIMOA Ol Px 1 b I � a �i� a III _ ---- S € i i i i n I � Qa I i a jEh p I � 1 9 i w _ m 1� I ;µg+ ��aw� BW w s �� E q 85X80 0B � B�;h � °'�as E� Z MVHd adM01180&AIV BONVIIIV HiWM l'80zi �O A110 I Z ASvHd 2iDMOI IW&dIV a iui � EI:DNVIIIV HIHOM iW-:1 d0 A110tamiwurm TIH0 1. Oj HE 5 �.. N 8 z g i $a f} URI £o aQi e a. '3' y � �ii g�5?e3yaga g m �F gygyja Poll mm �$ yy55 2 @@3 �1i��33g�g� Hill Hill111, d6§&��YefS�ili I I is IV 0s�'.��' Ro �lEllilati� Z �S'dHd ��MOI J.2�Od�fld 3�Ndl'1"1t1 H.L210M �.2�Od dO.i.LI� e n� r 1 E Z 3SHHd '8DMO11210c] V g �iwwn 3ONVI Ilb HIUOM 1MOd d0 Al[0 a� IIns ;sly o y 4 .. psiS 3 �3 x Ole fig IgM aaaa 9' g, U1 fit z IN �H is HID efi31 a9 �, e_ f a 111I }•I:SY / i` : I. — i Li °lac [L di '---_'' I- HF `,Iis i FLA �f C�= i I e E E I I Z EISVHd NFIM01 iUOdaV o I�LIil1Ef1� / BONVITIV H.LHOM iWJ dO A110 Is AlJ104ji agx Fae �� I� Z y�p I ss H H i$ 8 Cps 3rs E� r g F o cs C� -.. I;_ �11 Z BSVHd �13M0112i0d8JV DONV111V H1�I0M 1210- dO h113 yoO y�D �11AlLli11� A� r 4 e � x 3i 09 io I�EI n rc e� 4. R PHA Q ULs gig 5 g €K L��u ��o � am � ot� his z 'Fx o m �a E11w 5Ba sk €az w w Q asp s >R � a � �q = S 8 w z M sm H3 lo UL O 00 O 98 V U g1---IsJ 1 1 a t NO Z td1 --------- ka i 1 r 3 III O O k ' I 3 I a . o JJ I f p� 4 1 i QY k ' w z 3SVHd H3MOI i'dOdald � _ F ;jwwns �ONVMV HIUOM J 20� �O h.LIO 3q3q 4� g¢ � 8g i $ p Ili x 4 22><' jig ggRIH ra '�t4 0 3IWq� 11 �R1 I , \ J r "J O k I' 1 If 'I �I `ti lu •, '� t E 1 z f L' ti it ;•` ii : I Z dSVHd �:BMOI _ UOdlild -- }iiuEiin � 3ONVI'1 V HIWM IMA AO "0 OH,L� .LHO -- - j I J a +w a 3 3 a 11 € a§F: HI N "Illy H Fig ,� 4 ��gR�9� �ygFRE a� R3 i; 11u- I t i�f tier s ` a Z 3SVHd U3M0.111HO&JIV s 3ONVIIIV HIHOM 1210d JO A1.10 fI _ ss mIji gge -Y Jh jr.2, 3, io ,9q5 w 3M g �- i iE i' €i HIM I f H1 I a� 03 I 11 Slot 1� 11 � H $¢iMI I Rum O I I � 33 Bygg¢yp Ox MI 9 rt 3 3SVHd'cM0.1..l.MOA11V )Iwwns ElONVIlld HLHOM .LNOJ J0 kllo �H.�xa sxo� —' WIRR ate$ ndoi ®ojig JJJIE� I �g 55.Bg Ilia,�6q �{_Yq3 3 @ 3 6 FAY HUD I 6a § 8 p j'g� a7 �� 4�q _ Sa rR xL4�fi3 §§aE�"P4Ep� H�EE��3x 3�;�i_ szgg�f5i•' t#E P I I y C 3 $'e tl a e� 3FLF 'y, -5 ! SEa 30= 6q W � NMI i �e3 3-Fx 1sf= �€e egE z2j EFgg W M. I �'+ HUH J�Ey9y�e� s � Fj p µE y3^ pp �, F 5s .3 tigg Sy �l aJ$CS nddgx 1aa � _ 3. 2 SS8 7 ,spff ' ' Np`- JYAWN t2 Ea !lE f 4"E� 3P� d.- §e 5P `i g7 gtl� � 7< 4gpgg Ea"� fln 5- 5e C� d �€ yy Ei �. 2: A 3 ¢ ppE �` C'� So R Y � e y' C %5yA yy gge€ �yg� i°y;f f� �• C 10 L ! ; @ Hip F 7# a!K �gE� �xy�a €'a"�� &: Ga � M$RIM �sIM M S956is a i I `�� i I ] - a I " 5 F E _g 4 }Ij #-] SF a x Is Y f I ' fl i F iI 11II # � t ere v�p�py3 G qq {yyW= .M..Y YY day 3 t 4SqqS 71. E�b�e�¢ltii¢TY�SS i �1 � L �aTSb� �¢6' � H IHHUHRI I X y 5 it HIP, tl F7 R�`yS c� y b Y`Ytw O N abgi.,C gin �� e u Q Y t n � � Veb. z a d Hgju M'qN' M 11 1M E �Fgg M �Y� g � =y�� d a I�v�'�s fS'- a {{ U o{ 5 i LL LL '� g8 6 ;,sl] w w 3$ qgp 3 `f K : 9 Egg-� y�ad�lY Ef g � yy[ Y3• R"- `3"y a`-� LL 8: aim'"2 U w I HAV $`- ,12, 1 o11 rYE y M, U ysY YAaY t� O EBq$Y�i^ts :#f B a i U F Y$$4g� x. I li I 3 II a az x e u+g �� i SWIF op {I � Y.£3 }'yg#�e�� ` g P .s ; w z ' 2s8`.a� e6 � w �6`5 � f{�'@'9 I I ��:.�E � r a �YYS Y�5 x1!e Ei"�-`eE'�� y i.E E. E EEE_p_piE€�� $� 6iEp9 7:r� 2 9Y. a�an g =y�'R ia.e C) g f'�� Y-ii$ !' F. 5 MIN �I1gg3 v�. to t i I E E rkI 1F:".�,IIcffitd ' 1 I N wvn.ws deoxrr+vwrx�as Z 3SVHd 2:GMOl l2iOdUIH _ 3ONVIII / HlZfOM M03 30 A110 - s@� a it a p i Ell' _ yy Z p 7� RH g Y8 $ �Egli pwy a` � p ill 4 ggk m H OR W R p MIN k 9 IUi111..... (/ »9MOl I'dDdHIV .30NVIIIH HIHOM iUOJ do J%llo09 — 9 s `crOE DOE zYe€ a 4 u' !� IY u { Ii � Ev&' sa 2 3 lr 2ga y14� 132, RUE 1a"1ir_ � 1312 r �gg§ � R....:Ml ffifi3Yd .1g ": 83 e�.e y .vmc a` ..S'G a2&g£age Agi 53 Ii� i133 Ef3$ 8i 5#i in, All 30: S3:SE8 r_ge Iff.'si alf9 8 :r$2d $S it 689as s 8 .:£ I V! I� 'bRTC� b W WI: f 5 bFIM01 lUOd)IIV DONVIIIV HIHOM 1FiOd .10'kilo INOMINO _ €u HUM. sc SHE sap% �g9 ' I C ~' ' 1 � t o-------------- x0 r _ma fig goghl I x • a?Ee _- u - -- - j � I 8 - L A3� 4;fl RIM IBM w 0j= �I 'I w: LIAMOl1UOdH[V DONVIllb' H1I]OMIUOd d0 )%1fa 11tu nsp- FT1 I u iuiuir�" �v H3MOi 180dbIV DONVIIIH HIHOM IUOd d0 �d]O " iiuu�r't�I� d�IMOl lHOdUIV EONVIIIV HIIJOM 1b0I d0 Jl. u ►°ONOM sii0 -� -- ! a e I $t� 1- Z ;Q 0gj r p } �Y€ p sy3ee z �SGs 3 agp"YggZ 2 41999 Ely 13 ALLLANCE AIRPORT TOWER PHASE 2 CITY OF FORT WORTH F 2221 ALLIANCE BLVD., FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76177 KERRY ....... L. �wt.EF& 11309 Nfi...iq MtNi i 72 6-- z o ( l �R C0NSULTANTS,fNC. Summit Consultants, Inc. 1300 Summit Avenue, Suite 500 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 817- 879-4242 .tiny 26, 2019 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 01 011100 SUMMARY OF WORK 0I2600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 013000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013300 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014200 REFERENCES 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 017000 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017500 STARTING AND ADJUSTING DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 220500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220719 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 221116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22I623 NATURAL GAS PIPING DIVISION 23 - MECHANICAL 230000 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230713 DUCT INSULATION 230716 HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230900 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC 232113 HYDRONIC PIPING 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS 233113 METAL DUCTS 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233600 AIR TERMINAL UNITS 235216 CONDENSING BOILERS 236423 AIR-COOLED, SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 237313 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260519 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 262726 WIRING DEVICES 262813 FUSES 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 SECTION 011100 1 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL_ 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS F A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. S 1.2 s REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Summary of Work $ B. Contract Description C. Work by Owner k 1.3 WORK SYNOPSIS o- A. Consistent with the requirements of the balance of the contract documents, this descriptive synopsis of the work is intended only to present the contract document package in an abbreviated form in order to provide prospective bidders a quick overview of the projects major requirements. 1. This synopsis is not intended to, nor does it- in any way limit, modify or otherwise change any of the requirements of the contract documents B. In general, the work of this Contract comprises general, plumbing, mechanical and electrical demolition and construction work of the following: 1. Replacement of the majority of the mechanical systems in the building. 2. Electrical and Plumbing work is included to provide support for the mechanical work. i 1.4 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. Refer to the City of Fort Worth's website for contract related information and conditions. B. Construct work under a single lump sum contract. C. AIA Document A101 latest version shall be utilized for Contract. 1.5 i CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE 9 A. Limit use of site to allow: 1. Confine operations at the site to the areas permitted under the contractor submitted plan. END OF SECTION 011100 SUMMARY OF WORK 011100-1 t i COF►!Il ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 SECTION 012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS f A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to the work of this section. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contingency Allowance B. Schedule of Values C. Application for Payment. D. Change Procedures 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 11 00 —Summary of Work. B. Section 01 60 00 — Product Requirements. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES i A. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within ten (10) working days after Notice of Award of Contract. B. Submit a typed schedule on AIA Form G703 — Application and Certificate for Payment Continuation Sheet, C. Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the major specification section. Identify site mobilization, bonds, insurance, and General Conditions. Include line item for allowances. 1 D. Include within each line item, a direct proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit. E. Revise schedule to list approved change orders with each Application for Payment. F. Along with the Schedule of Values Contractor will be requested to itemize and submit approximate value of each building and site work resulting in total contract cost. j 1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Submit four (4) copies of each application on AIA Form G702 -- Application and Certificate for Payment and AIA G703 — Continuation Sheet. B. Content and Format: Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment. CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER C. Payment Period: Monthly, due by the 1st day of each month. D. Include the following with the application: 1. Payment Application, signed by the design professional. 2. MBE Utilization Report (both hard copy and online). 3_ Project Status Report 4. Supporting backup, as applicable a. Partial release of liens. b. Current and updated construction progress schedule. c. Request for time extension for period of Pay Application if applicable. d. Proof of current and updated record drawings. 1.6 GENERAL CHANGE PROCEDURES JULY 2019 A. The Engineer will advise of minor changes in the work not involving an adjustment to contract sum or contract time as authorized by AIA A201, Latest Edition, Paragraph 7.4 by issuing supplemental instructions on AIA Form G710, 1.7 CITY OF FORT WORTH INITIATED CHANGE PROCEDURE A. The Engineer may issue a Proposal Request in response to a Request For Proposal (RFP) from the City of Fort Worth Project Manager which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings and specifications, a change in contract time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor will prepare and submit an estimate within ten (10) days. 1.8 CMAR OR CONTRACTOR INITIATED CHANGE PROCEDURE A. The Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for change to the Architect/ Engineer, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the work. Include a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the contract sum and contract time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on work by separate or other contractors. B. Stipulated Sum/Change Order: Based on Proposal Request and Contractor's fixed price quotation. C_ Construction Change Directive: Architect/Engineer may issue a directive, on AIA Form G713 Construction Change Directive signed by the Owner, instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the work, for subsequent inclusion in a change order. Document will describe changes in the work, and designate method of determining any change in contract sum or contract time. Promptly execute the change. D. Time and Material Change Order: Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the contract. Architect will determine the change allowable in contract sum and contract time as provided in the contract documents. E. Maintain detailed records of work done on Time and Material basis. Provide full CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE~ AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 information required to evaluate proposed changes, and to substantiate costs for changes in the work. F. Change Order Forms: AIA G701 Change Order PART PRODUCTS NOT USED FART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 3 f COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER SECTION 013000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS JULY 2019 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to the work of this section. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Summary of the Work B. Contract Method C. Signed Drawings and Specifications. D. Watertight - Weathertight 1.3 SUMMARY OF THE WORK A. Occupancy Prior To Completion: F It is the general intent of the Owner to accept the project in its entirety and not as substantially completed. The owner shall have the right to occupy the site that is substantially completed on or after the specified completion date (even though the Contractor may not have completed the entire Project). Such occupancy by the owner will not release the Contractor or his bonding agency ! from any warranties or guarantees and final completion of work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Contractor Use of Premises: The Contractor shall limit the storage of materials and equipment to the areas approved by the Owner At no time during the work under the Contract shall the Contractor place, or cause to be placed, any material or equipment, etc., at any location that would impede or impair traffic, safety or security. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner and the Engineer to the fullest extent in providing pedestrian and vehicle traffic control during course of construction. r The Contractor shall send proper notices, make all necessary arrangements, and perform all services required in the care and maintenance of all private and public utilities. The Contractor shall, during the construction period and until final acceptance of the work as a whole by the Owner, assume all responsibility concerning the same for which the Owner may be liable. C. Disposition of Utilities: Observe rules and regulations governing the respective utilities in executing all work under this ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 013000 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 heading. Adequately protect active utilities from damage, and remove or relocate only as indicated or specified. Remove, plug or cap inactive and abandoned utilities encountered during the work. If there are no specific requirements, plug or cap such utility lines at least 3 feet outside of new building walls or as required by local regulations. D. Contractor's License Law: Contractor shall comply with, and require all Subcontractors to comply with, State and City Contractor's license laws and be duly registered and licensed thereunder. E. Approved Applicators: Where specific instructions in these specifications require that a particular product andlor material(s) be installed and/or applied by an approved applicator of the manufacturer, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that any Subcontractors used for such Work be approved applicators. Contractor shall provide written "proof' of same when requested by the Architect or Owner. F. Safety Requirements: These Construction Documents, and the joint and several phases of construction hereby contemplated are to be governed, at all times, by applicable provisions of the federal laws, including but not limited to, the latest amendments of the following: Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety & Health Act of 1970, Public Law, 91-596. Part 1910 - Occupational Safety and Health Standards, Chapter XVII of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations. Part 1518 - Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, Chapter XIII of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations. G. Coordination: Coordinate work of the various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items Installed later. Verify characteristics of elements of interrelated operating equipment are compatible; coordinate work of Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduits, as closely as practicable; make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. In finished areas (except as otherwise shown,) conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. Execute cutting and patching to integrate elements of Work, uncover ill-timed, defective, and non- conforming work, provide openings for penetrations of existing surfaces, and provide samples for ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 013000 - 2 a COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2015 1 testing. Seal penetrations through floors, walls, and ceilings. H. Field Engineering: s Provide field engineering services; establish grades, lines, and levels, by use of recognized engineering survey practices. Control datum for survey is that shown on Drawings. Locate and protect control and I reference points. ' 1. Reference Standards: { For products specified by association or trade standards, comply with requirements of 1 the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. The date of the standard is that in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents, except when a specific date is specified. I 1.4 CONTRACT METHOD A. Construct work under a single lump sum contract. B. Refer to City of Fort Worth 'Request for Sealed Proposal (CSP)" for contract information. 1.5 SIGNED "FOR CONSTRUCTION" DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS The Contractor shall sign a designated number of complete sets of Drawings and Project Manuals `• (for Project Manual, the Owner Contractor Agreement will be signed by the Contractor) as additional evidence of his understanding of the work called for with such Amendments as specifically mentioned in the Agreement. Submit all sets to the Owner for contract execution and distribution. The Owner will distribute executed documents. Contractor to keep one signed set at the job site at all times during the progress of the work. The job site set shall be Contractor's copy. 1.6 WATERTIGHT - WEATHERTIGHT Anything in the Contract Documents not withstanding, the Contractor accepts the responsibility of constructing a watertight and weathertight project. END OF SECTION 013000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 013000 - 3 COEW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 SECTION 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION I PART GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS } A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to the work of this section. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Pre -construction meeting. B. Site mobilization meeting. C. Progress meetings. i D. Pre -installation meetings. 1.3 RELATED REQUIREMENTS: A. Section 014200 — References. B. Section 013300 — Submittal Requirements. C. Section 014000 — Quality Requirements. D. Individual Specifications sections: Pre -installation conferences. 1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETINGS A. The Owner will schedule a pre -construction meeting within 10 days after Notice of Award of Contract. B. City of Fort Worth Project Manager will administer the pre -construction meeting. D. Proposed Agenda: 1. Contract and Notice to Proceed. 2. Review of executed bonds. 3. Submission of insurance certificates. 4. Review of ROCIP and safety program. 5. Distribution of Contract Documents. 6. Submission of schedule of values and progress schedule. 7. Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract and the Architect. B. Procedures and processing of requests for information, field decisions, submittals Architects Supplemental Instructions, applications for payments, proposal requests, changes orders, and contract closeout procedures. 9. Site mobilization meeting. 10. Scheduling ' 11. Progress meeting. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE Al RPORT TOWER JULY 2019 12. Environmental procedures. 13. Construction facilities and temporary controls. 14. Coordination of existing conditions and other work. 15. Notice to proceed. 16. Testing and balancing. 17. Permits, inspections and occupancy. 18. "As -built" and "Record" drawings. E. City of Fort Worth Project Manager shall record minutes and distribute copies to participants for their review and approval within 5 days after meeting. 1.5 CONSTRUCTION "KICK-OFF" MEETING A. The City of Fort Worth Project Manager will schedule a meeting at the project site prior to contractor occupancy. B. Attendance Required: City of Fort Worth Project Manager, Owner, Architect/Engineer, Contractor, Contractor's Superintendent, and major Subcontractors. C. Proposed Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor. 2. Owner's requirements and partial occupancy. 3. Construction facilities and controls provided by Owner. 4. Temporary utilities provided by Owner. 5. Survey and building layout. 6. Security and housekeeping procedures. 7. Schedules. S. Application for payment procedures. 9. Procedures for testing. 10. Procedures for maintaining record documents. 11. Requirements for start-up of equipment. 12. Inspection and acceptance of equipment put into service during construction period- D. Contractor shall record minutes and distribute copies within 3 days after meeting to participants and those affected by decisions made. 1.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS: A. Contractor to schedule and administer meetings throughout the work at maximum monthly intervals. B. Make physical arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings. C. Attendance Required: City of Fort Worth Project Manager, Job superintendent, major subcontractors and suppliers; Owner/ Architect/Engineer as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D. Proposed Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of work progress. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 2 G COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 + 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4 4. Identification of problems that impede planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules. ' 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period 10. Coordination of projected progress. 11. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 12. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 13_ Review environmental procedures, waste management, and site management. 14. Other business relating to work. i 1.7 PRE -INSTALLATION MEETING A. When required in individual specification on sections, the Contractor shall convene a pre -installation meeting at the site prior to commencing work of the section. j B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section. C. Notify City of Fort Worth Project Manager and Architect/Engineer four days in advance of meeting date and time. I D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting. 1. Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures. i 2. Review coordination with related work. E. The Contractor shall record minutes and distribute copies to participants within 3 days after the meeting. PART PRODUCTS NOT USED t PART 3 EXECUTION i NOT USED END OF SECTION 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 4 SECTION 013300 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS JULY 2019 k PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedures. B. Construction Progress Schedules. C. Schedule of Values. D. Shop Drawings. E. Product Data. F. Samples G. Manufacturer's Instructions H. Manufacturer's Certificates R I. r Contractor's Review and Approval J. Architect / Engineer's Action i 1.3 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Applications for Payment. l B. Section 016000 — Product Requirements: Contractor's list of Products. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Deliver submittals to Engineer at 1300 Summit Ave., Fort Worth, Texas 76102 B. Submit initial progress schedules and schedule of values in duplicate within 15 working days after date of Notice of Award of Contract. After review by the Owner and Architect / Engineer, revise and resubmit as required. Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment, reflecting changes since previous submittal. C. Coordination: Coordinate the preparation and processing of submittals with the performance of the Work. Coordinate each separate submittal with other submittals and related activities such as testing, purchasing, fabrication, delivery and similar activities that require SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 013300 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 sequential activity. 1. Coordinate the submittal of different units of interrelated work so that one submittal will not be delayed by the Architect / Engineer's need to review a related submittal. The Arch itect/En g 1 neer reserves the right to withhold action on any submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are forthcoming. a. Prepare and transmit each submittal to the Architect / Engineer sufficiently in advance of the scheduled performance of related work and other applicable activities. Transmit different kinds of submittals for the same unit of work, so that processing will not be delayed by the Architect / Engineers need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. D. Review Time: Allow sufficient time so that the installation will not be delayed as a result of the time required to properly process submittals, including time for re -submittal, if necessary. Advise the Architect / Engineer on each submittal, as to whether processing time is critical to the progress of the work, and if the work would be expedited if processing time could be shortened. 1. Allow 14 calendar days for the Architect / Engineer's initial processing of each submittal. Allow a longer time period where processing must be delayed for coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect / Engineer will advise the Contractor promptly when it is determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Allow 14 calendar days for reprocessing each submittal. 3. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to transmit submittals to the Architect / Engineer sufficiently in advance of the work. E. After Architect 1 Engineer review of submittal, revise and resubmit as required, identifying changes made since previous submittal. F. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned persons. Instruct recipients to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. G_ Transmit each item under the attached form, Submittal Transmittal. Identify Project, Contractor, subcontractor, and major supplier; identify pertinent Drawing sheet and detail number, and Specification section number, as appropriate. Contractor shall identify deviations from Contract documents. If deviations are not identified, Architect I Engineer's review, if so, will be voided. Provide space for Contractor and Architect / Engineer review stamps. H. The Architect / Engineer will make available, upon request, CADD I BIM file documents for use by contractors andlor sub -contractor as backgrounds for shop drawing and/or record set documentation only, as referenced herein. Exchange of subject information in no way relieves any party of responsibilities as defined under the Terms of Agreement. A $250.00 processing fee will be charged for each request. 1.5 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES A. Within 15 working days, after Notice of Award of Contract, submit horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major trade or operation identifying first work day of each week. 1. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. 2. Identify each item by specification section number. 3. Identify work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. 4. Provide sub -schedules for each stage of work identified in Section 01010. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 013300 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 5. Provide sub -schedules to define critical portions of the entire schedule. 6. Include conferences and meetings in schedule. 7. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of work completed, as of the first day of each month. 8. Provide separate schedule of submittal dates for shop drawings, product data, and samples, including Owner -furnished products and items identified under Allowances, and dates reviewed submittal will be required from Architect ! Engineer. indicate decision dates for selection of finishes. 9. Indicate delivery dates for Owner -furnished products. 10. Coordinate content with schedule of values specified in Section 01 30 00, B. REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES 1. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion date of each activity. 2. Identity activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes. 3. Provide narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on Schedule. Report corrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect including the effect of changes on schedules of separate contractors. C. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. Show projected percentage of completion for each item of Work as of time of each Application for Progress Payment. D. Show submittal dates required for shop drawings, product data, and samples, and product delivery dates. Ii11115:f�y:fr7"�i7 LtTd11i+I:+�y A. For Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical and Security work: 1. Submit in the form of one original and three opaque reproductions. 2. Distribution: a. Original returned to Contractor. b. Two copies retained by Engineer. B. For work under all other Divisions: 1. Submit in the form of one original and three opaque reproductions. 2. Distribution: a. Original returned by Contractor. b. Two copies retained by Engineer c. Provide and distribute additional copies of reviewed and processed shop drawings to concerned persons. C. After review, reproduce and distribute in accordance with the requirements in article on Procedures, above. 1.7 PRODUCT DATA A. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data; supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to the work. B. Manufacturer's Certificates: When required by individual specification sections, SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 013300 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 submit six manufacturer's certificates that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.8 MISCELLANEOUS SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Instructions: When required by individual specification sections, submit copies of manufacturer's instructions for delivery, storage, assembly installation, start-up, adjusting, and finished, in quantities specified for product data. B. Manufacturer's Certificates: When required by individual specification sections, submit six manufacturer's certificates that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.9 SAMPLES A. Submit full range of manufacturers' standard colors, textures, and patterns for Architect / Engineer's selection. Submit samples for selection of finishes within 45 days after date of Notice to Proceed. B. Submit samples to illustrate functional characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate submittal of different categories for interfacing work- C. Include identification on each sample, giving full information. D. Submit the number specified in the respective Specification section. 1.10 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide mock-up at Project as required by individual Specifications section. Install sample complete and finished. 1.11 CONTRACTORS REVIEW AND APPROVAL A. Contractor's stamp of approval on each Shop Drawing, Product Data or Sample shall constitute a representation to Owner and Architect / Engineer that Contractor has either determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data or assumes full responsibility for doing so, and that Contractor has reviewed or coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. B. Submittals received by Architect / Engineer without Contractor's stamp of approval will be returned to the Contractor without Architect / Engineer's action. C. Submittal received which obviously has not been reviewed but does have Contractor's stamp of approval, will be returned to the Contractor without Architect / Engineer's action. 1.12 ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S ACTION A. The Architect / Engineer process will be to mark one or more copies of submittals with one of the following actions listed below and transmit the required copies to the Contractor: 1. Returned without comment: The Architect/Engineer has reviewed the SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 013300 - 4 kCOFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER DULY 2019 submittal and found no issues with the submitted data. f 2. Returned with comment: The Architect/Engineer has reviewed the submittal and found issues requiring commentary. The contractor shall review said submittal comments and take the appropriate action to correct or satisfy the issues. 3. Revise and resubmit: The Architect[Engineer has determined the submittal to be insufficient to proceed with installing the subject product_ The contractor shall make the appropriate corrections and resubmit a complete package. 4. Submit specific item: The Architect/Engineer has determined the contractor is required to submit specific missing or additional information to complete the review of the submittal package. 5_ Not Subiect to Review: The Architect/Engineer has determined that the information submitted is not required to be reviewed and will be returned or filed with no action taken. B. Architect / Engineer will take action on maximum of two submittals for each Shop Drawing, Product Data or Sample of the same item. In the event a third submittal is required, Contractor shall bear cost of processing by the Architect / Engineer. Cost shall be determined on the basis of the agreed fees for additional services of the contract between the Architect / Engineer. PART PRODUCTS NOT USED t ! PART 3 EXECUTION i NOT USED f END OF SECTION 013300 k i i SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 013300 - 5 I I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER SECTION 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS JULY 2019 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. General Quality Control. B. Workmanship. C. Manufacturer's Instructions. D. Manufacturer's Certificates. E. Manufacturer's field services. F. Mockups. 1.3 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. General conditions: Inspection and testing required by governing authorities. B. Section 011100 —Summary of Work. C. Section 012600 — Contract Modification Procedures. D. Section 013300 — Submittals. E. Section 014623 — Testing Laboratory Services. F. Section 016000 — Product Requirements. 1.4 QUALITY CONTROL, GENERAL A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. 1.5 WORKMANSHIP A. Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. B. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and racking. D. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerances control of products to produce acceptable work. 1.6 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS A. Comply with instructions in full detail, including each step in sequence. Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. B. Comply with Manufacturer's tolerances. Should conflicts with Contract Documents occur, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions, position properly before securing products in place. 1.7 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATES A. When required by individual Specifications Section, submit manufacturer's certificate, in duplicate, that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.8 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. C. Refer to Section 013300 --- SUBMITTALS PART PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Beginning new work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. D. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. p Once. 1 C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. i f END OF SECTION 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000- 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT" TOWER SECTION 014200 REFERENCES JULY 2019 PARTS GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Project coordination. B. Project Conditions. C. Reference standards. D. Schedule of Abbreviations. E. Alteration project procedures. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 011100 -- Summary of Work. B. Section 015000 —Temporary Facilities and Controls. C. Section 016000 — Product Requirements. D. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. 1.4 COORDINATION AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the project manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. E B. Verify utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities prior to submitting or ordering such equipment. Coordinate work of i various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. i C. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on the drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs_ D. In finished areas, except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. E. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections in preparation for REFERENCES 014200 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 Substantial Completion and for portions of work designated for Owner's partial occupancy. F. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with contract documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Contractor's License Law: Contractor shall comply with, and require all subcontractors to comply with, State and City contractor's license laws and be duly registered and licensed thereunder. R. Approved Applicators: Where specific instructions in these specifications require that a particular product and/or material(s) be installed and/or applied by an approved applicator of the manufacturer, it shall be the contractor's responsibility to ensure that any subcontractors used for such work be approved applicators. Contractor shall provide written "proof' of same when requested by the Architect or Owner. C. Safety Requirements: These Construction Documents, and the joint and several phases of construction hereby contemplated are to be governed, at all times, by applicable provisions of the federal laws, including but not limited to, the latest amendments of the following: 1. Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety & Health Act of 1970, Public Law, 91-596. 2. Part 1910 — Occupational Safety and Health Standards, Chapter XVII of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations. 3. Part 1518 — Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, Chapter XIII of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations. 1.6 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Various sections of specifications contain references to specific standards. Applicable portions of standards listed that are not in conflict with specification requirements are hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. g_ For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other consensus standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. C. Modifications and exceptions to standards shall be considered as amendments and unmodified portions shall remain in effect. D. In case of conflict between standards, or between specifications and standards, most stringent requirement shall govern. E. Editions of standards shall be the latest edition at the time of contract award, including any supplements or amendments thereto. F. Maintain copies of standards at the project site during submittals, planning, and progress of the specific work, until substantial completion. G. Neither the contractual relationship, duties, and responsibilities of the parties in the REFERENCES 014200 - 2 a i COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 contract nor those of the Architect I Engineer shall be altered by the contract documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference documents. 1.7 SCHEDULE OF ABBREVIATIONS A. Reference standards are listed in various sections using abbreviations contained below. B. The following schedule is partial; additional abbreviations and standards may appear in various sections and all abbreviations and standards may not appear. AA Aluminum Association FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association AASHO Hardwood Plywood American Association of State HPMA MFG. Association Highway& Transportation Officials Military Specification ACI American Concrete institute MIL National Association of ADA American with Disabilities Act NAAMM Architectural Metal Manufacturers National Concrete AIA American Institute of Architects NCMA Masonry Association National Electrical Mfg. Association AISC American Institute of Steel NEMA Construction National Fire Protection Association AISI American Iron and Steel Institute NFPA National Precast AITC American Institute of Timber NPCA Concrete Association t Construction National Ready -Mix ANSI American National Standards Institute NRMCA Cement Association National Roofing APA American Plywood Association NRCA Contractors Association Occupational Safety & Health Act APA Architectural Precast Association OSHA Portland Cement Association ASHRAE American Society of Heating, PGA Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Engineers Precast Concrete institute ASTM American Society for Testing & PCI Materials U.S. Product Standard AWS American Welding Society PS Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning AWPA American Wood Preservers Association Contractors National Association SMACNA Southern Forest Products Association AAMA Architectural Aluminum Mfg. SFPA i Association Southern Pine Inspection Bureau y AWl Architectural Woodwork Institute SPIB Steel Deck Institute BIA Brick Institute of America SDI Steel Joist Institute BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers SJI Assoc. CRSI Concrete Reinforcing CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission SSPC Steel Institute TCA CRA California Redwood Association TAS CTI Ceramic Tile Institute THD REFERENCES 014200 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER CLFMA FM FS Chain Link Fence Mfg. Association Factory Mutual System Federal Specification JULY 2019 Steel Structures Painting Council UL WCLIB Texas Accessibility Standards Tile Council of America WWPA Texas Highway Department Underwriters Laboratories West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau Western Wood Products Association REFERENCES 014200-4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER U111 WMI1y1s7 C. General Specification Abbreviations Cubic Foot cuff. Degree deg. Diameter dia. Feet or Foot ft. Inch in. Inside Diameter i.d. Miles Per Hour mph Millimeter mm Ounce o.d. Pound lb. I Pounds per Cubic Foot pcf Pounds per Square Foot psf Pounds per Square Inch psi Square Foot sq. ft. Square Inch sq. in. D. The General Contractor shall be responsible for reporting any abbreviations on the drawings that are not listed and not understood, to the Architect / Engineer for clarification at least 7 days prior to bid openings. Additional costs will not be allowed for clarification of abbreviations after bid opening as it will be assumed that the Contractor understood the abbreviation at the time the bid was submitted. I END OF SECTION 014200 REFERENCES 014200 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 SECTION 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PARTS GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Electricity, Lighting. B. Heat, Ventilation. C. Telephone Service. D. Water. E. Sanitary Facilities. F. Barriers. G. Enclosures. H. Protection of Installed Work. I. Water Control. J. Cleaning During Construction. K_ Noise and Dust Control. L. Project Identification. M. Field Offices and Sheds. N. Fire Protection, O. Interim Life Safety Measures. P. Access Roads and Parking Areas. 1.3 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 011100 — Summary of Work. 1.4 QUALITY CONTROL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY2019 A. Regulations: 1. Comply with governing regulations for the installation and use of temporary construction facilities, and operation of security and protection facilities, including health and safety regulations. 2. Comply with pollution, environmental protection, and conservation regulations for the use of water and energy, and for the control of dust, air pollution, noise, trash and similar nuisances. B. Contractor shall assign responsibilities for installation and maintenance of temporary facilities, security and protection, and compliance with regulations. C. Job Conditions. I. Scheduled Uses: Provide temporary construction facilities and temporary controls at the time first needed to avoid delays in the performance of the work. Maintain, expand, and modify as needed through the progress of work. 2. Condition of Use: Operate, maintain, control, and protect temporary construction facilities and temporary controls in a manner which will prevent over -loading, freezing, pollution, contamination of water source, flooding, unsanitary conditions, hazardous exposure, fire, disease, erosion of site, damage or deterioration of completed work, public nuisances, trash and similar deleterious effects. 1.6 ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING A. Provide service required for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes located to allow service and lighting by means of construction -type power cords. Comply with applicable codes. B. Provide lighting for construction operations which shall be adequate to permit workmen to properly perform their work. Comply with applicable codes. C. Permanent lighting may be used during construction provided contractor assumes full responsibility for the system. Maintain lighting and make routine repairs. D. Installation shall be in accordance with temporary power requirements of National Electrical Code. 1.6 HEAT, VENTILATION A. Provide as required to maintain specified conditions for construction operations, to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity. B. Prior to operation of permanent facilities for temporary purposes, verify that installation is approved for operation, and that filters are in place. C. Provide ventilation of enclosed areas to cure materials, to disperse humidity, and to prevent accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. 1,7 TELEPHONE. SERVICE A. Provide telephone service to field office as required by Contractor and per 1.17 Field Office and Sheds. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 2 I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 f B. Contractor shall pay for all long distance calls and charges. 1.8 WATER A. Provide service required for construction operations. Extend branch piping with outlets located so that water is available by use of hoses. B. Contractor shall make the necessary arrangements with the Water District and pay all charges for the equipment, the installation and the cost of water consumed. C. Permanent water system may be used as a source of water supply for construction purposes provided Contractor assumes full responsibility for the maintenance of the system, and pays for the cost of water consumed. 1.9 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required toilet facilities and enclosures for the use of all workmen. 1.10 BARRIERS A. Provide as required to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to allow for Owner's use of site and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations. B. Provide minimum 6 foot high fence around construction site; equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks. Construction: Commercial grade chain link fence. C. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights -of -way and for access to existing building by public and city personnel. D. Provide protection for plants to remain. E. Protect non -owned vehicular traffic from damage. 1.11 ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weather -tight closure of openings in exterior surfaces to provide acceptable working conditions and protection for materials, to allow for temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. Provide doors with self -closing hardware and locks. 1.12 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work. B. Provide temporary protection for installed products. Control traffic in immediate area to minimize damage. C. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 Protect finished floors and stairs and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, damage and wear and movement of heavy objects. D. Prohibit traffic and storage on lawn and landscaped -areas. E_ Provide and maintain pumping facilities, including power, for keeping the site, excavations and structure free from accumulations of water at all times, whether from underground seepage, rainfall, drainage or broken lines. F. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. G. Provide security and facilities to protect work and existing facility and Owners operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism or theft. H. Coordinate with Owner's security program. 1.13 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Maintain areas free of waste materials and rubbish; periodically dispose of off -site. B. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. C. Clean interior areas prior to start of finish work, maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. 1.14 NOISE AND DUST CONTROL A. Exercise all possible care to control excessive noise and dust during the construction to keep these problems to a minimum. Traffic or construction areas shall be sprinkled with water or chemicals as required and in accordance with applicable county requirements. 1.15 FIRE PROTECTION A. Comply with the city ordinances for fire protection. Maintain access to fire hydrants. B. Provide adequate fire extinguishers on the premises during the course of construction, of the type and sizes recommended by the NFPA to control fires resulting from the particular work being performed, instruct employees in their use. Place extinguishers in the immediate vicinity of the work being performed, ready for instant use. In the use of especially hazardous types of equipment, such as acetylene torches, welding equipment, tar pots, kettles, etc., no work shall be commenced or equipment used unless fire extinguishers of an approved type and capacity are placed in the working area and available for immediate use by the workmen using the above -mentioned equipment. C. Fire extinguishers shall be maintained throughout all accessible areas. Provide one approved 2-112 gallon foam type extinguisher in the construction shed and also in the space where paint or oil, etc., is stored. Other special features of hazard shall be provided with special extinguisher protection as may be warranted_ TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1 D. Store combustible materials in fire -safe locations and containers. 1.16 CONTRACTOR LIFE SAFETY MEASURES ' A. The Contractor is required to follow strict guidelines for compliance with licensing regulations where construction occurs adjacent to existing facilities. These life safety measures apply to safety, separations, and means of egress around and within the construction f area. The Contractor is required to monitor and enforce compliance with these measures. Specific requirements will be reviewed at monthly meetings with Contractors, the Owner, and the Architect 1 Engineer. 1.17 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS A. Construct and maintain temporary roads accessing public thoroughfares to serve construction area- B. Extend and relocate as work progress requires. Provide detours necessary for unimpeded traffic flow. C. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. ' D. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets. E. Parking: Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. Coordinate location with owner. 1. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off site parking. 2_ Do not allow vehicle parking on existing pavement. i 1.18 SECURITY A. Provide security program to protect work from unauthorized entry, vandalism and theft during construction of work. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 REMOVAL A. Remove temporary materials, equipment, services, and construction prior to Substantial Completion inspection. END OF SECTION 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 5 4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER SECTION 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS JULY 2019 l PART1 GENERAL 1.1 I RELATED DOCUMENTS !, A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1 1.2 k REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Products. 4 B, Transportation and Handling. C. Storage and Protection. fD. Product Options. E. Product List. F. Substitutions. t ! 1.3 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 011100 — Summary of Work. y B. Section 013300 — Submittals. C. Section 01A000—Quality Control. f 1.4 PRODUCTS r r A. Products include material, equipment, and systems. B. Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as minimum requirements. C. Components required to be supplied in quantity within a Specification section shall be the same, and shall be interchangeable. 1.5 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle products in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. B_ Transport products by methods to avoid product damage; deliver in undamaged r condition in manufacturer's unopened containers or packaging, dry. a ° C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage. ` PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 D. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. 1.6 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A_ Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather -tight enclosures; maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. B_ For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide ventilation to avoid condensation. C. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well -drained area; prevent mixing with foreign matter. D. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged, and are maintained under required conditions. 1.7 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting those standards. B. Products Specified by Naming One of More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutes: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not specifically named. C. Products Specified by Naming Several Manufacturers: Products of name manufacturers meeting specifications; no options, no substitutions allowed. D. Products Specified by Naming Only One Manufacturer: No options, no substitutions allowed. 1.8 PRODUCTS LIST A. Within 45 days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit complete list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS A. After the pre -bid conference, the Architect I Engineer will not consider formal requests from Contractors for substitutions. Subsequently, substitutions will be considered only when a product becomes unavailable due to no fault of Contractor, B. Any request for substitution shall be transmitted to the Architect / Engineer on the enclosed form, Contractor's Substitution Request. C. By making requests for substitutions the Contractor: 1. Represents that the Contractor has personally investigated the proposed substitute product and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified. 2. Represents that the Contractor will provide the same warranty for the substitution PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER ,IULY 2019 that the Contractor would for that specified. 3. Certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this Contract except the Architect / Engineer's redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become apparent. 4. Represents that the Contractor shall pay all costs of architectural and engineering redesign required by reason of acceptance of a substitution. Redesign costs shall be determined on the basis of the fees for additional services in the Owner/ Architect - Engineer Contract. 5. Will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 6. Waves claims for additional costs or time extension as a result of substitution. D. The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents established a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. E. Each substitution request shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitute including drawings, cut sheets, performance and test data and any other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forth any changes in other materials, equipment or other Work that incorporation of the substitute would require shall be included. F. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the proposer. G. The Architect / Engineer's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final. 1.10 SURPLUS A. For general finishes used on the project including ceiling tiles, floor tiles, paint, and vinyl, the Contractor shalt at the completion of the project, furnish to the owner, not less than 2 percent of the total used for the entire project, unless indicated otherwise in the specific sections_ Surplus materials to be furnished in new, unused, unopened cartons and containers. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 3 PROJECT: City of Fort Worth. Alliance Airport Tower Phase 2 Job No. F TO: Summit Consultants, Inc. Request No. 1300 Summit Avenue, Suite 500 Date: Fort Worth, TX 76102 7 Phone: (817) 878.4242 Fax: (817) 878-4240 l I ATTN: CONTRACTOR: SPECIFIED ITEM: Section: Page: Paragraph: Description: Drawing Number(s): Detail Nurnber(s): The undersigned request consideration of the following, PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION: REASON FOR NOT GIVING PRIORITY TO SPECIFIED ITEMS: SAVINGS or CREDIT for ACCEPTING SUBSTITUTE: S Attached data includes description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and test data ade-quate for evaluation of request; applicable portions of data are clearly identified. Attached data also includes a description of changes to contract documents that proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. The undersigned certifies that the following paragraphs, unless modified by attachments, are correct: 1. Proposed Substitution has been fully checked and coordinated with Contract Documents. 2. Proposed Substitution does not affect dimensions shown on drawings. 3. Proposed Substitution does not require revisions to mechanical or electrical work. 4. The undersigned will pay for changes to building design, including Architectural and Engi-veering design, detailing, and construction costs caused by requested Substitution. 5. Proposed Substitution will have no adverse affect on other trades, constriction schedule, or specified warranty requirements. 6. Maintenance and service parts will be locally available for proposed substitution. The undersigned further states that the function, appearance, and quality of proposed Substitution are equivalent or superior to specified item. Attachments: The attached data is furnished herewith for evaluation of the proposed substitution. f ] Catalog [ ] Drawings [ ] Samples [ ] Reports [ ] Tests [ ] Other Submitted by: (Firm) (Authorized Iegal signature) (Address) (Telephone) For use by: [ ] Approved [ ] Approved as noted [ ] Not Approved [ ] Received too late Date: Remarks: END OF SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM BY: (Authorized legal signature) COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER DULY 2019 4 SECTION 017000 I EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES I PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED r A. Closeout Procedures. f B. Final Cleaning. C. Project Record Documents. D. Operation and Maintenance Data. E. Warranties. i F. Maintenance Service. ti 1.3 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. General: Fiscal provisions, legal submittals, and other administrative requirements. B. Section 011100 — Summary of Work. C. Section 015000 —Temporary Facilities and Controls: Cleaning during construction. f D. Section 017500 — Starting and Adjusting. , 1.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Comply with procedures stated in General Conditions of the Contract for issuance of Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. Owner will occupy designated portion of Project for the purpose of installation of equipment, and conduct of business, under provision stated in Certificate of Substantial ` Completion. C. When Contractor considers Work has reached final completion, submit written j certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect / Engineer inspection. l D. In addition to submittals required by the conditions of the Contract, provide submittals ' required by governing authorities. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT" PROCEDURES 017000 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 E. Resubmit a final statement of accounting giving total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. F. Architect / Engineer will issue a final Change Order as required reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum not previously made by Change Order. G. If, because of acts or omissions of the Contractor, the Architect / Engineer is required to conduct more than one substantial completion inspection or final inspection of the Project, he will enter into a separate agreement with the Owner for the additional services required and such costs will be deducted from the money still due the Contractor. H. Final Checkout of Structure with Owner: Before acceptance and final payment, at a time arrived at with the Owner, a complete checkout and test shall be made of all architectural and structural devices, etc., with the Owner. For this purpose, each trade concerned shall provide a skilled operating engineer or technician for a period of at least one day. This person, together with selected operating personnel, shall test all systems and devices and demonstrate the complete operation and required maintenance of each. 1. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner's testing and balancing consultant and comply with all systems test requirements. Adjustments and remedial action recommended by Owner's testing and balancing consultant shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1.5 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final project inspection. B. Clean interior and exterior surfaces, remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpet surfaces. Clean floors, equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean drainage systems. Replace filters of mechanical equipment.. C. Clean non -occupied spaces and limited -access spaces, such as plenums, shafts, equipment vaults, attics, and similar spaces, broom clean and free of surface dust. D. Clean equipment and fixtures to sanitary conditions with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. E. Clean site, sweep paved areas, rake clean other surfaces. Legally dispose of all trash and waste. F. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the Project and from the site. G. Clean and polish woodwork and hardware. H. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts and drainage systems. 1.6 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 1.7 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017000 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 A. Maintain one set of complete record documents on site. Contractor shall post required updates weekly. At the time of each pay application, the Contractor shall have the contract record documents available for review by the Owner, the Program Manager and the Architect / Engineer. B_ Maintain on site one set of reviewed shop drawings, product data, samples, manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation and adjusting. C. Store documents separate from those used for construction. D. Keep documents legible and current with construction progress; do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded. E. Documents shall be available for inspection and use by the Owner, the Program Manager and Architect / Engineer at all times. F. Contractor's Record Document Drawings. 1. Legibly record all information on one full size set of bond paper print drawings during construction. 2. Prepare separate record drawings for Architectural, HVAC, Plumbing and Electrical work. 3. Legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including: a. Measured depths of elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum- b. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. C. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of construction. d. Field changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes made by modifications. f. Changes by Addendum, Architect / Engineers Supplemental Instructions and Requests for Information. g. Details not on original contract documents. h. References to related shop drawings modifications. 4. Mechanical and Electrical Record Drawings shall indicate exact routing of all piping, duct work, power and control wiring, etc., location and function of all controls and whether manual or automatic, normal amperage readings for all motors taken at the equipment under normal load conditions, final air quantities at each air outlet and at each air return. 5_ Record Drawings shall contain the names, addresses and phone number of Subcontractors and shall be signed by the Contractor. G. Contractor's Record Document Specifications: 1. Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following: a. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. b. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. c. Changes made by addenda and modifications. H. Upon notice of Substantial Completion of the Project work, submit the Contractor's Record Drawings and Specifications to the Architect 1 Engineer. The Architect / Engineer will transfer the annotations from the Contractor's Record Drawings and Specifications to the Architect 1 Engineer's electronic media and produce the Final Record Documents. At completion of the Final Record Documents the Architect / Engineer will deliver the Contractor's Record Drawings and Specifications together with two sets of Final Record Documents prints and electronic files to the Program Manager. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017000 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Coordinate requirements and conditions of Commissioning Consultant and provide all such items in the Operations and Maintenance Manuals. B. Submit data bound in 8-112 x 11 inch text pages, three ring binders with durable plastic covers. C. Prepare binder cover with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS", title of project, and subject matter of binder when multiple binders are required. D. Internally subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized as described below; with tab tilting clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs. E. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each product or system description identified, printed on 20 pound white paper, in three parts as follows. 1. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers. 2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions arranged by system and subdivided by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following: a. Significant design criteria. b. List of equipment. C. Parts list for each component. d. Operating instructions. e. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. f. Maintenance instructions for special finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials, and special precautions identifying detrimental agents. 3. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following: a. Shop drawings and product data. b. Certificates. C. Original of warranties and bonds. 1.9 WARRANTIES A. Provide table of contents and assemble in 3-ring binder with durable plastic cover- B. Provide duplicate, notarized copies. Execute Contractor's submittals and assemble documents executed by subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. C_ Submit material prior to final application for payment. For equipment put into use with Owner's permission during construction, submit within 10 days after first operation. For items of work delayed materially beyond Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within 10 days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. D. The Contractor shall warranty all work to the Owner for a period of one year from the date of Certificate of Substantial Completion unless required for a longer period. In the case of work performed by a subcontractor the Contractor shall warranty the work to and in favor of the Owner. Each subcontractor shall warranty their work for a period of one year or as otherwise EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017000 - 4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 noted, after the date of Certificate of Substantial Completion. Work that proves to be defective in workmanship and/or materials shall be repaired without expense whatsoever to the Owner. 1.10 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Coordinate requirements and conditions of Commissioning Consultant and provide all such Maintenance Service work as indicated. B. Furnish service and maintenance of components indicated in specification sections for one (1 ) year from date of Substantial Completion. C. Examine system components at a frequency consistent with reliable operation. Clean, adjust, and lubricate as required. D. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components. Repair or replace parts whenever required. Use parts produced by the manufacturer of the original component. E. Maintenance service shall not be assigned or transferred to any agent or subcontractor without prior written consent of the owner. PART PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 017000 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017000 - 5 ( COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 r l SECTION 017500 STARTING AND ADJUSTING r I PART 1 GENERAL_ r 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS f ti A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. k 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES t A. Starting systems. B. Demonstration and instructions. ' 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 014000 — Quality Control: Manufacturers' field reports. 1.4 STARTING SYSTEMS y A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B. Notify City of Fort Worth Project Manager and Architect/Engineer seven (7) days prior to start-up of each item. C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions that may cause damage. D. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. l E. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. yF. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable manufacturer's representative and Contractor's personnel in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. G. When specified in individual specification sections, require manufacturer to provide 4 authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. N. Submit a written report in accordance with Section 013300 —Submittals, that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 1.5 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS r STARTING AND ADJUSTING 017500 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER DULY 2019 A. Demonstrate operation, adjustment and maintenance of products to Owner's personnel two (2) weeks prior to date of Substantial Completion. B. Demonstrate Project equipment instructed by a qualified manufacturers' representative who is knowledgeable about the project. C. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six (6) months. D. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Owners' personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. E. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble -shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at scheduled time at equipment location. F. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. G. The amount of time required for instruction on each item of equipment and system is that specified in individual sections. PART PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 017500 STARTING AND ADJUSTING 017500 - 2 I e I I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER SECTION 220500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS JULY 2019 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Transition fittings. 3. Dielectric fittings. 4. Mechanical sleeve seals. 5. Sleeves. 6. Escutcheons. 7. Grout. S. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. 9. Painting and finishing. 10, Concrete bases. 11. Supports and anchorages. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A_ Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in chases. E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. F. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials: 1. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. 2. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 3. PE: Polyethylene plastic. 4. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. G. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials: 1. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. 2. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Transition fittings. 2. Dielectric fittings_ 3. Mechanical sleeve seals. 4. Escutcheons. B. Welding certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE JULY 2019 A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code --Steel." B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." I _ Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. C. Electrical Characteristics for Plumbing Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory -applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for plumbing installations. B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured -in -place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500- 2 i # COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 t i C. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for plumbing items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. f PART2-PRODUCTS f j 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. 2.2 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fatting materials and joining methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory -threaded pipe and pipe fittings. f 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. i B_ Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos -free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless I thickness or specific material is indicated. a. Full -Face Type: For flat -face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast -bronze flanges. b. Narrow -Face Type: For raised -face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges. i 2. AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated; and full -face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated- C. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME 13182.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. D. Plastic, Pipe --Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated E. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. F. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper -phosphorus alloys for general duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indicated. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER DULY 2019 G. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. H. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: 1. ABS Piping: ASTM D 2235. 2. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493. 3. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656. 4. PVC to ABS Piping Transition: ASTM D 3138. 2.4 TRANSITION FITTINGS A. AWWA Transition Couplings: Same size as, and with pressure rating at least equal to and with ends compatible with, piping to be joined. 1. Manufacturers: a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. b. Dresser Industries, Inc.; DMD Div. C. Ford Meter Box Company, Incorporated (The); Pipe Products Div. d. JCM Industries. e. Smith -Blair, Inc. f. Viking Johnson, 2. Underground Piping NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Manufactured fitting or coupling. 3. Underground Piping NPS 2 and Larger: AWWA C219, metal sleeve -type coupling. 4. Aboveground Pressure Piping: Pipe fitting. B. Plastic -to -Metal Transition Fittings: CPVC and PVC one-piece fitting with manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent - cement -joint end. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Eslon Thermoplastics. C. Plastic -to -Metal Transition Adaptors: One-piece fitting with manufacturer's SDR 11 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent -cement -joint end. Available Manufacturers: a. Thompson Plastics, Inc. D. Plastic -to -Metal Transition Unions: MSS SP-107, CPVC and PVC four-part union. Include brass end, solvent -cement -joint end, rubber O-ring, and union nut. Available Manufacturers: a. NIBCO INC. b. NIBCO, Inc.; Chemtrol Div. E. Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nonpressure Drainage Piping: ASTM C 1173 with elastomeric sleeve, ends same size as piping to be joined, and corrosion -resistant metal band on each end. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 4 S COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 i 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. b. Fernco, Inc. C. Mission Rubber Company. d. Plastic Oddities, Inc. f 2.5 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder - joint, plain, or weld -neck end connections that match piping system materials. B. Insulating Material. Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Unions: Factory -fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F. 1. Available Manufacturers: f ` a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Company. C. Eclipse, Inc. i d. Epco Sales, Inc. e. Hart Industries, International, Inc. f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. g. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div. D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory -fabricated, companion -flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Company. C. Epco Sales, Inc. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. r E. Dielectric -Flange Kits: Companion -flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, full- face- or ring -type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. k 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. c. Central Plastics Company. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures. F. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized -steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic t lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 1. Available Manufacturers: JULY 2019 a. Calpico, Inc. b. Lochinvar Corp. G. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300--psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Perfection Corp. b. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. C. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Victaulic Co. of America. 2.6 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. C. Metraflex Co. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Sealing Elements; EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 3. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. include two for each sealing element. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.7 SLEEVES A. Galvanized -Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends. C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile -Iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. D. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast -Iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 6 I r k f I COFW ALf_fANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2.8 ESCUTCHEONS A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening. B. One -Piece, Deep -Pattern Type: Deep -drawn, box -shaped brass with polished chrome -plated finish. C. One -Piece, Cast -Brass Type: With set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome -plated. D. Split -Casting, Cast -Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome -plated. E. One -Piece, Stamped -Steel Type: With set screw or spring clips and chrome -plated finish. F. Split -Plate, Stamped -Steel Type: With concealed hinge, set screw or spring clips, and chrome - plated finish. G. One -Piece, Floor -Plate Type: Cast-iron floor plate. H. Split -Casting, Floor -Plate Type: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw. 2.9 GROUT A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic -cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post -hardening, volume -adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited. unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install piping to permit valve servicing. G. Install piping at indicated slopes. H. Install piping free of sags and bends. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. Install piping to allow application of insulation. K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following: New Piping: a Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep -pattern type. b. Chrome -Plated Piping: One-piece, cast -brass type with polished chrome -plated finish. C. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped -steel type with spring clips_ d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast - brass type with polished chrome -plated finish. e. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-stee[ type. f. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass type with polished chrome -plated finish. g. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type and set screw. h. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass type with rough - brass finish. i. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type with concealed or exposed -rivet hinge and set screw or spring clips. j. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast -brass type. k. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped -steel type with set screw or spring clips. 1. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor -plate type. M. Sleeves are not required for core -drilled holes. N. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE. sleeves. O. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floor and roof slabs. P. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum -board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 8 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed. 3. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-Inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials: a. Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6. b. Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and larger, penetrating gypsum -board partitions. C. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. Refer to Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing. 1) Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout. 4. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation. Q. Aboveground, Exterior --Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter. 2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter. 3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. R. Underground, Exterior -Wall Pipe Penetrations: install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. S. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for materials. T. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. U. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing -in requirements. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 9 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 3.2 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints. Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead- free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32, E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper -phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME 131.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Plastic Piping Solvent -Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe -handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 Appendixes. 3. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix. 4. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other -than -schedule -number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. 5. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 21355. 6. PVC to ABS Nonpressure Transition Fittings: Join according to ASTM D 3138 Appendix. J. Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139. K. Plastic Nonpressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212. L. PE Piping Heat -Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657. 1. Plain -End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. 2. Plain -End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 10 ? COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER E JULY 2019 1 3.3 PIPING CONNECTIONS I ' A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection s to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment_ 3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. r 3.4 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS 4 A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. install plumbing equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope. 3.5 PAINTING A. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory -painted finishes with materials and procedures to match original factory finish. 3.6 CONCRETE BASES A. Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project. 1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit. 2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base. 3. Install epoxy -coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor. 4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 5. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 6. Install anchor bolts according to anchor -bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 7. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive -strength concrete and reinforcement. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 11 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 3.7 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor plumbing materials and equipment. B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. 3.8 GROUTING A. Mix and Install grout for plumbing equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout. D. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout. E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases. F. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. G. Place grout around anchors. H. Cure placed grout. END OF SECTION 220500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 12 j 1 { COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 i SECTION 220517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 'I - GENERAL. 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes. 1. Sleeves_ 2. Stack -sleeve fittings. 3. Sleeve -seal systems. 4. Sleeve -seal fittings. 5. Grout. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A. Cast -Iron Wall Pipes: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized -Steel Wall Pipes: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, with plain ends and welded steel collar; zinc coated. C. Galvanized -Steel -pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, with plain ends. D. Galvanized -Steel -Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. E. Molded -PE or -PP Sleeves: Removable, tapered -cup shaped, and smooth outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 2.2 STACK -SLEEVE. FITTINGS JULY 2019 A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. 2. Zurn Specification Drainage Operation; turn Plumbing Products Group, B. Description: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring, bolts, and nuts for membrane flashing. I- Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with setscrews. 2.3 SLEEVE --SEAL SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. CALPICO, Inc. 3. Metraflex Company (The). A. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 5, Proco Products, Inc. B. Description: Modular sealing -element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and sleeve. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 2. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 2.4 SLEEVE -SEAL FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Presealed Systems. B. Description: Manufactured plastic, sleeve -type, waterstop assembly made for imbedding in concrete stab or wall. Unit has plastic or rubber waterstop collar with center opening to match piping OD. 2.5 GROUT A. Standard: ASTM C 11071C 1107M, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic -cement grout. B. Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. I B. For sleeves that will have sleeve -seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide 1-inch annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls. 1. Sleeves are not required for core -drilled holes. C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. 1. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes in slabs formed by molded -PE or -PP sleeves. 2. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. 3. Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve -seal system. D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. i 2. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements for sealants specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." E. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of wails, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 3.2 STACK -SLEEVE -FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install stack -sleeve fittings in new slabs as slabs are constructed. I. Install fittings that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 2. Secure flashing between clamping flanges for pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Comply with requirements for flashing specified in Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 3. Install section.of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. 4. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 5. Using grout, seal the space around outside of stack -sleeve fittings. SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER DULY 2019 B. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 3.3 SLEEVE -SEAL -SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve -seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs -on -grade at service piping entries into building. B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve -seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. 3.4 SLEEVE -SEAL -FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve -seal fittings in new walls and slabs as they are constructed. B. Assemble fitting components of length to be flush with both surfaces of concrete slabs and walls. Position waterstop flange to be centered in concrete slab or wall. C. Secure nailing flanges to concrete forms. D. Using grout, seal the space around outside of sleeve -seal fittings. 3.5 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL SCHEDULE A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping -penetration applications: 1. Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Cast-iron wall sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Cast-iron wall sleeves. 2. Exterior Concrete Walls below Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve -seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve -seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. 3. Concrete Slabs -on -Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve -seal system. SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 4 I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER k JULY 2019 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve -seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. f 4. Concrete Slabs above Grade: l a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized -steel -pipe sleeves. ` b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized -steel -pipe sleeves. ` 5. Interior Partitions: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized -steel -pipe sleeves. I b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized -steel -sheet sleeves. END OF SECTION 220517 i SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 SECTION 220518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Escutcheons. 2. Floor plates. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ESCUTCHEONS A. One -Piece, Cast -Brass Type: With polished, chrome -plated and rough -brass finish and setscrew fastener. B. One -Piece, Deep -Pattern Type: Deep -drawn, box -shaped brass with chrome -plated finish and spring -clip fasteners. C. One -Piece, Stamped -Steel Type: With chrome -plated finish and spring -clip fasteners. D. Split -Casting Brass Type: With polished, chrome -plated and rough -brass finish and with concealed hinge and setscrew. E. Split -Plate, Stamped -Steel Type: With chrome -plated finish, concealed and exposed -rivet hinge, and spring -clip fasteners. 2.2 FLOOR PLATES t I A. One -Piece Floor Plates: Cast-iron flange with holes for fasteners. B. Split -Casting Floor Plates: Cast brass with concealed hinge. ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220518 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors. B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. Escutcheons for New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep -pattern type. b. Chrome -Plated Piping: One-piece, cast -brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. C. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped -steel type or split -plate, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type or split -plate, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge. e. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type or split -plate, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge. f. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type or split - plate, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge. g. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped -steel type or split -plate, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge. C. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment -room floors. D. install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. New Piping: One-piece, floor -plate type. 2. Existing Piping: Split -casting, floor -plate type. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates using new materials. END OF SECTION 220518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220518 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 SECTION 220519 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Thermometers. 2. Gages. 3. Test plugs. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CR: Chlorosulfonated polyethylene synthetic rubber. B. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated; include performance curves. B. Shop Drawings: Schedule for thermometers and gages indicating manufacturer's number, scale range, and location for each. C. Product Certificates: For each type of thermometer and gage, signed by product manufacturer. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL -CASE, LIQUID -IN -GLASS THERMOMETERS a A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Palmer - Wahl Instruments Inc. 2. Trerice, H. O. Co. 3_ Weiss Instruments, Inc. 4. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. B. Case: Die-cast aluminum or brass, 7 inches long. METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 -1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JUL.Y 2019 C. Tube: Red or blue reading, mercury or organic -liquid filled, with magnifying lens. D. Tube Background: Satin -faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. E. Window: Glass. F. Connector: Adjustable type, 180 degrees in vertical plane, 360 degrees in horizontal plane, with locking device. G. Stem: Copper -plated steel, aluminum, or brass for thermowell installation and of length to suit installation_ H. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range or plus or minus 1 scale division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range. 2.2 BIMETALLIC -ACTUATED DIAL THERMOMETERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ashcroft Commercial Instrument Operations; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div_ 2. Ernst Gage Co. 3. Eugene Ernst Products Co. 4. Marsh Bellofram. 5. Miljoco Corp. 6. NANMAC Corporation. 7. Noshok, Inc. 8. Palmer - Wahl Instruments Inc. 9. REO TEMP Instrument Corporation. 10. Tel-Tru Manufacturing Company. 11. Trerice, H. O. Co. 12. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 13. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. 14. WIKA Instrument Corporation. 15. Winters Instruments. B. Description: Direct -mounting, bimetallic -actuated dial thermometers complying with ASME B40.3. C. Case: Liquid -filled type, stainless steel with 3-inch diameter. D. Element: Bimetal coil. E. Dial: Satin -faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. F. Pointer: Red or other dark -color metal. G. Window: Glass. H. Ring: Stainless steel. 1. Connector: Adjustable angle type. METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 J. Stem: Metal, for thermowell installation and of length to suit installation. K. Accuracy., Plus or minus 1 percent of range or plus or minus 1 scale division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range. 2.3 THERMOWELLS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. AMETEK, Inc.; U.S. Gauge Div. 2. Ashcroft Commercial Instrument Operations; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. 3. Ernst Gage Co. 4. Marsh Bellofram. 5. Miljoco Corp. B. NANMAC Corporation, 7. Noshok, Inc. 8. Palmer - Wahl Instruments Inc. 9. REO TEMP Instrument Corporation. 10. Tel-Tru Manufacturing Company. 11. Trerice, H. O. Co. 12. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 13. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. 14. WIKA Instrument Corporation. 15_ Winters Instruments. B. Manufacturers: Same as manufacturer of thermometer being used. C. Description: Pressure -tight, socket -type metal fitting made for insertion into piping and of type, diameter, and length required to hold thermometer. 2.4 PRESSURE GAGES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AMETEK, Inc.; U.S. Gauge Div. 2. Ashcroft Commercial Instrument Operations; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. 3. Ernst Gage Co_ 4. Eugene Ernst Products Co. 5. KOBOLD Instruments, Inc_ 6. Marsh Bellofram. 7. Miljoco Corp. 8. Noshok, Inc. 9. Palmer -Wahl Instruments Inc. 10. REO TEMP Instrument Corporation. 11. Trerice, H. O. Co. 12. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 13_ Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser industries; Instrument Div. 14. WIKA Instrument Corporation. 15. Winters Instruments. B. Pressure -Gage Fittings: METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1. Valves: NPS 1/4 brass or stainless -steel needle type. 2. Snubbers: ASME B40.5, NPS 1/4 brass bushing with corrosion -resistant, porous -metal disc of material suitable for system fluid and working pressure. 2.5 TEST PLUGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Flow Design, Inc. 2. MG Piping Products Co. 3. National Meter, Inc. 4. Peterson Equipment Co., Inc. 5. Sisco Manufacturing Co. 6. Trerice, H. O. Co. 7. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. B. Description: Corrosion -resistant brass or stainless -steel body with core inserts and gasketed and threaded cap, with extended stem for units to be installed in insulated piping. C. Minimum Pressure and Temperature Rating: 500 psig at 200 deg F. D. Core Inserts: One or two self-sealing rubber valves. 1. Insert material for water service at 20 to 200 deg F shall be CR. 2. Insert material for water service at minus 30 to plus 275 deg F shall be EPDM. E. Test Kit: Furnish one test kit(s) containing one pressure gage and adaptor, one thermometers), and carrying case. Pressure gage, adapter probes, and thermometer sensing elements shall be of diameter to fit test plugs and of length to project into piping. 1. Pressure Gage: Small bourdon-tube insertion type with 2- to 3-inch- diameter dial and probe. Dial range shall be 0 to 200 psig. 2. Low -Range Thermometer: Small bimetallic insertion type with 1- to 2-inch- diameter dial and tapered -end sensing element. Dial ranges shall be 25 to 125 deg F. 3. High -Range Thermometer. Small bimetallic insertion type with 1- to 2-inch- diameter dial and tapered -end sensing element. Dial ranges shall be 0 to 220 deg F. 4. Carrying case shall have formed instrument padding. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 THERMOMETER APPLICATIONS A. Install liquid -in -glass thermometers in the outlet of each domestic, hot-water storage tank. B. Install liquid -filled -case -type, bimetallic -actuated dial thermometers at suction and discharge of each pump. C. Provide the following temperature ranges for thermometers: 1. Domestic Hot Water: 30 to 180 deg F, with 2-degree scale divisions. 2. Domestic Cold Water: 0 to 100 deg F, with 2-degree scale divisions. METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 - 4 j COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1 3.2 GAGE APPLICATIONS f A. Install dry -case -type pressure gages for discharge of each pressure -reducing valve. B. Install liquid -filled -case -type pressure gages at suction and discharge of each pump. t 3.3 INSTALLATIONS F ' A. Install direct -mounting thermometers and adjust vertical and tilted positions. B. Install remote -mounting dial thermometers on panel, with tubing connecting panel and thermometer bulb supported to prevent kinks. Use minimum tubing length. C. Install thermowells with socket extending one-third of diameter of pipe and in vertical position in piping tees where thermometers are indicated. D. Install direct -mounting pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at most readable position. S { E. Install remote -mounting pressure gages on panel. F. Install needle -valve and snubber fitting in piping for each pressure gage. G. Install test plugs in tees in piping. H. Install permanent indicators on walls or brackets in accessible and readable positions. I. Install connection fittings for attachment to portable indicators in accessible locations. J. Install thermometers and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and maintenance for thermometers, gages, machines, and equipment. K. Adjust faces of thermometers and gages to proper angle for best visibility. END OF SECTION 220519 i METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 SECTION 220523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 4 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Bronze angle valves. 2. Brass ball valves. 3. Bronze ball valves. 4. Iron, single -flange butterfly valves. 5. Bronze lift check valves. 6. Bronze swing check valves. 7. Iron swing check valves. E S. Bronze globe valves. 9. Iron globe valves. 10. Chainwheels. B. Related Sections: f 1. Division 22 plumbing piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only- ; 2. Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules. i 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CWP: Cold working pressure. B. EPDM: Ethylene propylene copolymer rubber. C. NBR: Acrylonitriie-butadiene, Buna-N, or nitrile rubber. D. NRS: Nonri$ing stem. E. OS&Y: Outside screw and yoke. F. RS: Rising stem. G. SWP: Steam working pressure. GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve indicated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous -valve dimensions and design criteria. 2. ASME B31.1 for power piping valves. 3. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable -water service. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends. 3. Set angle, gate, and globe valves closed to prevent rattling. 4. Set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces. 5. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open. 6. Block check valves in either closed or open position. B. Use the following precautions during storage: I. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures, C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Refer to valve schedule articles for applications of valves. B. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. C. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. D. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Gear Actuator: For quarter -turn valves NPS 8 and larger. GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter -turn types. 3. Handiever: For quarter -turn valves NPS 6 and smaller except plug valves. 4. Wrench: For plug valves with square heads. Furnish Owner with 1 wrench for every 5 plug valves, for each size square plug -valve head. } 5. Chainwheel: Device for attachment to valve handwheel, stem, or other actuator; of size and with chain for mounting height, as indicated in the "Valve Installation" Article. E. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-Inch stem extensions and the following features: i 1. Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non -thermal -conductive material, and protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing insulation. i 2. Butterfly Valves: With extended neck. F. Valve -End Connections: 1. Flanged. With flanges according to ASME B16.1 for iron valves. 2. Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18. 3. Threaded: With threads according to ASME 131.20.1. G. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45. 2.2 BRONZE ANGLE VALVES A. Class 125, Bronze Angle Valves with Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Hammond Valve. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw -in bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded. e. Stem and Disc: Bronze. f. Packing: Asbestos free. g. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum. 2.3 BRASS BALL VALVES A. Two -Piece, Full -Port, Brass Ball Valves with Brass Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the j following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. l b. Crane Co.: Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. [ C. DynaQuip Controls. GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 2.4 /-A L'? d. Flow-Tek, Inc.; a subsidiary of Bray International, Inc. e. Hammond Valve. f. Jamesbury; a subsidiary of Metso Automation. g. Jomar International, LTD. h. Kitz Corporation. i. Legend Valve. j. Marwin Valve; a division of Richards Industries. k. Milwaukee Valve Company. I. NIBCO INC. m. Red -White Valve Corporation. n. RuB Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig. G. CWP Rating: 600 psig. d. Body Design: Two piece. e. Body Material: Forged brass. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE or TFE. h. Stem: Brass. i. Ball: Chrome -plated brass. j. Port: Full. BRONZE BALL VALVES One -Piece, Reduced -Port, Bronze Bali Valves with Bronze Trim: JULY 2019 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. c. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SPA 10. b. CWP Rating: 400 psig. C. Body Design: One piece. d. Body Material: Bronze. e. Ends. Threaded. f. Seats: PTFE or TFE. g. Stem: Bronze. h. Ball: Chrome -plated brass_ i. Port: Reduced. Two -Piece, Full -Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 4 f COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 a. American Valve, Inc. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. d. Hammond Valve. 1 e. Lance Valves; a division of Advanced Thermal Systems, Inc. i f. Legend Valve. g. Milwaukee Valve Company. h. NIBCO INC. i. Red -White Valve Corporation. j. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2, Description: I l a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig. C. CWP Rating: 600 psig. i d. Body Design: Two piece. ' e. Body Material: Bronze. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE or TFE. h. Stem: Bronze. L Ball. Chrome -plated brass. j. Port Full. r 2.5 IRON, SINGLE -FLANGE BUTTERFLY VALVES ! A. 200 CWP, I Iron, Single -Flange Butterfly Valves with EPDM Seat and Aluminum -Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: F a. ABZ Valve and Controls; a division of ABZ Manufacturing, Inc. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. C. Cooper Cameron Valves; a division of Cooper Cameron Corporation. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. e. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. f. DeZurlk Water Controls. g. Flo Fab Inc. h. Hammond Valve. i. Kitz Corporation. j. Legend Valve. k. Milwaukee Valve Company. 1. NIBCOINC. M. Norriseal; a Dover Corporation company. n. Red -White Valve Corporation. l o. Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International, Inc. p. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: ' a. Standard: MSS SP-67, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. I GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, cast iron or ASTM A 536, ductile iron. e. Seat: EPDM. f. Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel. g. Disc: Aluminum bronze. B. 200 CWP, Iron, Single -Flange Butterfly Valves with NBR Seat and Aluminum -Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABZ Valve and Controls; a division of ABZ Manufacturing, Inc. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. c. Cooper Cameron Valves; a division of Cooper Cameron Corporation. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. e. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. f. DeZurlk Water Controls. g. Flo Fab Inc. h. Hammond Valve. i. Kitz Corporation. j. Legend Valve. k. Milwaukee Valve Company. 1. NIBCOINC. M. Norriseal; a Dover Corporation company. n. Red -White Valve Corporation. o. Spence Strainers international; a division of CIRCOR International, Inc. p. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, fnc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, cast iron or ASTM A 536, ductile iron. e. Seat: NBR. f. Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel. g. Disc: Aluminum bronze. 2.6 BRONZE LIFT CHECK VALVES A. Class 125, Lift Check Valves with Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 6 c i t COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 I C. Body Design: Vertical flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B 61 or ASTM B 62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Disc: Bronze. B. Class 125, Lift Check Valves with Nonmetallic Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: ! a. Flo Fab Inc. b. Hammond Valve. I C. Kitz Corporation. d. Milwaukee Valve Company. e. Mueller Steam Specialty; a division of SPX Corporation. t f. NIBCOINC. g. Red -White Valve Corporation. h. Wafts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2. I b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Design: Vertical flow. d. Body Material ASTM B 61 or ASTM B 62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Disc: NBR, PTFE, or TFE. 2.7 BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES A. Class 125, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Bronze Disc: i 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. e. Hammond Valve. i f. Kitz Corporation. ` g. Milwaukee Valve Company. h. NBCOINC. i. Powell Valves, j j. Red --White Valve Corporation. k. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc_ I. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc. 4 2. Description: a. Standard. MSS SP-80, Type 3. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. i C. Body Design: Horizontal flow. GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER d. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Disc: Bronze. B. Class 125, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Nonmetallic Disc: JULY2019 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. d. Hammond Valve. e. Kitz Corporation. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. NIBCOINC. h. Red -White Valve Corporation. i. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 4. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Design: Horizontal flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze_ o. Ends: Threaded. f. Disc: PTFE or TFE. 2.8 IRON SWING CHECK VALVES A. Class 125, Iron Swing Check Valves with Metal Seats: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. d. Hammond Valve. e. Kitz Corporation. f_ Legend Valve. g. Milwaukee Valve Company. h. NIBCO INC. i. Powell Valves. j. Red -White Valve Corporation. k. Sure Flow Equipment Inc. I. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. M. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc. 2. description: a. Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Design: Clear or full waterway. GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 8 a i COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 1 JULY 2019 d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. e. Ends: Flanged. f. Trim: Bronze. g. Gasket: Asbestos free. i B. Class 125, Iron Swing Check Valves with Nonmetallic -to -Metal Seats: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers f offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. i 2. Description: 1 a. Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Design: Clear or full waterway. d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. e. Ends: Flanged. f. Trim: Composition. g. Seat Ring: Bronze. h. Disc Holder: Bronze. i. Disc: PTFE or TFE. j. Gasket: Asbestos free. r 2.9 IRON SWING CHECK VALVES WITH CLOSURE CONTROL A. Class 125, Iron Swing Check Valves with Lever- and Spring -Closure Control: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Design: Clear or full waterway. [ d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. e. Ends: Flanged. f. Trim. Bronze. g. Gasket: Asbestos free. h. Closure Control: Factory -installed, exterior lever and spring. B. Class 125, Iron Swing Check Valves with Lever- and Weight -Closure Control: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the "following: s GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 •- 9 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. d. Hammond Valve. C. Milwaukee Valve Company. f. NIBCO INC. g. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-71, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Design: Clear or full waterway. d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. e. Ends: Flanged. f. Trim: Bronze. g. Gasket: Asbestos free. h. Closure Control: Factory -installed, exterior lever and weight. 2.10 BRONZE GLOBE VALVES A. Class 125, Bronze Globe Valves with Bronze Disc: JULY 2019 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. C. Hammond Valve. d. Kitz Corporation. e. Milwaukee Valve Company. f. NIBCO INC. g. Powell Valves. h. Red -White Valve Corporation. i. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. j. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw -in bonnet. d. Ends. Threaded or solderjoint. e. Stem and Disc: Bronze. f. Packing: Asbestos free. g. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum. B. Class 125, Bronze Globe Valves with Nonmetallic Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 10 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. G. NIBCO INC. d. Red -White Valve Corporation. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw -in bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded or solderjoint. o. Stem: Bronze. f. Disc: PTFE or TFE. g. Packing: Asbestos free. h. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum. 2.11 IRON GLOBE VALVES A. Class 125, Iron Globe Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. d. Hammond Valve. e. Kitz Corporation. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. NIBCO INC. h. Powell Valves. i. Red -White Valve Corporation. j. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. k. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-85, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. d_ Ends: Flanged. e. Trim: Bronze. f. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free. 2.12 CHAINWHEELS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Babbitt Steam Specialty Co. 2. Roto Hammer Industries. 3. Trumbull industries. B. description: Valve actuation assembly with sprocket rim, brackets, and chain. GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-11 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1. Brackets: Type, number, size, and fasteners required to mount actuator on valve. 2. Attachment: For connection to butterfly valve stems. 3. Sprocket Rim with Chain Guides: Ductile or cast iron, of type and size required for valve. Include zinc coating. 4. Chain: Hot -dip, galvanized steel, of size required to fit sprocket rim. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. E. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. 3.2 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. E_ Install chainwheels on operators for butterfly valves NPS 4 and larger and more than 96 inches above floor. Extend chains to 60 inches above finished floor. F. Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows: 1. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level. 2. Center -Guided and Plate -Type Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position, between flanges. 3. Lift Check Valves: With stem upright and plumb. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 12 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 3.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: 1. Shutoff Service: Ball, butterfly valves. 2. Butterfly Valve Dead -End Service: Single -flange (lug) type. 3. Throttling Service: Globe valves. 4. Pump -Discharge Check Valves: a. NPS 2 and Smaller. Bronze swing check valves with bronze disc. b_ NPS 2-1/2 and Larger for Domestic Water. Iron swing check valves with lever and weight or with spring or iron, center -guided, metal or resilient -seat check valves. C. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger for Sanitary Waste and Storm Drainage: Iron swing check valves with lever and weight or spring. B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted. C. Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder -joint valve - end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve - end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 3. For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends. 4. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller. Threaded ends. 5. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-112 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve -end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 6. For Steel Piping, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends. 3.5 DOMESTIC, HOT- AND COLD -WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller: 1. Bronze and Brass Valves: May be provided with solder joint ends instead of threaded ends. 2. Bronze Angle Valves: Class 125, bronze disc. 3. Ball Valves: Two piece, full port, brass or bronze with bronze trim. 4. Bronze Swing Check Valves: Class 125, bronze disc_ 5. Bronze Gate Valves: Class 125, NRS. 6. Bronze Globe Valves: Class 125, bronze disc. B. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: 1. Iron Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: May be provided with threaded ends instead of flanged ends. 2. Iron, Single -Flange Butterfly Valves: 200 CWP, NBR seat, aluminum -bronze disc. 3. Iron Swing Check Valves: Class 125, metal seats. 4. Iron Swing Check Valves with Closure Control. Class 125, lever and spring. 5. Iron, Center -Guided Check Valves: Class 125, , metal seat. 6. Iron, Plate -Type Check Valves: Class 125; single plate; metal seat. 7. Iron Globe Valves: Class 125. GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 -13 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 3.6 SANITARY -WASTE AND STORM -DRAINAGE VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NIPS 2 and Smaller: 1. Bronze and Brass Valves: May be provided with solder -joint ends instead of threaded ends. 2. Ball Valves. Three piece, full port, brass or bronze with stainless -steel trim. 3. Bronze Swing Check Valves: Class 125, nonmetallic disc. 4. Bronze Globe Valves: Class 125, nonmetallic disc. B. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: 1. Iron Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to .NPS 4: May be provided with threaded ends instead of flanged ends. 2. Iron Swing Check Valves: Class 125, nonmetallic -to -metal seats. 3. Iron Swing Check Valves with Closure Control: Class 125, lever and spring. 4. Iron Globe Valves: Class 125. END OF SECTION 220523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523- 14 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 SECTION 220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY f A. This Section includes the following hangers and supports for plumbing system piping and equipment: i 1. Steel pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Fiberglass pipe hangers. I 4. Metal framing systems. ! 5. Fiberglass strut systems. 6. Thermal -hanger shield inserts. 7. Fastener systems. 8. Pipe stands. 9. Pipe positioning systems. 10. Equipment supports. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. B. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports." 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS t A. Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined ` weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. j B. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. a 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Steel pipe hangers and supports. 2. Thermal -hanger shield inserts. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 3_ Powder -actuated fastener systems. 4. Pipe positioning systems. B. Welding certificates. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code- -Steel." B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code --Steel." 2. AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code --Aluminum." 3. AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code --Reinforcing Steel." 4. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory -fabricated components. Refer to Part 3 "Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and support types. B. Manufacturers: 1. AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc. 2, Bergen -Power Pipe Supports. 3. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries, 4. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. 5. Empire Industries, Inc. 6_ ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. 7. Globe Pipe Hanger Products, Inc. 8. Grinnell Corp. 9. GS Metals Corp. 10. Na#ional Pipe Hanger Corporation. 11 _ PHD Manufacturing, Inc. 12. PHS Industries, Inc. 13. Piping Technology & Products, Inc. 14. Tolco Inc. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 C. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 1 E. Padded Hangers: Manger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion for support of bearing surface of piping. 2.3 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly made from structural -steel shapes with MSS SP-58 hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts. 2.4 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Description. MFMA-3, shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly made of steel channels and other components. { B. Manufacturers: 1. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.; ERISTRUT Div. 3. GS Metals Corp. 4. Power -Strut Div.; Tyco International, Ltd. 5. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 6. Tolco Inc. 7. Unistrut Corp.; Tyco International, Ltd. C. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish unless bare metal surfaces are indicated. D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 2.5 THERMAL -HANGER SHIELD INSERTS i A. Description: 100-psig- minimum, compressive -strength insulation insert encased in sheet metal shield. B. Manufacturers: 1. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. 2. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. 3. PHS Industries, Inc. 4. Pipe Shields, Inc. 5. Rilco Manufacturing Company, Inc. • 6. Value Engineered Products, Inc. C. Insulation -Insert Material for Cold Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate or ASTM C 552, Type 11 cellular glass with vapor barrier. D. Insulation -Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate or ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass. E. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 F. For Clevis or Band Hangers: insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. G. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.6 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: a. Hilti, Inc. b. ITW Ramset/Red Head. C. Masterset Fastening Systems, Inc. d. MKT Fastening, LLC. e. Powers Fasteners. B. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type zinc -coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: a. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. b. Empire Industries, Inc. C. Hilti, Inc. d. ITW Ramset/Red Head. e. MKT Fastening, LLC. f. Powers Fasteners. 2.7 PIPE STAND FABRICATION A. Pipe Stands, General: Shop or field -fabricated assemblies made of manufactured corrosion - resistant components to support roof -mounted piping. B_ Compact Pipe Stand: One-piece plastic unit with integral -rod -roller, pipe clamps, or V-shaped cradle to support pipe, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 1. Manufacturers: a. ERICOIMichigan Hanger Co. b. MIROIndustries. C. Low -Type, Single -Pipe Stand: One-piece stainless -steel base unit with plastic roller, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. MIRO Industries. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 k D. High -Type, Single -Pipe Stand: Assembly of base, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe support, for roof installation without membrane penetration. I. Manufacturers: a. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. b" MIRO Industries. C. Portable Pipe Hangers. t ` 2. Base: Stainless steel. 3. Vertical Members: Two or more cadmium -plated -steel or stainless -steel, continuous - thread rods. 4. Horizontal Member: Cadmium -plated -steel or stainless -steel rod with plastic or stainless - steel. roller -type pipe support. E. high -Type, Multiple -Pipe Stand: Assembly of bases, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe supports, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 1. Manufacturers: s a. Portable Pipe Hangers. 2. Bases: One or more plastic. 3. Vertical Members: Two or more protective -coated -steel channels. 4. horizontal Member: Protective -coated -steel channel. 5. Pipe Supports: Galvanized -steel, clevis-type pipe hangers. F. Curb -Mounting -Type Pipe Stands: Shop- or field -fabricated pipe support made from structural - steel shape, continuous -thread rods, and rollers for mounting on permanent stationary roof curb. 4 2.8 PIPE POSITIONING SYSTEMS A. Description: IAPMO PS 42, system of metal brackets, clips, and straps for positioning piping in pipe spaces for plumbing fixtures for commercial applications. B. Manufacturers: i 1. C & S Mfg. Corp. 2. HOLDRITE Corp.; Hubbard Enterprises. 3. Samco Stamping, Inc. ti i 2.9 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field -fabricated equipment support made from structural -steel shapes. 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 361A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic -cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS A. Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field -applied finish. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing- E. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. F. Horizontal -Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes, NIPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Yoke -Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of 120 to 450 deg F pipes, NPS 4 to NIPS 16, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation. 3. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel, Double -Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 24, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation. 4. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 24, if little or no insulation is required. 5. Pipe hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to allow off - center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection_ 6. Adjustable, Swivel Split- or Solid -Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/4 to NIPS 8. 7. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 8. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NIPS 8. 9. Adjustable, Swivel -Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 2. 10. Split Pipe -Ring with or without Turnbuckle -Adjustment Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 8. 11. Extension Hinged or 2-Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 3. 12. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes, NPS 112 to NPS 30. 13. Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529- 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER J ULY 2019 14. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. 16, Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange and with U-bolt to retain pipe_ 16. Adjustable, Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion -type support for pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36, if vertical adjustment is required, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. 17. Single Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1 to NPS 30, from 2 rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 18. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 20, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 19. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 42, if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary. 20. Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes, NP5 2 to NPS 24, if small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur and vertical adjustment is not necessary. 21. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46). For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 30, if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in addition to expansion and contraction. G. Vertical -Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 314 to NPS 20. 2. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers, NPS 314 to NPS 20, if longer ends are required for riser clamps. H. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. 3. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, split pipe rings. 4. Malleable -Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2_ Tap -Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side -Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Top -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. 8. Side -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel kbeams. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 9. Steel -Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel I - beams for heavy loads. 10. Linked -Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel I - beams for heavy loads, with link extensions. 11. Malleable Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 12. Welded -Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb. b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb. C. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb. 13. Side -Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 14. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. 15. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Pipe -Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal -Hanger Shield Inserts. For supporting insulated pipe. K. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Restraint -Control Devices (MSS Type 47): Where indicated to control piping movement. 2. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1- 1I4 inches. 3. Spring -Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with springs. 4. Spring Sway Braces (MSS Type 50): To retard sway, shock, vibration, or thermal expansion in piping systems. S. Variable -Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger. 6. Variable -Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52). Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. 7. Variable -Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support. 8. Constant Supports: For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid transfer of stress from one support to another support, critical terminal, or connected equipment. Include auxiliary stops for erection, hydrostatic test, and load -adjustment capability. These supports include the following types: a. Horizontal (MSS Type 54): Mounted horizontally. b. Vertical (MSS Type 55): Mounted vertically. C. Trapeze (MSS Type 56): Two vertical -type supports and one trapeze member. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 8 t COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 L. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. M. Comply with MFMA-102 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. f N. Use powder -actuated fasteners or mechanical -expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. O. Use pipe positioning systems in pipe spaces behind plumbing fixtures to support supply and waste piping for plumbing fixtures. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, f supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. f B. Trapeze Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field -fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. I. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1, C. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field -assembled metal framing systems. D. Thermal -Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. E. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder -actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder -actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners s according to powder -actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2. Install mocha n ical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. S F. Pipe Stand Installation: 1. Pipe Stand Types except Curb -Mounting Type: Assemble components and mount on 1 smooth roof surface. Do not penetrate roof membrane. t 2. Curb -Mounting -Type Pipe Stands: Assemble components or fabricate pipe stand and mount on permanent, stationary roof curb_ Refer to Division 07 Section "Roof i Accessories" for curbs. G. Pipe Positioning System Installation: Install support devices to make rigid supply and waste piping connections to each plumbing fixture. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Fixtures" for plumbing fixtures. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 9 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 H. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded -structural -steel shapes. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. K. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-112 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing Liars through openings at top of inserts. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. M. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 (for building services piping) are not exceeded. N. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following: Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal -hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. G. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME 1331.9 for building services piping. 2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a. Option: Thermal -hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight - distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal -hanger shield inserts may be used_ Include steel weight - distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. b. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. C. NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. d. NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick. e. NPS 16 to NPS 24: 24 inches long and 0.105 inch thick. 5. Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood inserts. 6. insert Material: Length at least as tong as protective shield. 7. Thermal -Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 10 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural -steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface. C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot he shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following: 4 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. i 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve s indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous -thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches. 3.6 PAINTING A. Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. i END OF SECTION 220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 11 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 r SECTION 220719 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PART 1-GENERAL l 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS r A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY I A. Section includes insulating the following plumbing piping services: I 1. Domestic cold -water piping. 2. Domestic hot-water piping. 3. Sanitary waste piping exposed to freezing conditions. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water -vapor s permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory- and field -applied, if any). 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. B. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests and test methods employed. C. Field quality -control reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Surface -Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame -spread index of 25 or less, and smoke -developed index of 50 or less. PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER J ULY 2019 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame -spread index of 75 or less, and smoke -developed index of 150 or less. C. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous components: 1. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field -applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. 1.8 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and; where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Piping Insulation Schedule," "Outdoor, Aboveground Piping Insulation Schedule," and "Outdoor, Underground Piping Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 i 1 F. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed -cell, sponge- or expanded -rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be 4 incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aerocel. b. Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex. c. K-Flex USA; Insul-Lock, Insul-Tube, and K-FLEX LS. G. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200. b. Johns Manville; Micro-Lok. I C. Knauf Insulation; 1000-Deciree Pi a Insulation. d. Manson Insulation Inca Alley-K. e. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation. 2. Type I, 850 Deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory -applied ASJ. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. 2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS i A. Mineral -Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: t a. Ramco Insulation, Inc.; Super-Stik. B. Mineral -Fiber, Hydraulic -Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Ramco Insulation, Inc.; Ramcote 1200 and Quik-Cote. 2.3 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. l B. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type 11, Class I. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may he incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aeroseal. b. Armacell LLC; Armaflex 520 Adhesive. PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 C. Foster Brand S ecialt Construction Brands Inc. a business of H. B. Fuller Company: 85-75. d. K-Flex USA; R-373 Contact Adhesive. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 gIL or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." C. Mineral -Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. [. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc. a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-127. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225. C. Foster Brand Specialty Construction Brands Inc. a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-60l85-70. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 glt. or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." D. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands. Inc... a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-82. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225. C. Foster Brand. Special!Special!y Construction Brands Inc. a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. d. Mon-Eco Industries Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." 2.4 MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II. 1 For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 gIL or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 B. Vapor -Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below -ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Foster Brand, Specialty._ Construction Brands, Inc_, a business of 11. B. Fuller Company; 30-80130-90. b. Vimasco Corporation: 749. 2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 961E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43--mil dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 4. Solids Content. ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. C. Vapor -Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for indoor use on below -ambient services. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands. Inc.. a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-30. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries: 501. C. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands_ _Inc... a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-35. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.: 55-10. 2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm at 35-mil dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: 0 to 180 deg F. 4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 44 percent by volume and 62 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. D. Vapor -Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for outdoor use on below -ambient services. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand. Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company,, Encacel. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries: 570. C. Foster Brand Specialty Construction Brands Inc. a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 60-95160-96. 2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm at 30-mil dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range. Minus 50 to plus 220 deg F. 4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 33 percent by volume and 46 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. E. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above -ambient services. Products: Subject to compllance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand Specialty Construction Brands. Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-10. PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719- 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 550. C. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc.. a business of H. B. Fuller Qom an�._y;.46.50. d. Mon-Eco Industries Inc.- 55-50. e. Vimasco Corporation: WC- 1MlC-5. 2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 1.8 perms at 0.0625-inch dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 4. Solids Content: 60 percent by volume and 66 percent by weight. 5. Color: White_ 2.5 LAGGING ADHESIVES A. Description: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class], Grade A, and shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 1. For indoor applications, use lagging adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand Specialty Construction Brands Inc. a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-50 AHV2. b. Foster Brand. Specialtv Construction Brands Inc. a business of H. B. Fuller Com an • 30-36. C. Vimasco Corporation: 713 and 714. 3. Fire-resistant, water -based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fire- resistant lagging cloths over pipe insulation. 4. Service Temperature Range: 0 to plus 180 deg F. 5. Color: White. 2.6 SEALANTS A. Joint Sealants: B. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Childers Brand S ecialty Construction Brands Inc.. a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-76. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5. Color: White. 6. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 6 a COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 s 2.7 FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory -applied jackets on various applications. When factory -applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with aluminum -foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type 1. 2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure -sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive covered by a i removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with Kraft -paper backing; 4 complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 1 2.8 FIELD -APPLIED FABRIC -REINFORCING MESH A. Woven Glass -Fiber Fabric: Approximately 2 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. in. for covering pipe and pipe fittings. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1 a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company: Chil-Glas Number 10. B. Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. in., in a Leno weave, for pipe. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Foster Brand Specialty Construction Brands Inc. a business of H. Q. Fuller Company; Mast -A -Fab. b. Vimasco Corporation; Elastafab 894. 2.9 FIELD -APPLIED CLOTHS f A. Woven Glass -Fiber Fabric: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I, plain weave, and presized a minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: i a. Alpha Associates, Inc.; Alpha-Maritex 84215 and 84217/9485RW, Luben 59. 2.10 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136, 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: f PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER a. ABI, Ideal Tate Division: 428 A_WF ASJ. b_ Aver Dennison Cor oration Sgecialty Tapes bivision• Fasson 0836. C. Com ac Corporation; 104 and 105. d. Venture Tape;1540 CW Plus. 1542 CW_Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Thickness: 11.5 mils. 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5, Elongation: 2 percent. G. Tensile Strength: 40 lbflinch in width. 7. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. 2,11 SECUREMENTS A. Bands: JULY 2019 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ITW Insulation Systems; Gerrard Strapoincl and Seals. b. RPR Products, lnc.: Insul-Mate Strapping and Seals. 2. Aluminum: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch thick, 3/4 inch wide with wing seal or closed seal. B. Staples: Outward -clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch-wide, stainless steel or Monel. C. Wire: 0.080-inch nickel -copper alloy. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a_ C & F Wire. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 8 I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 B. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows: 1. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and 300 deg F with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. C. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. D. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless -steel surfaces, use demineralized water. i 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties- B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. P. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 1. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor -barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. L_ Install insulation with factory -applied jackets as follows: PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 9 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2_ Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch-wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c. a. For below -ambient services, apply vapor -barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor -barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings. M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. P. For above -ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration -control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Cleanouts. 3.4 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 10 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3- Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. D. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. E. Insulation Installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire -rated walls and partitions. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping and fire -resistive joint sealers. F. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. 2. Seal penetrations through fire -rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.5 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials -except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions: 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor -retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 3. insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive_ 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing -box studs; bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 11 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 11111WAK13ID01 insulation cover. For below -ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. 7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor -barrier mastic for below -ambient services and a breather mastic for above -ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric -reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well -shaped contour. 8. For services not specified to receive a field -applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. 9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union." Match size and color of pipe labels. C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless - steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless -steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 12 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. D. Insulation Installation an Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL -FIBER INSULATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor -barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on above -ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on below -ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor -barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral -fiber blanket Insulation. 4. install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 13 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a -thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve body. 3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 4. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.8 FINISHES A. Insulation with ASJ, Glass -Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 099123 "Interior Painting." Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex -emulsion size. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. D. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless -steel jackets. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A_ Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Perform tests and inspections. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field -applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, two locations of welded strainers, three locations of threaded valves, and three locations of flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General" Article. D. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements_ PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 14 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER k JULY 2019 3.10 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL i k A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, i selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces. j 2. Underground piping. 3. Chrome -plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury. 3.11 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Domestic Cold Water: 1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following: a. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick. 2. NPS 1-114 and Larger: Insulation shall be the following: a. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick. B. Domestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water. 1. NPS 1-114 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following: a. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick. 2. NPS 1-112 and Larger: Insulation shall be the following: a. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type is 1 inch thick. END OF SUCTION 220719 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719- 15 i COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER I I SECTION 221116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING JULY 2019 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary t Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY c A. Section Includes: 1. 1. Under-buildingslab and aboveground domestic water g pipes, Pubes, fittings, and specialties inside the building. 2. Specialty valves. 3. Escutcheons. 4. Sleeves and sleeve seals. 5. Wall penetration systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following products: 1. Specialty valves. 2. Transition fittings. 3. Dielectric fittings. 4. Flexible connectors. 5. Backfiow preventers and vacuum breakers. 6. Escutcheons. 7. Sleeves and sleeve seals. 8. Water penetration systems. B. Water Samples: Specified in "Cleaning" Article. C. Field quality -control reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF 61 for potable domestic water piping and components. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 -1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. 2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, drawn temper. 1. Cast -Copper Solder -Joint Fittings: ASME B16.18, pressure fittings. 2. Wrought -Copper Solder -Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought -copper pressure fittings. 3. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder -joint ends. 4. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast -copper -alloy, hexagonal -stock body, with ball-and- socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces, and solder joint or threaded ends. 2.3 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS A. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. B. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.81A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper -phosphorus alloys for general - duty brazing unless otherwise indicated_ 2.4 SPECIALTY VALVES A. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping" for general -duty metal valves. 2.5 TRANSITION FITTINGS A. General Requirements: 1. Same size as pipes to be joined. 2. Pressure rating at least equal to pipes to be joined. 3. End connections compatible with pipes to be joined. B. Fitting -Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 2 I I I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 2.6 FTA C. D JULY 2019 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials or ferrous material body with separating nonconductive insulating material suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. Dielectric Unions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Capitol Manufacturing Company. b. Central Plastics Company. G. EPCO Sales, Inc. d. Hart Industries International, Inc. e. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Water Control Products. 2. Description: a. Pressure Rating: 150 prig at 180 deg F. b. End Connections: Solder joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. Dielectric Flanges: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Capitol Manufacturing Company. b. Central Plastics Company. C. EPCO Sales, Inc. d. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Factory -fabricated, bolted, companion -flange assembly. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig. C. End Connections: Solder -joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solder - joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. Dielectric -Flange Kits: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. G. Central Plastics Company. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Description: a. Nonconducting materials for field assembly of companion flanges. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 C. Gasket: Neoprene or phenolic. d_ Bolt Sleeves: Phenolic or polyethylene. e. Washers: Phenolic with steel backing washers. E. Dielectric Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Calpico, Inc. b. Lochinvar Corporation. 2. Description: a. Galvanized -steel coupling. b. Pressure Rating: 300 psig at 225 deg F. c. End Connections: Female threaded. d. Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic. 2.7 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Flex -Hose Co., Inc. 2. Floxicraft Industries. 3. Flex Pression, Ltd. 4. Flex -Weld, Inc. 5. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. 6. Mercer Rubber Co. 7. .. Metraflex, Inc. 8. Proco Products, Inc. 9. Tozen Corporation. 10. Unaflex, Inc. 11. Universal Metal Hose; a Hyspan company B. Bronze -Hose Flexible Connectors: Corrugated -bronze tubing with bronze wire -braid covering and ends brazed to inner tubing. 1. Working -Pressure Rating: Minimum 200 psig. 2. End Connections NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded copper pipe or plain -end copper tube. 3. End Connections NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged copper alloy. 2.8 ESCUTCHEONS A. General: Manufactured ceiling, floor, and wall escutcheons and floor plates. B. One Piece, Cast Brass: Polished, chrome -plated or rough -brass finish with setscrews. C_ One Piece, Deep Pattern: Deep -drawn, box -shaped brass with chrome -plated finish. D. One Piece, Stamped Steel: Chrome -plated finish with setscrew or spring clips. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 i E. Split Casting, Cast Brass: Polished, chrome -plated or rough -brass finish with concealed hinge and setscrew. F. Split Plate, Stamped Steel: Chrome -plated finish with concealed exposed -rivet hinge, setscrew or spring clips. G. One -Piece Floor Plates: Cast-iron flange with holes for fasteners. s H. Split -Casting Floor Plates: Cast brass with concealed hinge. ! 2.9 SLEEVES A. Cast-iron Wall Pipes: Fabricated of cast iron, and equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized -Steel -Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. C. Galvanized -Steel -Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 531A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc - coated, with plain ends. D. Stack Sleeve Fittings. Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp. Clamping ring with setscrews. 2.10 SLEEVE SEALS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ti 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. Calpico, Inc. 3. Metraflex, Inc. 4, Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. B. Description: Modular seating element unit, designed for field assembly, used to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 2. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates j to sealing elements. 2.11 GROUT F A. Standard: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic - cement grout. B. Characteristics, Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 C. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of domestic water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. B. Install copper tubing under building slab according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." C. Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting. D. Install domestic water piping level with 0.25 percent slope downward toward drain without pitch and plumb. E. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. F. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. G. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and coordinate with other services occupying that space. H_ Install piping adjacent to equipment and specialties to allow service and maintenance. Install piping to permit valve servicing. J. Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or higher than system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. K. Install piping free of sags and bends. L. install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. M. Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine, and specialty. N. Install pressure gages on suction and discharge piping from each plumbing pump and packaged booster pump. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for pressure gages. O. Install thermostats in hot-water circulation piping. P. Install thermometers on outlet piping from each water heater. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 f 3.2 JOINT CONSTRUCTION f A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. C. Brazed Joints: Join copper tube and fittings according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," "Brazed Joints" Chapter. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water flushable flux to end of tube. Join copper tube and fittings according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." i E. Copper -Tubing, Push -on Joints: Clean end of tube. Measure insertion depth with manufacturer's depth gage. Join copper tube and push -on -joint fittings by inserting tube to measured depth. F. Extruded -Tee Connections: Form tee in copper tube according to ASTM F 2014. Use tool designed for copper tube; drill pilot hole, form collar for outlet, dimple tube to form seating stop, and braze branch tube into collar. G. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate asbestos -free, nonmetallic gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for domestic water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9. H. Dissimilar Materiaf Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both piping systems. 3.3 VALVE INSTALLATION A. General -Duty Valves. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping" for valve installations. B. Install shutoff valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures or equipment, on each water supply to equipment, and on each water supply to plumbing fixtures that do not have supply stops. Use ball valves for piping NIPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly valves for piping NPS 2-112 and larger. C. install drain valves for equipment at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping. Drain valves are specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." i 1. hose -End Drain Valves: At low points in water mains, risers, and branches. 2. Stop -and -Waste Drain Valves: Instead of hose -end drain valves where indicated. D. Install balancing valve in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump and circulator. Set balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller and butterfly valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3.4 TRANSITION FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install transition couplings at joints of dissimilar piping. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 3.5 DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. B. Dielectric Fittings for NIPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric couplings or nipples. C. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NIPS 4: Use dielectric flange kits or nipples_ 3.6 FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR INSTALLATION JULY 2019 A. Install flexible connectors in suction and discharge piping connections to each domestic water pump and in suction and discharge manifold connections to each domestic water booster pump. B. Install bronze -hose flexible connectors in copper domestic water tubing. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipmenf` for pipe hanger and support products and installation. 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. C. Longer Than 100 Feet If Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. 3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer. MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. B. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. C. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double -rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch. D. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 3. NPS 1-112 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 4. NPS 2-1/2: 108 inches with 1/2-inch rod. 5. NPS 3 to NPS 5: 10 feet with 1/2-inch rod. 6. NPS 6: 10 feet with 5/8-inch rod. 7. NPS 8: 10 feet with 3/4-inch rod. E. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet. F. Support piping and tubing not listed in this article according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 8 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 s 3.8 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water -service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. D. Connect domestic water piping to water -service piping with shutoff valve; extend and connect to the following: i 1. Domestic Water Booster Pumps: Cold -water suction and discharge piping. 2. Water Heaters: Cold -water inlet and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections. 3. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes Indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Comply with requirements in Division 22 plumbing fixture Sections for connection sizes. 4. Equipment: Cold- and hot-water supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than { equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3.9 ESCUTCHEON INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. B. Escutcheons for New Piping: 1. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One piece, deep pattern_ 2. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One piece, cast brass with polished chrome -plated finish. 3. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One piece, cast brass with polished chrome -plated finish. 4. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One piece, stamped steel with set screw or spring clips. 5. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One piece, stamped steel with set screw or spring clips. 6_ Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece floor plate. 3.10 SLEEVE INSTALLATION 4 A. General Requirements: Install sleeves for pipes and tubes passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. t B. Sleeves are not required for core -drilled holes. C. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves. D. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces unless otherwise indicated. E. Install sleeves in new partitions, slabs, and walls as they are built. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 9 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 For interior wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. G. For exterior wall penetrations above grade, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. H. For exterior wall penetrations below grade, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe using sleeve seals specified in this Section. Seal space outside of sleeves in concrete slabs and walls with grout. J. Install sleeve materials according to the following applications: 1. Sleeves for Piping gassing through Concrete Floor Slabs: Steel pipe. 2. Sleeves for Piping Passing through Concrete Floor Slabs of Mechanical Equipment Areas or Other Wet Areas: Steel pipe. a. Extend sleeves 2 inches above finished floor level. b. For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing, extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. 3. Sleeves for Piping Passing through Gypsum -Board Partitions: a. Steel pipe sleeves for pipes smaller than NPS 6. b. Galvanized -steel sheet sleeves for pipes NPS 6 and larger, C. Exception: Sleeves are not required for water supply tubes and waste pipes for individual plumbing fixtures if escutcheons will cover openings. 4. Sleeves for Piping Passing through Concrete Roof Slabs: Steel pipe. 5. Sleeves for Piping Passing through Exterior Concrete Walls: a. Steel pipe sleeves for pipes smaller than NPS 6. b. Cast-iron wall pipe sleeves for pipes NPS 6 and larger. G. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1-Inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation when sleeve seals are used, d. Do not use sleeves when wall penetration systems are used_ 6. Sleeves for Piping Passing through Interior Concrete Walls: a. Steel pipe sleeves for pipes smaller than NPS 6. b. Galvanized -steel sheet sleeves for pipes NPS 6 and larger. K. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. 3.11 SLEEVE SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve seals in sleeves in exterior concrete walls at water -service piping entries into building. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 -10 N 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 'Y J ULY 2019 B. Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble sleeve seal components and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.12 WALL PENETRATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install wail penetration systems in new, exterior concrete walls. B. Assemble wall penetration system components with sleeve pipe. Install so that end of sleeve pipe and face of housing are flush with wail. Adjust locking devices to secure sleeve pipe in housing. 3.13 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section 'Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for identification materials and installation. B. Label pressure piping with system operating pressure. 3A4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Piping Inspections: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and i approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one day before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: a. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: Arrange final inspection for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. 3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests or inspections, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. i 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Piping Tests: 1. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound f and that piping is full of water. 2. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 11 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 3. heave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 4. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required. D. Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.15 ADJUSTING A. Perform the following adjustments before operation: 1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. 2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position. 3. Open throttling valves to proper setting. 4. Adjust balancing valves in hot -water -circulation return piping to provide adequate flow. a. Manually adjust ball -type balancing valves in hot -water -circulation return piping to provide flow of hot water in each branch. b. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated. 5. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and for temporary sealing of piping during installation. 6. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs. 7. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for application where used and are clean and ready for use. 8. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. 3.16 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect potable and non -potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using_ 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction; if methods are not prescribed, use procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or follow procedures described below: a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following: 1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116- 12 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER r JULY 2019 2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm ' of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours. i C. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system after the standing time. d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. B. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. C C. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. i 3.17 PIPING SCHEDULE ' A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used ' in applications below unless otherwise indicated. B. Flanges and unions may be used for aboveground piping joints unless otherwise indicated. k C. Aboveground domestic water piping, MPS 2 and smaller, shall be one of the following: 1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; cast- or wrought- copper solder joint fittings; and soldered joints. D. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4, shall be one of the following: 1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; cast- or wrought- copper solder joint fittings; and soldered joints. 3.18 VALVE SCHEDULE A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Shutoff Duty: Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly, ball, or } gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-112 and larger. 2. Throttling Duty: Use ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly or ball valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3" Hot -Water Circulation Piping, Balancing Duty:. Calibrated balancing valves. • 4 4. Drain Duty: Hose -end drain valves. B. Use check valves to maintain correct direction of domestic water flow to and from equipment. 4 C. Iron grooved -end valves may be used with grooved -end piping. END OF SECTION 221116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 -13 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 I SECTIONS 221623 } NATURAL-GAS PIPING { 19s1ZAAEK3411114IJ-11I 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS s A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. t 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipes, tubes, and fittings. 2. Piping specialties. 3. Piping and tubing joining materials. i 4. Valves. 5. Pressure regulators. 6. Mechanical sleeve seals. 7. Grout. ' 8. Concrete bases. 1.3 DEFINITIONS } A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. y B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Operating -Pressure Ratings: 1. Piping and Valves: 100 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated. 2. Service Regulators: 65 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated. i B. Natural -Gas System Pressure within Buildings: More than 0.5 psig but not more than 2 psig. .I NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following: 1. Piping specialties. 2. Corrugated, stainless -steel tubing with associated components. 3. Valves. Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical connection data of selected models. 4. Pressure regulators. Indicate pressure ratings and capacities. 5. Dielectric fittings. 6. Mechanical sleeve seals. 7. Escutcheons. B. Coordination Drawings: Plans and details, drawn to scale, on which natural-gas piping is shown and coordinated with other installations, using input from installers of the items involved. C. Site Survey: Plans, drawn to scale, on which natural-gas piping is shown and coordinated with other services and utilities. D. Qualification Data: For qualified professional engineer. E. Welding certificates. F. Field quality -control reports. G. Operation and Maintenance Data: For pressure regulators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.11D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handling Flammable Liquids: Remove and dispose of liquids from existing natural-gas piping according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory -applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. C. Store and handle pipes and tubes having factory -applied protective coatings to avoid damaging coating, and protect from direct sunlight. NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 2 I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS i A. Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utility locations. Contact utility -locating service for area where Project is located. 1.9 COORDINATION r A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. B. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for valves installed concealed behind finished surfaces. Comply with requirements in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe. ASTM A 531A 53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B. j 1. Malleable -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern. 2. Wrought -Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 2341A 234M for butt welding and socket welding. 3. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass -to -iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends. 4. Forged -Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, minimum Class 150, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: a. Material Group: 1.1. b. End Connections: Threaded or butt welding to match pipe. C. Lapped Face: Not permitted underground. d. Gasket Materials: ASME B16.20, metallic, flat, asbestos free, aluminum o-rings, and spiral -wound metal gaskets. e. Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel aboveground and stainless steel underground. 5. Mechanical Couplings: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Dresser Piping Specialties; Division of Dresser, Inc. { 2) Smith -Blair, Inc. b. Steel flanges and tune with epoxy finish. C. Buna-nitrile seals. d. Steel bolts, washers, and nuts. e. Steel body couplings installed underground on plastic pipe shall be factory equipped with anode. B. Drawn -Temper Copper Tube: Comply with ASTM B 88, Type L. ` NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER .IULY 2019 1. Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought copper, and streamlined pattern. 2. Bronze Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.24, Class 150. a. Gasket Material: ASME B16.20, metallic, flat, asbestos free, aluminum o-rings, and spiral -wound metal gaskets. b. Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel or stainless steel. 3. Protective Coating for Underground Tubing: Factory -applied, extruded PE a minimum of 0.022 inch thick. 2.2 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Appliance Flexible Connectors: 1. Indoor, Fixed -Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.24, 2. Indoor, Movable -Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.69. 3. Outdoor, Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.75. 4. Operating -Pressure Rating: 0.5 psig. 5. End Fittings: Zinc -coated steel. 6. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 7. Maximum Length: 72 inches B. Quick -Disconnect Devices: Comply with ANSI Z21.41. 1. Copper -alloy convenience outlet and matching plug connector. 2. Nitrile seals. 3. Hand operated with automatic shutoff when disconnected. 4. For indoor or outdoor applications. 5. Adjustable, retractable restraining cable. C. Y-Pattern Strainers: 1. Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection. 2. End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3. Strainer Screen: 40-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless -steel basket with 50 percent free area. 4. CWP Rating: 125 psig. D. Basket Strainers: 1. Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, high -tensile cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection. 2. End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3. Strainer Screen: 40-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless -steel basket with 50 percent free area. 4. CWP Rating: 125 psig. E. T-Pattern Strainers: 1. Body: Ductile or malleable iron with removable access coupling and end cap for strainer maintenance. NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 4 I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2. End Connections: Grooved ends. 3. Strainer Screen: 40-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless -steel basket with 57 percent free area. i 4. CWP Rating: 750 psig. F. Weatherproof Vent Cap: Cast- or malleable -iron increaser fitting with corrosion -resistant wire screen, with free area at least equal to cross -sectional area of connecting pipe and threaded - end connection. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas. B. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for f wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. C. Brazing Filler Metals: Alloy with melting point greater than 1000 deg F complying with AWS A5.8/A5.8M. Brazing alloys containing more than 0.05 percent phosphorus are prohibited. 2.4 MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES A. See "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles for where each valve type is applied in various services. B. General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Comply with ASME B16.33. t 1. CWP Rating: 125 psig. 2. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME 131.20.1. 3. Dryseal Threads on Flare Ends: Comply with ASME 8120.3. 4. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 5. Listing: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for valves 1 inch and smaller. 6_ Service Mark: Valves 1-1/4 inches to NPS 2 shall have initials "WOG' permanently marked on valve body. C. General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Comply with ASME 1316.38. 1. CWP Rating: 125 psig. l 2. Flanged Ends: Comply with ASME B16.5 for steel flanges. 3. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 4. Service Mark: Initials "WOG" shall be permanently marked on valve body. D. Two -Piece, Full -Port, Bronze Bail Valves with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110. f 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 a. BrassCraft Manufacturing Company; a Masco company. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. c, Lyall, R. W. & Company, Inc. . d. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. e. Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company. 2. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584. 3. Ball: Chrome -plated bronze. 4. Stem: Bronze; blowout proof. 5. Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof. 6. Packing: Threaded -body packnut design with adjustable -stem packing. 7. Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 6. CWP Rating: 600 psig. 9. Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 10. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG' indicated on valve body. E. Bronze Plug Valves: MSS SP-78. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Lee Brass Company. b. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. 2. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584. 3. Plug: Bronze. 4. Ends: Threaded, socket, or flanged as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 5. Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where indicated. 6. Pressure Class: 125 psig. 7. Listing: Valves NIPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 8. Service., Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG' indicated on valve body. F. Cast -Iron, Nonlubricated Plug Valves: MSS SP-78. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. b. Mueller Co.; Gas Products Div. C. Xomox Corporation; a Crane company. 2. Body: Cast iron, complying with ASTM A 126, Class B. 3. Plug: Bronze or nickel -plated cast iron. 4. Seat: Coated with thermoplastic. 5. Stem Seal. Compatible with natural gas. 6. Ends: Threaded or flanged as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 7. Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where indicated. NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221$23 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 I 8. Pressure Class: 125 psig. I 9. Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be fisted and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 10. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG' indicated on valve body. f G. Cast -Iron, Lubricated Plug Valves: MSS SP-78. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Flowserve. b. Homestead Valve; a division of Olson Technologies, Inc. C. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. d. Milliken Valve Company. 4 e. Mueller Co.; Gas Products Div. f. R&M Energy Systems, A Unit of Robbins & Myers, Inc. 2. Body. Cast iron, complying with ASTM A 126, Class B. 3. Plug: Bronze or nickel -plated cast iron. 4. Seat: Coated with thermoplastic. 5. Stem Seal: Compatible with natural gas. 6. Ends: Threaded or flanged as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve 5 Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 7. Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where indicated. S. Pressure Class: 125 psig. 9. Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 10. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body. H. Valve Boxes: 1. Cast-iron, two -section box. 2. Top section with cover with "GAS' lettering. 3. Bottom section with base to fit over valve and barrel a minimum of 5 inches in diameter. 4. Adjustable cast-iron extensions of length required for depth of bury. 5. Include tee -handle, steel operating wrench with socket end fitting valve nut or flat head, and with stem of length required to operate valve. 2.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. General Requirements: 1. Single stage and suitable for natural gas. 2. Steel jacket and corrosion -resistant components. 3. Elevation compensator. 4. End Connections: Threaded for regulators NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for regulators NPS 2-1/2 and larger. B. Service Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.80. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 a. Actaris. b. American Meter Company_ c. Fisher Control Valves and Regulators; Division of Emerson Process Management. d. Invensys. e. Richards Industries; Jordan Valve Div. 2. Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum. 3. Springs: Zinc -plated steel; interchangeable. 4. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc -plated steel. 5. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and deformation at the valve port. 6. Orifice: Aluminum; interchangeable. 7. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet -stabilized, mineral -filled nylon. 8. Single -port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than required at maximum pressure inlet, and no pressure sensing piping external to the regulator. 9. Pressure regulator shall maintain discharge pressure setting downstream, and not exceed 150 percent of design discharge pressure at shutoff. 10. Overpressure Protection Device: Factory mounted on pressure regulator. 11. Atmospheric Vent: Factory- or field -installed, stainless -steel screen in opening if not connected to vent piping. 12. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 100 psig. C. Line Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.80. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Actaris. b. American Meter Company. C. Eclipse Combustion, Inc. d. Fisher Control Valves and Regulators; Division of Emerson Process Management. e_ Invensys. f. Maxitrol Company. g. Richards Industries; Jordan Valve Div. 2. Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum. 3. Springs: Zinc -plated steel; interchangeable. 4. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc -plated steel. 5. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and deformation at the valve port. 6. Orifice: Aluminum; interchangeable. 7. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet -stabilized, mineral -filled nylon. 8. Single -port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than required at maximum pressure inlet, and no pressure sensing piping external to the regulator. 9. Pressure regulator shall maintain discharge pressure setting downstream, and not exceed 150 percent of design discharge pressure at shutoff. 10. Overpressure Protection Device: Factory mounted on pressure regulator. 11. Atmospheric Vent: Factory- or field -installed, stainless -steel screen in opening if not connected to vent piping. 12. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 2 psig. D. Appliance Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.18. NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 8 f COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Canadian Meter Company Inc. b. Eaton Corporation; Controls Div. C. Harper Wyman Co. i d. Maxitrol Company. I e. SCP, Inc. r 2. Body and Diaphragm Case: Die-cast aluminum. 3. Springs: Zinc -plated steel; interchangeable. y 4. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc -plated steel. 5. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber_ 6. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet -stabilized, mineral -filled nylon. 7. Factory -Applied Finish: Minimum three -layer polyester and polyurethane paint finish. B. Regulator may include vent limiting device, instead of vent connection, if approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 9. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 1 psig. 2.6 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Dielectric Unions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Capitol Manufacturing Company. b. Central Plastics Company. C. Hart Industries International, Inc. d. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. e. Watts Regulator Co.; Division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. f. Wilkins; Zurn Plumbing Products Group. 2. Minimum Operating -Pressure Rating: 150 psig. 3. Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials. 4. Insulating materials suitable for natural gas. 5. Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, brazed -joint, plain, or welded end connections that match piping system materials. B. Dielectric Flanges: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Capitol Manufacturing Company. b. Central Plastics Company. C. Watts Regulator Co.; Division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. ` d. Wilkins; Zurn Plumbing Products Group. 2. Minimum Operating -Pressure Rating. 150 psig. 3. Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials. NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623-9 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 4. Insulating materials suitable for natural gas. 5. Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, brazed joint, plain, or welded end connections that match piping system materials. C. Dielectric -Flange Kits: 1. Manufacturers, Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico Inc. C. Central Plastics Company. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Minimum Operating -Pressure Rating: 150 psig. 3. Companion -flange assembly for field assembly. 4. Include flanges, full -face- or ring -type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or PE bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. 5. Insulating materials suitable for natural gas. 6. Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, brazed joint, plain, or welded end connections that match piping system materials. 2.7 SLEEVES A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 531A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Cast -Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. 2.8 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Description. Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico Inc. C. Metraflex Company (The). d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe and sleeve. 3. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one nut and bolt for each sealing element. NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 10 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2.9 ESCUTCHEONS A. General Requirements for Escutcheons: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with ID to fit around pipe or tube, and OD that completely covers opening. B. One -Piece, Deep -Pattern Escutcheons: Deep -drawn, box -shaped brass with polished chrome - plated finish. C. One -Piece, Cast -Brass Escutcheons: With set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome -plated. D. Split -Casting, Cast -Brass Escutcheons: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome -plated. E. One -Piece, Stamped -Steel Escutcheons: With set screw or spring clips and chrome -plated finish. F. Split -Plate, Stamped -Steel Escutcheons: With concealed hinge, set screw or spring clips, and chrome -plated finish. G. One -Piece, Floor -Plate Escutcheons: Cast-iron floor plate. H. Split -Casting, Floor -Plate Escutcheons: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw. 2.10 GROUT A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic -cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post -hardening, volume adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing -in for natural-gas piping system to verify actual locations of piping connections before equipment installation. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off natural gas to premises or piping section_ B. Inspect natural-gas piping according to the International Fuel Gas Code to determine that natural-gas utilization devices are turned off in piping section affected. NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 11 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 C. Comply with the International Fuel Gas Code requirements for prevention of accidental ignition. 3.3 INDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with the International Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of natural-gas piping. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, sleeves, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. D. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. E. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. F. install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. G. Locate valves for easy access. H. Install natural-gas piping at uniform grade of 2 percent down toward drip and sediment traps. 1. Insta[l piping free of sags and bends. J. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. K. Install escutcheons at penetrations of interior wails, ceilings, and floors. New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep -pattern type. b. Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass type with polished chrome -plated finish. C. Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped - steel type. d_ Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass type with polished chrome -plated finish. e. Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge and set screw or spring clips. f. Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast -brass type. g. Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor -plate type. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. M. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 12 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 N. Comply. with requirements in Sections specifying gas -fired appliances and equipment for roughing -in requirements. O. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect, including service -meter outlets. Locate where accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate is subject to freezing. 1 1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use nipple a minimum length of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches long and same size as connected pipe. Install with space below bottom of drip to remove plug or cap. P. Extend relief vent connections for service regulators, line regulators, and overpressure protection devices to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap. Q. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or floors, and in floor channels unless indicated to be exposed to view. R. Concealed Location Installations: Except as specified below, install concealed natural-gas piping and piping installed under the building in containment conduit constructed of steel pipe with welded joints as described in Part 2. Install a vent pipe from containment conduit to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap. 1. Above Accessible Ceilings: Natural-gas piping, fittings, valves, and regulators may be installed in accessible spaces without containment conduit. 2. In Floors: Install natural-gas piping with welded or brazed joints and protective coating in cast -in -place concrete floors. Cover piping to be cast in concrete slabs with minimum of 1-1/2 inches of concrete. Piping may not be in physical contact with other metallic structures such as reinforcing rods or electrically neutral conductors. Do not embed piping in concrete slabs containing quick -set additives or cinder aggregate. 3. In Floor Channels: Install natural-gas piping in floor channels. Channels must have cover and be open to space above cover for ventilation. 4. In Walls or Partitions: Protect tubing installed inside partitions or hollow walls from physical damage using steel striker barriers at rigid supports. a. Exception: Tubing passing through partitions or walls does not require striker barriers. 5. Prohibited Locations: a. Do not install natural-gas piping in or through circulating air ducts, clothes or trash chutes, chimneys or gas vents (flues), ventilating ducts, or dumbwaiter or elevator shafts. b. Do not install natural-gas piping in solid walls or partitions. S. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down. T. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping. U. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece of equipment. Unions are not required at flanged connections. V. Do not use natural-gas piping as grounding electrode. NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 13 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 W. Install strainer on inlet of each line -pressure regulator and automatic or electrically operated valve. X. Install pressure gage upstream and downstream from each line regulator. Pressure gages are specified in Division 23 Section "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping." 3.4 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install manual gas shutoff valve for each gas appliance ahead of corrugated stainless -steel tubing, aluminum, or copper connector. B. Install regulators and overpressure protection devices with maintenance access space adequate for servicing and testing. C. Install anode for metallic valves in underground PE piping. 3.5 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: 1. Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads complying with ASME 131.20.1. 2. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. 3. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter of pipe. 4. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dryseal threading is specified. 5. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. D. Welded Joints: 1. Construct joints according to AWS D10.121D10.12M, using qualified processes and welding operators_ 2. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. 3. Patch factory -applied protective coating as recommended by manufacturer at field welds and where damage to coating occurs during construction. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter. F. Flanged Joints: Install gasket material, size, type, and thickness appropriate for natural-gas service. Install gasket concentrically positioned. G. Flared Joints: Cut tubing with roll cutting tool. Flare tube end with tool to result in flare dimensions complying with SAE J513. Tighten finger tight, then use wrench. Do not overtighten. NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623. 14 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 3.6 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: l 1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2. NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. C 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 4_ NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. 5. NPS 4 and Larger: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 5/8 inch. B. Install hangers for horizontal drawn -temper copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 3/8: Maximum span, 48 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2. NPS 112 and NPS 5/8: Maximum span, 72 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3. NPS 314 and NPS 7/8: Maximum span, 84 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 4. NPS 1: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3.7 CONNECTIONS A. Connect to utility's gas main according to utility's procedures and requirements. B. Install natural-gas piping electrically continuous, and bonded to gas appliance equipment grounding conductor of the circuit powering the appliance according to NFPA 70. `. C. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance of appliances. D. Connect piping to appliances using manual gas shutoff valves and unions. install valve within 72 inches of each gas -fired appliance and equipment. Install union between valve and appliances or equipment. E. Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as practical to inlet of each appliance. 3.8 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for piping and valve identification. Install detectable warning tape directly above gas piping, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs. 3.9 PAINTING A. Paint exposed, exterior metal piping, valves, service regulators, service meters and meter bars, earthquake valves, and piping specialties, except components, with factory -applied paint or protective coating. 1. Alkyd System: MPI EXT 5.1 D. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 15 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior alkyd enamel matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Exterior alkyd enamel (flat). d. Color: Gray. B. faint exposed, interior metal piping, valves, service regulators, service meters and meter bars, earthquake valves, and piping specialties, except components, with factory -applied paint or protective coating. Latex Over Alkyd Primer System: MPI INT 5.1Q. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Interior latex (flat). d. Color: Gray. 2. Alkyd System: MPI INT 5.1 E. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior alkyd matching topcoat. G. 'Topcoat: Interior alkyd (flat). d. Color: Gray. C. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory -applied finishes with materials and by procedures to match original factory finish. 3.10 OUTDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE A. Aboveground natural-gas piping shall be one of the following: 1. Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded joints. 2. Steel pipe with wrought -steel fittings and welded joints. 3. Drawn -temper copper tube with wrought -copper fittings and brazed joints. B. Branch Piping in Cast -In -Place Concrete to Single Appliance: Annealed -temper copper tube with wrought -copper fittings and brazed joints. Install piping embedded in concrete with no joints in concrete. 3.11 INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES LESS THAN 0.5 PSIG A. Aboveground, branch piping NPS 1 and smaller shall be one of the following: 1. Annealed -temper, copper tube with wrought -copper fittings and brazed joints. 2. Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded joints, B. Aboveground, distribution piping shall be one of the following: 1. Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded joints. 2. Steel pipe with wrought -steel fittings and welded joints. 3. Drawn -temper copper tube with wrought -copper fittings and brazed joints. NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 16 I I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER I JULY 2019 3.12 INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES MORE THAN 0.5 PSIG AND LESS THAN 5 PSIG A. Aboveground, branch piping NPS 1 and smaller shall be one of the following: 1. Annealed -temper, copper tube with wrought -copper fittings and brazed joints. 2. Steel pipe with malleable -iron fittings and threaded joints. B. Aboveground, distribution piping shall be one of the following: 1. Steel pipe with malleable -Iron fittings and threaded joints. j 2. Steel pipe with steel welding fittings and welded joints. 3. Drawn -temper copper tube with wrought -copper fittings and brazed joints. 3.13 ABOVEGROUND MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE A. Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 and smaller shall be one of the following: ` 1. One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim. 2. Two-piece, full -port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 3. Bronze plug valve. j B. Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2-1/2 and larger shall be one of the following: 1. Two-piece, full -port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 2. Bronze plug valve. 3. Cast-iron, lubricated plug valve. C_ Valves in branch piping for single appliance shall be one of the following: 1. One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim. 2. Two-piece, full -port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 3. Bronze plug valve. END OF SECTION 231123 NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 17 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 SECTION 230000 r BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS F PART 1 -GENERAL 4 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Not all listed materials and systems may be utilized for this project. Use applicable items, as l required B. This Section includes the following: 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Transition fittings. 3. Dielectric fittings. 4. Mechanical sleeve seals. 5. Sleeves. 6. Escutcheons. 7. Grout. 8. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. 9. Painting and finishing. 10. Concrete bases. 11. Supports and anchorages. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. a D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts. E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230000 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 F. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials: 1. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. 2. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic. 3. PE: Polyethylene plastic. 4. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. G. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials: 1. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. 2. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. GENERAL MECHANICAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 1. In addition to submittal procedures indicated in other sections of this specification, all Division 23 items shall be submitted as one complete set, tabbed and indexed with all equipment and systems properly and clearly identified per project document designations (partial submittals will not be accepted without the written permission of the Engineer). All capacities, standard accessories, options and characteristics shall be clearly and individually identified. Any deviations from the specified systems and equipment shall be clearly identified and accompanied by descriptions, explanations, drawings and calculations, etc. to support their use, indicating specifically how the submitted items will meet requirements of the original design specifications. The Engineer shall have sole discretion, without recourse, as to the determination of what items are deemed suitable for approval. Alternative submittals/substitutions: If re -design of the building and/or systems is required to accommodate the proposed alternative equipment/systems, such re -design shall be performed by the A/E of record, and paid for (on an hourly basis, plus expenses) by the contractor requesting the substitution. Submittals not meeting these requirements are subject to return without notice or review. B. Product Data: For the following: 1. Transition fittings. 2. Dielectric fittings. 3. Mechanical sleeve seals_ 4. Escutcheons. C. Welding certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code --Steel." B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230000 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 C. Electrical Characteristics for Mechanical Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. D. MOTOR STARTERS AND CONTROLS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED. EXCEPTION: STARTERS THAT ARE TO BE FURNISHED AS PART OF A MOTOR CONTROL CENTER (MCC) SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH, AND FURNISHED BY ELECTRICAL. E. ALL CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN EMT CONDUIT (OR OTHER APPROVED RACEWAY) AS PER DIVISION 26, AND NEC REQUIREMENTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED. EXCEPTION: PROPERLY RATED CABLE (CEILING PLENUM, ETC.) MAY BE INSTALLED IN ACCESSIBLE, CONCEALED SPACES, AS DIRECTED IN OTHER SECTIONS OF THIS SPECIFICATION. F. Work shall be performed in accordance with quality, commercial practices. The appearance of finished work shall be of equal importance with its operation. Materials and equipment shall be installed based upon the actual dimensions and conditions at the project site. Locations for materials or equipment requiring an exact fit shall be field measured. Rotating equipment, piping and duct system shall be isolated to avoid unacceptable noise levels from objectionable vibrations from all systems without cost to the Owner. G. Some mechanical equipment sizes indicated on the Drawings are based on a particular manufacturer. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify that the equipment he proposes to furnish will fit in the space indicated on the Drawings. Refer to Architectural and Structural Drawings for building dimensions. Equipment furnished by the Owner shall be coordinated with equipment furnished and installed under this section and other sections. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory -applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending, 1.7 COORDINATION A. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured -in -place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed. C. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for mechanical items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. D. Where the mechanical drawings indicate (diagrammatically or otherwise) the work intended and the functions to be performed, even though some minor details are not shown, the Contractor shall furnish all equipment, material (other than Owner furnished items), and labor to complete the installation, and accomplish all indicated functions of the mechanical installation. Further, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230000 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE, AIRPORT TOWER AiIEJIM&ZOM the Contractor shall be responsible for taking the necessary actions to ensure that all mechanical work is coordinated and compatible with architectural, plumbing, electrical and structural plans. In the event of conflict between the plans and the enforcing code authority, the latter shall rule. Any modification resulting there from shall be made without additional cost to the Owner or Engineer. The contractor shall report such modifications to the Architect in writing and secure approval before proceeding. Where a conflict between the construction drawings and specifications occur the greater quantity and/or greater quality shall be used. E. Maintain "As -Built' Drawing to be included with the O & M Manuals. Maintain a set of "Blue - Line Prints and indicate changes and diagrams of those portions of work in which actual construction is significantly at variance with the Contract Drawings. Mark the Drawings with a colored pencil. Prepare, as the work progresses and upon completion of work, drawings clearly indicating locations of all devices, equipment and other pertinent items, as installed. Include invert elevation or buried depth of piping. Upon completion of the project, submit all materials to the Owner, after verifying all the above data is shown correctly. F. Perform work to meet or exceed the requirements of the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, International Plumbing Code and other applicable statutes, ordinances, codes and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction. Resolve any code violation discovered in the Contract Documents with the Engineer prior to award of the Contract. After award of the Contract, make any corrections or additions necessary for compliance with applicable codes at no additional cost to the Owner. G. Obtain and pay for ail permits, licenses and inspections as required by law for the completion of the work. Comply with the requirements of the applicable utility companies serving this project. Make all arrangements with the utility companies for proper coordination of the work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. 2.2 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. Pipe Threads: ASME 131.20.1 for factory -threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230000 - 4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER f C. D. E. F. G. H. 2.4 A. a JULY 2019 1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, fiat, asbestos -free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. a. Full -Face Type: For flat -face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast -bronze flanges. b. Narrow -Face Type: For raised -face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges. 2. AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated: and full -face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. Plastic, Pipe -Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper -phosphorus alloys for general -duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indicated. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. Fiberglass Pipe Adhesive: As furnished or recommended by pipe manufacturer. TRANSITION FITTINGS AWWA Transition Couplings: Same size as, and with pressure rating at least equal to and with ends compatible with, piping to be joined. 1. Manufacturers: a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. b. Dresser Industries, Inc.; DMD Div. C. JCM Industries. 2. Underground Piping NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Manufactured fitting or coupling. 3. Underground Piping NIPS 2 and Larger: AWWA C219, metal sleeve -type coupling. 4. Aboveground Pressure Piping: Pipe fitting. Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nonpressure Drainage Piping: ASTM C 1173 with elastomeric sleeve, ends same size as piping to be joined, and corrosion -resistant metal band on each end. 1. Manufacturers: a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. b. Fernco, Inc. C. Mission Rubber Company. 2.5 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230000 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWED JULY 2019 A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder - joint, plain, or weld -neck end connections that match piping system materials. B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Unions: Factory -fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F. 1. Manufacturers: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. G. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div. D. Dielectric Flanges. Factory -fabricated, companion -flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. 1. Manufacturers: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Epco Sales, Inc. C. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. E. Dielectric -Flange Kits: Companion -flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, full- face- or ring -type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. 1. Manufacturers: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. c. Central Plastics Company. 2. Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures. F. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized -steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 1. Manufacturers: a. Calpico, Inc. b. Lochinvar Corp. G. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 1. Manufacturers: a. Perfection Corp. b. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. G. Victaulic Co. of America. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230000 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 i 2.6 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Description., Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. 1. Manufacturers: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. C. Metraflex Co. 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 3. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. } 27 , A. B. C. D. SLEEVES Galvanized -Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, {Main ends. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws. ESCUTCHEONS Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an 1D to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening. Where possible one piece escutcheons shall be used. One -Piece, Deep -Pattern Type: Deep -drawn, box -shaped brass with polished chrome -plated finish. One -Piece, Cast -Brass Type: With set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome -plated. Split -Casting, Cast -Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome -plated. One -Piece, Stamped -Steel Type: With set screw or spring clips and chrome -plated finish. BASIC MECHANICAL. MATERIALS AND METHODS 230000 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 F. Split -Plate, Stamped -Steel Type: With concealed hinge, set screw or spring clips, and chrome - plated finish. G. One -Piece, Floor -Plate Type: Cast-iron floor plate. H. Split -Casting, Floor -Plate Type: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw. 2.9 GROUT A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic -cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post -hardening, volurne-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. 2.10 DRAIN PANS A. Description: Aluminum or stainless steel formed or welded construction, sized to accommodate the equipment the pan is intended to protect. All equipment (i.e. water heaters, air handlers, pumps, etc.) that are required by code or as indicated on the construction documents shall be provided with a drain pan with the associated copper drain pipe routed to a code compliant receptor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved prior to installation. C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. U. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel, and lighting fixture removal. F. Install piping to permit valve servicing. G. Install piping at indicated slopes. H. Install piping free of sags and bends. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230000 - 8 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 I. • install fittings for changes indirection and branch connections. J. Install piping to allow application of insulation. . K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following: 1. New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep -pattern type. b. Chrome -Plated Piping: One-piece, cast -brass type with polished chrome -plated finish. G. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped -steel type with spring clips. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast - brass type with polished chrome -plated finish. e. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type or split -plate, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge and set screw. f. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge and set screw or spring clips. g. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped -steel type with set screw or spring clips. h. Hare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor -plate type. M. install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floor and roof slabs. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed. 3. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials: a. Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6. b. Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and larger, penetrating gypsum -board partitions. C. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. Installation shall comply with roofing system warranty requirements. 1) Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout. 4. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230000 - 9 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 N. - Aboveground, Exterior -Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter. 2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter. 3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. O. Underground, Exterior -Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. P. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Q. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. 3.2 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems. H. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead- free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's 'Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper -phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is..specified. 2. Damaged Threads. Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230000 - 10 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER k G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS 1310.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. I. Plastic Piping Solvent -Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following- 1 . Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe -handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. f 2. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 Appendixes. l 3. CPVC Piping. Join according to ASTM D 2846/13 2846M Appendix. 4. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other -than -schedule -number PVC pipe and E socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. 5. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855. 6. PVC to ABS Nonpressure Transition Fittings: Join according to ASTM D 3138 Appendix- J. Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139. K. Plastic Nonpressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212. L. PE Piping Heat -Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657. 1. Plain -End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. 2. Plain -End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion. M. Fiberglass Bonded Joints: Prepare pipe ends and fittings, apply adhesive, and join according to pipe manufacturer's written instructions. 3.3 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NIPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection R to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-112 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. t 3.4 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are indicated. B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and i components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230000 - 11 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 C. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope. E. Install drain pans under equipment in such a manner that there is sufficient fall for the water to drain if an overflow/leak condition occurs. The contractor is responsible for coordinating the size and equipment installation for a drain pan and piping system that meets code and functionality requirements. 3.5 PAINTING A. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory -painted finishes with materials and procedures to match original factory finish. B. Unless otherwise indicated, where "bright" ductwork, or other piping, etc. systems are visible to the occupied space through grilles, etc., they shall be painted with "flat" black paint, as required. 3.6 CONCRETE BASES A. Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project. 1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit. 2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base. 3. Install epoxy -coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor. 4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 5. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 6. Install anchor bolts according to anchor -bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 7. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive -strength concrete and reinforcement. 3.7 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment. B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. 3.8 ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorages to support, and anchor mechanical materials and equipment. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230000 - 12 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 r B. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood members. k C. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads. 3.9 GROUTING A. Mix and install grout for mechanical equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. I l B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. i C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout. D. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout. E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases. F. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. G. Place grout around anchors. i K Cure placed grout. END OF SECTION 230000 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230000- 13 I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER : SECTION 230513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL. JULY 2019 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. F 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose, horizontal, small and medium, squirrel -cage induction motors for use on ac power systems up to 600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment F manufacturer for field installation. r 1.3 COORDINATION c A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following: 1. Motor controllers. 2. Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load. 3. Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence. 4. Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated. R. Comply with IEEE 841 for severe -duty motors. 2.2 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS A. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 3300 feet above sea level. B. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and -operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2.3 POLYPHASE MOTORS A. Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor. B. Efficiency: Premium efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1. C. Service Factor: 1.15. D. Multispeed Motors: Variable torque. 1. For motors with 2:1 speed ratio, consequent pole, single winding. 2_ For motors with other than 2:1 speed ratio, separate winding for each speed. E. Multispeed Motors: Separate winding for each speed. F. Rotor: Random -wound, squirrel cage. G. Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. H. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating. 1. Insulation: Class F. J. Code Letter Designation: 1. Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G. 2. Motors Smaller than 15 HP: Manufacturer`s standard starting characteristic. K. Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for motor frame sizes smaller than 324T. 2.4 POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Motors Used with Reduced -Voltage and Multispeed Controllers: Match wiring connection requirements for controller with required motor leads. Provide terminals in motor terminal box, suited to control method. B. Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: 1. Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture -resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse -width modulated inverters. 2. Premium -Efficient Motors: Class B temperature rise; Class F insulation. 3. Inverter -Duty Motors: Class F temperature rise; -✓lass H insulation. 4. Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally protected motors. C. Severe -Duty Motors: Comply with IEEE 841, with 1.15 minimum service factor. 2.5 SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS A. Motors larger than 1120 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application: COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1. Permanents -split capacitor. 2. Split phase. E 3. Capacitor start, inductor run. 4. Capacitor start, capacitor run. F j B. Multispeed Motors: Variable -torque, permanent -split -capacitor type. C. Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction bail bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading- D. Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded -pose type. E. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal -protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 230513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513 - 3 { COPW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER k SECTION 230523 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING i PART 1-GENERAL JULY 2019 k 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS i A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Bronze angle valves. I 2. i Brass ball valves. 3. Bronze ball valves. 4. Iron ball valves. 5. Iron, single -flange butterfly valves. 6. Iron, grooved -end butterfly valves. 7. High-performance butterfly valves. 8. Bronze lift check valves. i 9. Bronze swing check valves. 10. Iron swing check valves. 11. Iron swing check valves with closure control. 12. Iron, grooved -end swing -check valves. t 13. Iron, center -guided check valves. 14. Iron, plate -type check valves. 15. Bronze gate valves. 16. Iron gate valves. 17. Bronze globe valves. - 18. Iron globe valves. 19. Lubricated plug valves. 20. Eccentric plug valves. 21. Chainwheels. B. Related Sections: i 1_ Section 230553 'Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules. t i 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CWP: Cold working pressure. i B. EPDM: Ethylene propylene copolymer rubber. C. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene, Buna-N, or nitrile rubber. GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 D. NRS: Nonrising stem. E. OS&Y: Outside screw and yoke. F. RS: Rising stem. G. SWP: Steam working pressure. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve indicated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 2. ASME B31.1 for power piping valves. 3. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends. 3. Set angle, gate, and globe valves closed to prevent rattling. 4. Set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces. 5. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open. 6. Block check valves in either closed or open position. B. Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures. C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Refer to HVAC valve schedule articles for applications of valves_ GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 - 2 .9 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 f B. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. s C. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. E D. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Gear Actuator: For quarter -turn valves NPS 8 and larger. 2. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter -turn types. 3. , Handlever: For quarter -turn valves NIPS 6 and smaller except plug valves. 4. Wrench: For plug valves with square heads. Furnish Owner with 'I wrench for every 6 plug valves, for each size square plug -valve head. 5. Chainwheel: Device for attachment to valve handwheel, stem, or other actuator; of size and with chain for mounting height, as indicated in the "Valve Installation" Article. r E. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch stem extensions and the following features: x 1. Gate Valves: With rising stem. 2. Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non -thermal -conductive material, and protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing insulation. 3. Butterfly Valves: With extended neck. i F. Valve -End Connections: 1. Flanged: With flanges according to ASME B16.1 for iron valves. 2. Grooved: With grooves according to AWWA C606. 3, Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18. ` 4. Threaded: With threads according to ASME B1.20.1. G. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45. 2.2 BRONZE ANGLE VALVES i A. Class 125, Bronze Angle Valves with Bronze Disc: 1, Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Hammond Valve. b. Milwaukee Valve Comoany. r 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw -in bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded. e. Stem and Disc: Bronze. f. Packing: Asbestos free. g. Handwheel: Malleable iron. B. Class 150, Bronze Angle Valves with Bronze Disc: GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. b. Kitz Corporation. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 300 psig. c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and union -ring bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded. e. Stem and Disc: Bronze. f. Packing: Asbestos free. g. Handwheel: Malleable iron. 2.3 BRASS BALL VALVES A. One -Piece, Reduced -Port, Brass Ball Valves with Brass Trim: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Kitz Corporation. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. CWP Rating: 400 psig. C. Body Design: One piece. d. Body Material: Forged brass. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Seats: PTFE or TFE. g. Stem: Brass. h. Ball: Chrome -plated brass. i. Port: Reduced. B. Two -Piece, Full -Port, Brass Ball Valves with Brass Trim: 1. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. C. DynaQuip Controls. d. Flow -Tell, Inc.; a subsidiary of Bray International, Inc. e. Hammond Valve. f. Jamesbury; a subsidiary of Metso Automation. g. Jomar International, LTD. h, Kitz Corporation. i. Legend Valve. j. Marwin Valve; a division of Richards Industries. k. Milwaukee Valve Company. I. NIBCO INC. GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 - 4 I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 M. Red -White Valve Corporation. n. RuB Inc. 2. Description: r a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig. C. CWP Rating: 600 psig. d. Body Design: Two piece. e. Body Material: Forged brass. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE or TFE. h. Stem: Brass. C i. Ball: Chrome -plated brass. j. Port: Full. f F 2.4 IRON BALL VALVES A. Class 125, Iron Ball Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. c. Kitz Corporation. i d. Sure Flow Equipment.] e. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: l a. Standard: MSS SP-72. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Design: Split body. d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron. e. Ends: Flanged. f. Seats: PTFE or TFE. g. Stem: Stainless steel. h. Ball: Stainless steel. i. Port: Full. 2.5 IRON, SINGLE -FLANGE BUTTERFLY VALVES A. 150 CWP, Iron, Single -Flange Butterfly Valves with EPDM Seat and Aluminum -Bronze Disc. 1. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABZ Valve and Controls; a division of ABZ Manufacturing, Inc. b. Bray Controls; a division of Bray International. c. Conbraco Industries Inc.; Apollo Valves. d. Cooper Cameron Valves; a division of Cooper Cameron Corp. e. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER f. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. g_ DeZurik Water Controls. h. Hammond Valve. i. Kitz Corporation. j. Milwaukee Valve Company. k. NIBCO INC. I. Norriseal; a Dover Corporation company. M. Red -White Valve Corporation. n. Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International. o. Tyco Valves & Controls; a unit of Tyco Flow Control_ p. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Description: JULY 2019 a. Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 150 psig. C. Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, cast iron or ASTM A 536, ductile iron. e. Seat: EPDM. f. Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel. g. Disc: Aluminum bronze. B. 150 CWP, Iron, Single -Flange Butterfly Valves with EPDM Seat and Ductile -Iron Disc. - Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABZ Valve and Controls; a division of ABZ Manufacturing, Inc. b. Bray Controls; a division of Bray International. C. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. d. Cooper Cameron Valves; a division of Cooper Cameron Corp. e. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Center Line. f. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. g. DeZurik Water Controls. h. Hammond Valve, i. Ritz Corporation. j. Milwaukee Valve Company. k. Mueller Steam Specialty; a division of SPX Corporation. I. NIBCO INC. M. Norriseal; a Dover Corporation company. n. Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International. o. Sure Flow Equipment Inc. P. Tyco Valves & Controls; a unit of Tyco Flow Control. q. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 150 psig. C. Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, cast iron or ASTM A 536, ductile iron. e. Seat: EPDM_ f. Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel. g. Disc: Nickel -plated ductile iron. GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2.6 BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES t A. Class 125, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Bronze Disc: z 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Valve, Inc. i b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. e. Hammond Valve. f. Kitz Corporation. g. Milwaukee Valve Company. h. NIBCO INC. i. Powell Valves. j. Red -White Valve Corporation. k. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 1. Zv-Tech Global industries, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 3. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Design: Horizontal flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded. l ! B. Class 150, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Valve, Inc. i b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. G. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. e. Kitz Corporation. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. G g. NIBCO INC. h. Red -White Valve Corporation. i. Zv-Tech Global Industries, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 3. b. CWP Rating: 300 psig. C. Body Design: Horizontal flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded. I f. Disc: Bronze. GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 2.7 A. 2.8 B IRON SWING CHECK VALVES Class 125, Iron Swing Check Valves with Metal Seats: J U LY 2019 I. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. d. Hammond Valve. e. Kitz Corporation. f. Le end Valve. g. Milwaukee Valve Company. h. NIBCOINC. L Powell Valves. j. Red -White Valve Corporation. k. Sure Flow l ggipment Inc. 1. Watts Reg uiator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. M. -Tech Global Industries Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I. b. NPS 2-1/2 to NIPS 12, CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Design: Clear or full waterway. d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. e. Ends: Flanged. f. Trim: Bronze. g. Gasket: Asbestos free. LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES Class 125, Regular -Gland, Lubricated Plug Valves with Threaded Ends: I. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Nordstrom Valves, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-78, Type Il. b. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12, CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Material: ASTM A 48/A 48M or ASTM A 126, cast iron with lubrication - sealing system. d. Plug: Cast iron or bronze with sealant groove. Class 125, Regular -Gland, Lubricated Plug Valves with Flanged Ends: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: GENERAL. DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 - 8 I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 a. Nordstrom Valves, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-78, Type 11. b. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12, CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Material: ASTM A 48/A 48M or ASTM A 126, cast iron with lubrication - sealing system. d, Plug: Cast iron or bronze with sealant groove. C. Class 125, Cylindrical, Lubricated Plug Valves with Threaded Ends: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Homestead Valve; a division of Olson Technologies, Inc. b. Milliken Valve Gom an . `. C. R & M Energy Systems; a unit of Robbins & Myers, Inc. 2. Description: I� a. Standard: MSS SP-78, Type IV. b. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12, CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Material: ASTM A 481A 48M or ASTM A 126, cast iron with lubrication - sealing system. d. - Pattern: [Regular or short] [Venturi] <Insert pattern. e. Plug: Cast iron or bronze with sealant groove. D. Class 125, Cylindrical, Lubricated Plug Valves with Flanged Ends: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Homestead Valve; a division of Olson Technologies, Inc. b. Milliken Valve Company. C. R & M Energy Systems; a unit of Robbins & Myers, Inc, 2. Description: t a. Standard: MSS SP-78, Type IV, b. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12, CWP Rating: 200 psig, C. Body Material: ASTM A 48/A 48M or ASTM A 126, cast iron with lubrication - sealing system. d. Pattern: [Regular or short] [Venturi] <Insert pattern>. e. Plug: Cast iron or bronze with sealant groove. I E 2.9 CHAINWHEELS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Babbitt Steam Specialty Co. 2. Roto Hammer Industries. 3. Trumbull Industries. GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 - 9 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 B. Description. Valve actuation assembly with sprocket rim, brackets, and chain. 1. Brackets: Type, number, size, and fasteners required to mount actuator on valve. 2. Attachment: For connection to ball, butterfly, and plug valve stems. 3. Sprocket Rim with Chain Guides: Ductile or cast iron, of type and size required for valve. 4. Chain: Hot -dip, galvanized steel, of size required to fit sprocket rim. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. E. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. 32 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. E. Install chainwheels on operators for ball, butterfly and plug valves NIPS 4 and larger and more than 96 inches above floor. Extend chains to 60 inches above finished floor. F. Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows: 1. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 - 10 I. COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER DULY 2019 3.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: i 1. Shutoff Service: Ball, butterfly valves. 2. Butterfly Valve Dead -End Service: Single -flange (lug) type. B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted. C. Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder joint valve - end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-112 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve - end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 3. For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends. 4. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends. 5. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve -end option is indicated in valve schedules below. l 6. For Steel Piping, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends. 5 3.5 CHILLED -WATER VALVE SCHEDULE i A. Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller: i 1. Bronze and Brass Valves: May be provided with solder joint ends instead of threaded ends. 2. Bronze Angle Valves: Class 125, bronze disc. 3. Ball Valves: One piece, full port, brass or bronze with brass or bronze trim. 4. Bronze Swing Check Valves: Class 125, bronze disc. B. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: 1. Iron Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: May be provided with threaded ends instead of flanged ends. 2. Iron Ball Valves, NPS 2-112 to NPS 10: Class 150. 3. Iron, Single -Flange Butterfly Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12: 200 CWP, EPDM seat, aluminum -bronze disc. 4. Iron Swing Check Valves: Class 125, metal seats. ' 3.6 HEATING -WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller: f 1. Bronze and Brass Valves: May be provided with solder joint ends instead of threaded ends. 2. Bronze Angle Valves: Class 125, bronze disc. 3. Ball Valves: One piece, full port, brass or bronze with brass or bronze trim. 4. - Bronze Swing Check Valves: Class 125, bronze disc. B. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: GENERAL. DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 - 11 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1. iron Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: May be provided with threaded ends instead of flanged ends. 2. Iron Ball Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 10: Class 150. 3. Iron, Single -Flange Butterfly Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12: 200 CWP, EPDM seat, aluminum -bronze disc. 4. Iron Swing Check Valves, Class 125, metal seats, END OF SECTION 230523 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 - 12 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 SECTION 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment supports. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design equipment supports, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria Indicated. B. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for HVAC equipment shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to ASCE/SEi 7. 1. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following; include Product Data for components: 1. Equipment supports. C. Delegated -Design Submittal: For trapeze hangers indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Detail fabrication and assembly of trapeze hangers. 2. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for designing trapeze hangers. HANGARS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230529 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS A. MFMA Manufacturer Metal Framing Systems: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Coo er B-Line Inc. b. Flex -Strut Inc. G. Thomas & Betts Corporation, d. Unistrut Corporation; Tyco International, Ltd. 2. Description: Shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly for supporting multiple parallel pipes. 3. Standard: MFMA-4. 4. Channels: Continuous slotted steel channel with interned lips. 5. Channel Nuts: Formed or stamped steel nuts or other devices designed to fit into channel slot and, when tightened, prevent slipping along channel. 6. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. 7. Metallic Coating: Electroplated zinc. 2.2 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powdor-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. B. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type, zinc -coated steel anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 2.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field -fabricated equipment support made from structural carbon - steel shapes. HANGARS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230529 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 361A 36M, carbon -steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. B. Grout: ASTM C. 1107, factory -mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic -cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi 28-day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural -steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth. C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.2 IY re, METAL FABRICATIONS Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for equipment supports. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Field Welding: Comply with AWS ❑1.VD1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B_ Trim excess length of continuous -thread hanger and support rods to 1-112 inches HANGARS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230529 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 3.4 PAINTING JULY 2019 A_ Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils B_ Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. 3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B_ Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for equipment that will not have field -applied finish. C. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. D. Use carbon -steel supports and metal framing systems and attachments for general service applications. E. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top -Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar -joist construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side -Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Top -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. & Side -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I -beams. 9. Steel -Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel I - beams for heavy loads. 10. Linked -Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel I - beams for heavy loads, with link extensions. 11. Malleable -Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 12. Welded -Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb C. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb HANGARS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230529 - 4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 13. Side -Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. { 14. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. 15, Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited. t F. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in system Sections, install the following types: 1. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48). For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1- E 114 inches G. Comply with MFMA-103 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. 4 H. Use powder -actuated fasteners or mechanical -expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. END OF SECTION 230529 HANGARS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230529 - 5 I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 SECTION 230553 f IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT L'LViaQH:R1PT_111 r f 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 2 A. Section Includes: E 1. Equipment labels. 2. Duct labels. 3. Stencils. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. l F 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Aluminum, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilfed or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Minimum Label Size. Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 3. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 112 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three -fourths the size of principal lettering. 4. Fasteners: Stainless -steel rivets or self -tapping screws. IDENTIFICATION FOR NVAC EQUIPMENT 230553 -1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 B. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number. 2.2 STENCILS A. Stencils: Prepared with letter sizes according to ASME A13.1 for piping; minimum letter height of 1-1/4 inches for ducts; and minimum letter height of 3/4 inch for access panel and door labels, equipment labels, and similar operational instructions. 1. Stencil Material: Fiberboard or metal. 2. Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, alkyd enamel black unless otherwise indicated. Paint may be in pressurized spray -can form. 3. Identification Paint: Exterior, alkyd enamel in colors according to A5ME A13.1 unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean equipment and duct surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.3 DUCT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Stenciled Duct Label : Stenciled labels, showing service and flow direction. B. Locate labels near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at maximum intervals of 50 feet in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable ceiling system. END OF SECTION 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230553 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER SECTION 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC l PART 1 - GENERAL JULY 2019 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 91 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. € 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Balancing Air Systems: a. Variable -air -volume systems. 2. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Equipment: a. Heat exchangers. b. Motors. i C. Condensing units. d. Neat -transfer coils. 3. Control system verification. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council. B- BAS: Building automation systems. C. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. D. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. k E. TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau. F. TAB Specialist: An independent entity meeting qualifications to perform TAB work. r G. TDH: Total dynamic head. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. TAB Conference: If requested by the Owner, conduct a TAB conference after approval of the TAB strategies and procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of the details. Provide a minimum of 14 days' advance notice of scheduled meeting time and location. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAG 230593 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWED JULY 2019 1. Minimum Agenda Items: a. The Contract Documents examination report. b. The TAB plan. C. Needs for coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors. d. Proposed procedures for documentation and communication flow_ 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit documentation that the TAB specialist and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. B. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3. C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation" Article. D. System Readiness Checklists: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit system readiness checklists as specified in "Preparation" Article. E. Examination Report: Submit a summary report of the examination review required in "Examination" Article. F. Certified TAB reports. G. Sample report forms. H. Instrument calibration reports, to include the following: 1. Instrument type and make. 2. Serial number. 3. Application. 4. Dates of use. 5. Dates of calibration. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TAB Specialists Qualifications: Certified by AABC or NEBB. 1. TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB specialist and certified by AABC or NEBS. B. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 111, Section 4, "Instrumentation." C. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 7.2.2 - "Air Balancing." D. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6.7.2.3 - "System Balancing." TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner may occupy completed areas of building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owners operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment- B. Examine installed systems for balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow -control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify that locations of these balancing devices are applicable for intended purpose and are accessible. C. Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment- D. Examine ceiling plenums and underfloor air plenums used for supply, return, or relief air to verify that they are properly separated from adjacent areas. Verify that penetrations in plenum walls are sealed and fire -stopped if required. E. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves. 1. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. 2. Calculate system -effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from the conditions used to rate equipment performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Duct Design." Compare results with the design data and installed conditions. F. Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality -control testing, cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed. G. Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections. H. Examine HVAC equipment and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, filters are clean, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. I. Examine terminal units, such as variable -air -volume boxes, and verify that they are accessible and their controls are connected and functioning. J. Examine heat -transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. K. Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY2019 Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes the following: 1. Equipment and systems to be tested. 2. Strategies and step-by-step procedures for balancing the systems. 3. Instrumentation to be used. 4. Sample forms with specific identification for all equipment. B. Perform system -readiness checks of HVAC systems and equipment to verify system readiness for TAB work. Include, at a minimum, the following: Airside: a. Duct systems are complete with terminals installed. b. Volume, smoke, and fire dampers are open and functional. C. Clean filters are installed. d. Fans are operating, free of vibration, and rotating in correct direction. e. Variable -frequency controllers' startup is complete and safeties are verified. f. Automatic temperature -control systems are operational. g. Ceilings are installed. h. Windows and doors are installed. i. Suitable access to balancing devices and equipment is provided. 3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in the certifying organization standards and in this Section. B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures. 1. After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness as used to construct ducts. 2. After testing and balancing, install test ports and duct access doors that comply with requirements in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories." 3. Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Section 230713 "Duct Insulation," Section 230716 "HVAC Equipment Insulation," and Section 230719 "HVAC Piping Insulation." C. Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper -control positions, valve position indicators, fan -speed -control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings. D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch -pound (1P) units. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 4 l I 1 I a COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 3A GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Cross-check the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as -built" duct layouts. C. For variable -air -volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity. D. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct -airflow measurements. E. Check airflow patterns from the outdoor -air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust - air dampers through the supply -fan discharge and mixing dampers. F. Locate start -stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. G. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. H. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. 1. Check for airflow blockages. J. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. K. Check for proper sealing of air -handling -unit components. L. Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Section 233113 "Metal Ducts." 3.5 PROCEDURES FOR VARIABLE -AIR -VOLUME SYSTEMS A. Adjust the variable -air -volume systems as follows: 1. Verify that the system static pressure sensor is located two-thirds of the distance down the duct from the fan discharge. 2. Verify that the system is under static pressure control. 3. Select the terminal unit that is most critical to the supply -fan airflow. Measure inlet static pressure, and adjust system static pressure control set point so the entering static pressure for the critical terminal unit is not less than the sum of the terminal -unit manufacturer's recommended minimum inlet static pressure plus the static pressure needed to overcome terminal -unit discharge system losses. 4. Calibrate and balance each terminal unit for maximum and minimum design airflow as follows: a. Adjust controls so that terminal is calling for maximum airflow. Some controllers require starting with minimum airflow. Verify calibration procedure for specific project. b. Measure airflow and adjust calibration factor as required for design maximum airflow. Record calibration factor. C. When maximum airflow is correct, balance the air outlets downstream from terminal units. d. Adjust controls so that terminal is calling for minimum airflow. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 e. Measure airflow and adjust calibration factor as required for design minimum airflow. Record calibration factor. If no minimum calibration is available, note any deviation from design airflow. f. When in full cooling or full heating, ensure that there is no mixing of hot -deck and cold -deck airstreams unless so designed. g. On constant volume terminals, in critical areas where room pressure is to be maintained, verify that the airflow remains constant over the full range of full cooling to full heating. Note any deviation from design airflow or room pressure. 5. After terminals have been calibrated and balanced, test and adjust system for total airflow. Adjust fans to deliver total design airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer. a. Set outside -air, return -air, and relief -air dampers for proper position that simulates minimum outdoor -air conditions. b. Set terminals for maximum airflow. If system design includes diversity, adjust terminals for maximum and minimum airflow so that connected total matches fan selection and simulates actual load in the building. C. Where duct conditions allow, measure airflow by Pitot-tube traverse. If necessary, perform multiple Pitot-tube traverses to obtain total airflow. d. Where duct conditions are not suitable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, a coil traverse may be acceptable. e. If a reliable Pitot-tube traverse or coil traverse is not possible, measure airflow at terminals and calculate the total airflow. 6. Measure fan static pressures as follows: a. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan inlet or through the flexible connection. C. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up the air -handling system. d. Report any artificial loading of filters at the time static pressures are measured. 7. Set final return and outside airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and minimum outdoor airflow. a. Balance the return -air ducts and inlets the same as described for constant -volume air systems. b. Verify that terminal units are meeting design airflow under system maximum flow. Re -measure the inlet static pressure at the most critical terminal unit and adjust the system static pressure set point to the most energy -efficient set point to maintain the optimum system static pressure. Record set point and give to controls contractor. Verify final system conditions as follows: a. Re -measure and confirm that minimum outdoor, return, and relief airflows are within design. Readjust to match design if necessary. b. Re -measure and confirm that total airflow is within design. G. Re -measure final fan operating data, rpms, volts, amps, and static profile. d. Mark final settings. e. Test system in economizer mode. Verify proper operation and adjust if necessary. Measure and record all operating data. f. Verify tracking between supply and return fans. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 6 r COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER i JULY 2019 3.6 PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS 1 A. Motors 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data. 1. Manufacturer's name, model number, and serial number. 2. Motor horsepower rating. 3. Motor rpm. 4. Phase and hertz. k S. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase. 6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase. 7. Starter size and thermal -protection -element rating. 8. Service factor and frame size. } B. Motors Driven by Variable -Frequency Controllers: Test manual bypass of controller to prove proper operation. 3.7 PROCEDURES FOR CONDENSING UNITS A. Verify proper rotation of fans. l B. Measure entering- and leaving -air temperatures. C. Record fan and motor operating data. 3.8 PROCEDURES FOR HEAT -TRANSFER COILS i A. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each electric heating coil: 1. Nameplate data. 2. Airflow. 3. Entering- and leaving -air temperature at full load. 4. Voltage and amperage input of each phase at full load. 5. Calculated kilowatt at full load. 6. Fuse or circuit -breaker rating for overload protection. 13- Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each refrigerant coil: 1. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 2. Wet -bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 3. Airflow, 3.9 CONTROLS VERIFICATION I A. In conjunction with system balancing, perform the following: 1. Verify temperature control system is operating within the design limitations. 2. Confirm that the sequences of operation are in compliance with Contract Documents. 3. Verify that controllers are calibrated and function as intended. 4. Verify that controller set points are as indicated. 5. Verify the operation of lockout or interlock systems. 6. Verify the operation of valve and damper actuators. ! 7. Verify that controlled devices are properly installed and connected to correct controller. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 8. Verify that controlled devices travel freely and are in position indicated by controller: open, closed, or modulating. 9. Verify location and installation of sensors to ensure that they sense only intended temperature, humidity, or pressure. B. Reporting: Include a summary of verifications performed, remaining deficiencies, and variations from indicated conditions. 3.10 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system's airflow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus or minus 5 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 5 percent. B. Maintaining pressure relationships as designed shall have priority over the tolerances specified above. 3.11 FINAL REPORT A. General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections for tested systems and balanced systems. 1. Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 2. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. 3. Certify validity and accuracy of field data. B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field -report data, include the following: 1. Fan curves. 2. Manufacturers' test data. 3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers_ 4. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and Product Data. C, General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of the TAB specialist. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report. 10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report_ Number each page in the report. 11. Summary of contents including the following: a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 8 I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 C. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract i Documents. 12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 13. Data for terminal units, Including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings. 14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values. 15. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following: a. Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust -air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. C. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. y e. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f. Settings for supply -air, static -pressure controller. g. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. f D. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present each system with single -fine diagram and include the following: 1. Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 3. Terminal units. 4. Balancing stations. 5. i Position of balancing devices. E. Air -Handling -Unit Test Reports: For air -handling units with coils, include the following: i 1. Unit Data: a. Unit identification. b. Location. C. Make and type. d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Unit arrangement and class. g. Discharge arrangement. ` h. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. i. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave and amount of adjustments in inches. j. Number, make, and size of belts. k. Number, type, and size of filters. 2. Motor Data: a. Motor make, and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. C. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full -load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. f. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave and amount of adjustments in inches. 3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. C. Fan rpm. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 9 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e. Filter static -pressure differential in inches wg. f. Cooling -coil static -pressure differential in inches wg. g. Heating -coil static -pressure differential in inches wg. h. Outdoor airflow in cfm. i. Return airflow in cfm. j. Outdoor -air damper position. k. Return -air damper position. F. Apparatus -Coil Test Reports: Coil Data: a. System identification. b. Location. C. Coil type. d. Number of rows. e. Fin spacing in fins per inch o.c. f. Make and model number. g. Face area in sq. ft.. h. Tube size in NIPS. i. Tube and fin materials. j. Circuiting arrangement. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Airflow rate in cfm. b. Average face velocity in fpm. C. Air pressure drop in inches wg. d. Outdoor -air, wet- and dry-bufb temperatures in deg F. e. Return -air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. f. Entering -air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. g. Leaving -air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. h. Refrigerant expansion valve and refrigerant types. i. Refrigerant suction pressure in psig. j. Refrigerant suction temperature in deg F. JULY 2019 G. Gas -Fired Heat Apparatus Test Reports: In addition to manufacturer's factory startup equipment reports, include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. System identification. b. Location. C. Make and type. d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Fuel type in input data. g. Output capacity in Btu/h. h. Ignition type. i. Burner -control types. j. Motor horsepower and rpm. k. Motor volts, phase, and hertz. I. Motor full -load amperage and service factor. m. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. n. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave and amount of adjustments in inches. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 10 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2. Test Data (indicated and Actual Values): k a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Entering -air temperature in deg F. C. Leaving -air temperature in deg F. i d. Air temperature differential in deg F. e. Entering -air static pressure in inches wg. f. Leaving -air static pressure in inches wg. g. Air static -pressure differential in inches wg. h. Low -fire fuel input in Btu/h. i. High -fire fuel input in Btu/h. j. Manifold pressure in psig. k. High -temperature -limit setting in deg F. 1. Operating set point in Btu/h. M. Motor voltage at each connection. n. Motor amperage for each phase. f o. t Heating value of fuel in Btulh. H. Electric -Coil Test Reports: For electric furnaces, duct coils, and electric coils installed in central - station air -handling units, include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. System identification. b. Location. C. Coil identification_ d. Capacity in Btu/h. e. Number of stages. F f. Connected volts, phase, and hertz. g. Rated amperage. h. Airflow rate in cfm. a i. Face area in sq. ft.. j. Minimum face velocity in fpm. 2. Test Data (indicated and Actual Values): a. Heat output in Btu/h. b. Airflow rate in cfm. c. Air velocity in fpm. { d. Entering -air temperature in deg F. e. Leaving -air temperature in deg F. f. Voltage at each connection. g. Amperage for each phase. I. Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following: 1. Fan Data: a. System identification. b. Location. C. Make and type. d. Model number and size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Arrangement and class. g. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 11 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 h. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave and amount of adjustments in inches. 2. Motor Data: a. Motor make, and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. C. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full -load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. f. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. g. Number, make, and size of belts. 3. Test Data (indicated and Actual Values): a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. C. Fan rpm_ d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e• Suction static pressure in inches wg. J. Round and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid representing the duct cross-section and record the following: 1. Report Data: a. System and air -handling -unit number. b. Location and zone. C. Traverse air temperature in deg F. d. Duct static pressure in inches wg. e. Duct size in inches. f. Duct area in sq. ft.. g. Indicated airflow rate in cfm. h. Indicated velocity in fpm. i. Actual airflow rate in cfm. j. Actual average velocity in fpm. k. Barometric pressure in psig. K. Air -Terminal -Device Reports: 1. Unit Data: a. System and air -handling unit identification. b. Location and zone. C. Apparatus used for test. d. Area served. e. Make. f. Number from system diagram. g. Type and model number. h. Size. i. Effective area in sq. ft.. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Airflow rate in cfm. b. Air velocity in fpm. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 12 i COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER c_ Preliminary airflow rate as needed in cfm. d. Preliminary velocity as needed in fpm. e. Final airflow rate in cfm. f. Final velocity in fpm. g. Space temperature in deg F. i L. System -Coil Reports: For reheat coils of terminal units, include the following: 1. Unit Data: f a. System and air -handling -unit identification. b. Location and zone. i C. Room or riser served. d. Coil make and size. e. Flowmeter type. 2. Test Data (indicated and Actual Values): a. Airflow rate in cfm. b. SCR position t C. Entering -air temperature in deg F. d. Leaving -air temperature in deg F. M. Instrument Calibration Reports: 1. Report Data: > a. Instrument type and make. + b. Serial number. C. Application. d. Dates of use. e. Dates of calibration. JULY 2019 3.12 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional TAB to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. B. Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near -peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional TAB during near -peak summer and winter conditions. END OF SECTION 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 13 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 SECTION 230713 DUCT INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following duct services: f 1. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air. I 2. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air_ 3. Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space. 4. Outdoor, exposed supply and return. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 233113 "Metal Ducts" for duct liners. i 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water -vapor permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory- and field -applied if any). B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, dampers, specialties and flanges for each type of insulation. 3. Detail application at linkages of control devices. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. i B. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests and test methods employed. C. Field quality -control reports. DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surface -Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame -spread index of 25 or less, and smoke -developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame -spread index of 75 or less, and smoke -developed index of 150 or less. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall he marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields. B. Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for duct insulation application. Before preparing ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field -applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. 1.8 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application with other trades. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A_ Comply with requirements in "Duct Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Duct and Plenum Insulation Schedule," and "Aboveground, Outdoor Duct and Plenum Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type III with factory -applied FSP jacket. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corp., SoftTouch Duct Wrap. b. Johns Manville: Microlite. c. Knauf Insulation' Friendly Feel Duct Wrap. d. Manson Insulation Inc.• AlleV Wrap. DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 e. Owens Corning,_SOF'TR All -Service Duct Wrap. 1 2.2 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. B. Mineral -Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-127.Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225. b. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-60185-70.Mon-Eco Industries Inc.: 22-25. I 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 gIL or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). C. 1=SK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1- Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-82. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225. C. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-50.Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.: 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 gIL or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.3 MASTICS A_ Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II. 1. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 gIL or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. Vapor -Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services. 1. Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Foster Brand Specialty Construction Brands Inc. a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-80/_30-90. b. Vimasco Corporation; 749. 2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 961E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg >w_ 4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight. DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 5. Color: White. C. Vapor -Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following; a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands,Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company: CP-30. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 501. G. Foster. Brand, Specialty Construction „Brands, Inc., a business„ of H. B. Fuller Company, 30-35. d. Mon-Eco Industries. Inc.; 55-10. 2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm at 35-mil dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: 0 to 180 deg F. 4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 44 percent by volume and 62 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. 2.4 FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory -applied jackets on various applications. When factory -applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type 11. 2.5 SECUREMENTS A. Insulation Pins and Hangers: Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Perforated Base Insul-Hangers. 2) GEMCO; Perforated Base, 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Spindle. b. Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon -steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square. C. Spindle: Copper- or zinc -coated, low -carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. d. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. 2. Insulation -Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- thick, galvanized -steel sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-112 inches in diameter. DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 4 I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; RC-150. 2) GEMCO; R-150. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; WA-150. 4) Nelson Stud Welding; Speed Clips, b. Protect ends with capped self -lacking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations. B_ Staples: Outward -clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- wide, stainless steel or Monel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 3.3 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. A, 9 If- D. E. F. G. H GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of ducts and fittings. Install insulation materials, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of duct system as specified in insulation system schedules. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor -barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. K. Install insulation with factory -applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches o.c. a. For below ambient services, apply vapor -barrier mastic over staples. 4. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor -barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings. L. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. M. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. N. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. 3.4 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. D. Insulation Installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations. Terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire -rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" and fire -resistive joint sealers. E. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: Duct: For penetrations through fire -rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches. Seal penetrations through fire -rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.5 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL -FIBER INSULATION A_ Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 50 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3. Install pins and speed washers on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16 inches o.c, each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. G. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers. f. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER MR A. a 3.7 A. B. C. JULY 2019 insulation by removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch outward -clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- applied jacket, adhesive, vapor -barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor - barrier seal. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18-foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor -barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches. 5. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c. 6. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat -oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch- wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c. DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation: 1. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air. 2. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air. 3. Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space. 4. Outdoor, exposed supply and return. Items Not Insulated: 1 _ Metal ducts with duct liner of sufficient ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. 2. Factory -insulated flexible ducts. 3. Factory -insulated plenums and casings. 4. Flexible connectors. 5. Vibration -control devices. 6. Factory -insulated access panels and doors. thickness to comply with energy code and INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE Concealed, round, supply and return -air duct insulation shall be the following: Mineral -Fiber Blanket., 2 inches thick and 1.5-fb/cu. ft. nominal density. Concealed, round, exhaust -air duct insulation shall be the following: Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-Ib/cu. ft nominal density. Concealed, rectangular, air duct insulation shall be the following: DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 8 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1 1. Comply with requirements in Section 233113 "Metal Ducts". D. Exposed, round, air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Comply with requirements in Section 233113 "Metal Ducts". END OF SECTION 230713 DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 9 r COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 SECTION 230716 HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A_ Section includes insulating the following HVAC equipment that is not factory insulated: 1. Chilled -wafer pumps. 2. Heating, hot-water pumps. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 230713 "Duct Insulation." 2. Section 230719 "HVAC Piping Insulation." 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water -vapor permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory- and field -applied if any). 1.4 A. B. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests and test methods employed. Field quality -control reports. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. Surface -Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230716-1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY20'19 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame -spread index of 25 or less, and smoke -developed index of 50 or less. 2_ Insulation Installed Outdoors_ Flame -spread index of 75 or less, and smoke -developed index of 150 or less. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with equipment Installer for equipment insulation application. C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. 1.8 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results_ B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Breeching Insulation Schedule" and "Equipment Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed -cell, sponge- or expanded -rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type It for sheet materials. HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230716 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2.2 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. t r B. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type 11, Class I. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION i t A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. f B. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows: 1. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and 300 deg F with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. C. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements s for heat tracing that apply to insulation. ' D. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless -steel surfaces, use demineralized water. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS i A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment. B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of equipment as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230716 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. G. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. H. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor -barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent insulation. Install shields overjacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. K. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. L. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. M. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. N. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration -control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Manholes, 5. Handholes. 6. Cleanouts. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT, TANK, AND VESSEL INSULATION A. Mineral -Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation Installation for Tanks and Vessels: Secure insulation With adhesive and anchor pins and speed washers. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of tank and vessel surfaces. 2. Gmove and score insulation materials to fit as closely as possible to equipment, including contours. Bevel insulation edges for cylindrical surfaces for tight joints. Stagger end joints. HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230716 - 4 COPW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 3. Protect exposed corners with secured corner angles. 4. install adhesively attached or self -sticking insulation hangers and speed washers on sides of tanks and vessels as follows: a. Do not weld anchor pins to ASME-labeled pressure vessels. b. Select insulation hangers and adhesive that are compatible with service temperature and with substrate. C. On tanks and vessels, maximum anchor -pin spacing is 3 inches from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. in both directions. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Cut and miter insulation segments to fit curved sides and domed heads of tanks and vessels. f. Impale insulation over anchor pins and attach speed washers. g. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 5. Secure each layer of insulation with stainless -steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation materials. 6. Where insulation hangers on equipment and vessels are not permitted or practical and where insulation support rings are not provided, install a girdle network for securing insulation. Stretch prestressed aircraft cable around the diameter of vessel and make taut with clamps, turnbuckles, or breather springs. Place one circumferential girdle around equipment approximately 6 inches from each end. Install wire or cable between two circumferential girdles 12 inches o.c. Install a wire ring around each end and around outer periphery of center openings, and stretch prestressed aircraft cable radially from the wire ring to nearest circumferential girdle. Install additional circumferential girdles along the body of equipment or tank at a minimum spacing of 48 inches o.c. Use this network for securing insulation with tie wire or bands. 7. Stagger joints between insulation layers at least 3 inches. 8. Install insulation in removable segments on equipment access doors, manholes, handholes, and other elements that require frequent removal for service and inspection. 9. Bevel and seal insulation ends around manholes, handholes, ASME stamps, and nameplates. 10. For equipment with surface temperatures below ambient, apply mastic to open ends, joints, seams, breaks, and punctures in insulation. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation Installation for Tanks and Vessels: Install insulation over entire surface of tanks and vessels. 1. Apply 100 percent coverage of adhesive to surface with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 2. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints. C. Insulation Installation on Pumps: 1. Fabricate metal boxes lined with insulation. Fit boxes around pumps and coincide box joints with splits in pump casings. Fabricate joints with outward bolted flanges. Bolt flanges on 6-inch centers, starting at corners. Install 3/8-Inch diameter fasteners with wing nuts. Alternatively, secure the box sections together using a latching mechanism. 2. Fabricate boxes from aluminum, at least 0.060 inch thick. 3. For below ambient services, install a vapor barrier at seams, joints, and penetrations. Seal between flanges with replaceable gasket material to form a vapor barrier. HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230716 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 3.5 EQUIPMENT INSULATION SCHEDULE JULY 2019 A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed for a type of equipment, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Insulate indoor and outdoor equipment that is not factory insulated. C. Chilled -water pump insulation shall be the following: Elastomeric: 2 inches thick. D. Heating -hot-water pump insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral -Fiber Board: 2 inches thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. END OF SECTION 230716 HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230716 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 SECTION 230719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following HVAC piping systems: 1. Condensate drain piping, indoors. 2. Chilled -water and brine piping, indoors and outdoors. 3. Heating hot-water piping, indoors. ? B. Related Sections: I 1. Section 230713 "Duct Insulation." i 2. Section 230716 "HVAC Equipment Insulation." 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water -vapor i permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied if any). 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. B. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests and test methods employed. C. Field quality -control reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Surface -Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame -spread index of 25 or less, and smoke -developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame -spread index of 75 or less, and smoke -developed index of 150 or less. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field -applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. 1.8 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Piping Insulation Schedule," "Outdoor, Aboveground Piping Insulation Schedule," and "Outdoor, Underground Piping Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JUL.Y 2019 E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing C process. F. Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or celluiated glass with annealed, rigid, G hermetically sealed cells. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Block Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type 1. 2. Special -Shaped Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type III. 3. Board Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type IV. ! 4. Preformed Pipe Insulation without Jacket: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type 11, Class 1. 5. Preformed Pipe Insulation with Factory -Applied [ASJ] [ASJ-SSL]: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type 11, Class 2. 6. Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585, G. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation. Closed -cell, sponge-- or expanded -rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials. H. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: 1. Type I, 850 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory -applied ASJ. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. I. Phenolic: 1. Preformed pipe insulation of rigid, expanded, closed -cell structure. Comply with ASTM C 1126, Type III, Grade 1. 2. Block insulation of rigid, expanded, closed -cell structure. Comply with ASTM C 1126, Type 11, Grade 1. 3. Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585. 4. Factory -Applied Jacket. Requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. a. Preformed Pipe Insulation: ASJ. 2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS A. Mineral -Fiber insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195. B. Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 196. ` C. Mineral -Fiber, Hydraulic -Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449. 2.3 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. B. Cellular -Glass Adhesive: Two -component, thermosetting urethane adhesive containing no flammable solvents, with a service temperature range of minus 100 to plus 200 deg F. C. Phenolic and Polyisocyanurate Adhesive: Solvent -based resin adhesive, with a service temperature range of minus 75 to plus 300 deg F. D. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class 1. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 E. Mineral -Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. F. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. G. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. 2.4 MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF-19565C, Type 11. B. Vapor -Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below -ambient services. 1. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 961E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry film thickness. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 dog F. 3, Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight. 4. Color: White. C. Vapor -Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for indoor use on below -ambient services. 1. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm at 35-mil dry film thickness. 2. Service Temperature Range: 0 to 180 deg F. 3. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 44 percent by volume and 62 percent by weight. 4. Color: White. D. Vapor -Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for outdoor use on below -ambient services. 1. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm at 30-mil dry film thickness. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 220 deg F. 3. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 33 percent by volume and 46 percent by weight. 4. Color: White. E. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above -ambient services. 1. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 1.8 perms at 0.0625-inch dry film thickness. 2. Service Temperature Range. Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 3. Solids Content: 60 percent by volume and 66 percent by weight. 4. Color: White. 2.5 LAGGING ADHESIVES A. Description: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 1, Grade A and shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 1. Fire-resistant, water -based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fire- resistant lagging cloths over pipe insulation. 2. Service Temperature Range: 0 to plus 180 deg F. 3. Color: White. 2.6 SEALANTS A. Cellular -Glass, Phenolic, and Polyisocyanu rate Joint Sealants: B. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 4 f• COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 i 2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. k 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 4. Color: Aluminum. C. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minns 40 to plus 250 deg F. + 4_ Color: White. r 2.7 FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS i A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory -applied jackets on various applications. When factory -applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: F 1. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with aluminum -foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type 1. ! 2.8 FIELD -APPLIED FABRIC -REINFORCING MESH A. Woven Glass -Fiber Fabric: Approximately 2 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. in. for covering pipe and pipe fittings. B. Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. in., in a Leno weave, for pipe. 2.9 FIELD -APPLIED CLOTHS A. Woven Glass -Fiber Fabric: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I, plain weave, and presized a minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd.. 2.10 FIELD -APPLIED JACKETS A. Field -applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated. B. PVC Jacket: High -impact -resistant, UV -resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. f Thickness is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules. 1. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer. 2. Color: Color -code jackets based on system. 3. Factory -fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate. a. Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long -radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, unions, reducers, end caps, soil -pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap and supply covers for lavatories. C. Metal Jacket: 1. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005, Temper H-14. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 a. Finish and thickness are indicated in field -applied jacket schedules. b. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3-mil thick, heat -bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. C. Factory -Fabricated Fitting Covers: 1) Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket_ 2) Preformed 2-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long -radius elbows. 3) Tee covers. 4) Flange and union covers. 5) End caps. 6) Beveled collars. 7) Valve covers. 8) Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory -fabricated fitting covers are not available. 2.11 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Width: 3 inches 2. Thickness: 11.5 mils 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 40 Ibflinch in width. 6. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. PVC Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching field -applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive; suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 1. Width: 2 inches. 2. Thickness: 6 mils. 3. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width. 4. Elongation: 500 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 18 Ibflinch in width. 2.12 SECUREMENTS A. Bands: 1. Aluminum: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch thick, 314 inch wide with wing seal or closed seal. 2. Springs: Twin spring set constructed of stainless steel with ends flat and slotted to accept metal bands. Spring size determined by manufacturer for application. B. Staples: Outward -clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- wide, stainless steel or Monel. C. Wire: 0.080-inch nickel -copper alloy HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION JULY 2019 A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows: 1. Carbon Steel_ Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and 300 deg F with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. C. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. D. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless -steel surfaces, use demineralized water. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic. 1. install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor -barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. Install insulation with factory -applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c. a. For below -ambient services, apply vapor -barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor -barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings. M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. N, Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. P. For above -ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration -control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Manholes. 5. Handholes. 6. Cleanouts. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 8 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 3.4 PENETRATIONS f A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations_ ? 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. ' 1 _ Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with I PP� g Yj joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): j Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. U. Insulation installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation i continuously through penetrations of fire -rated walls and partitions. E. insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. 2. Seal penetrations through fire -rated assemblies. 3.s GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles- B. Insulation installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions: 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor -retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulate too fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 9 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing -box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement_ 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below -ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. B. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. 7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor -barrier mastic for below -ambient services and a breather mastic for above -ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric -reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well -shaped contour. S. For services not specified to receive a field -applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. 9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union." Match size and color of pipe labels. C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless - steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless -steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 10 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 3.6 INSTALLATION OF CELLULAR -GLASS INSULATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor -barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on above -ambient services, secure laps with outward -clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on below -ambient services, do not staple longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor -barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of cellular -glass block insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant. C. Insulation installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. When preformed sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of cellular -glass insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of cellular -glass insulation to valve body. 2. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.7 INSTALLATION or FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 11 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: JULY 2019 1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3.8 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL -FIBER INSULATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor -barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on above -ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward -clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on below -ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor -barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral -fiber blanket insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 12 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve body. 3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 4. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.9 INSTALLATION OF PHENOLIC INSULATION A. General Installation Requirements: 1. Secure single -layer insulation with stainless -steel bands at 12-inch intervals and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Install 2-layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches. Secure inner layer with 0.062-inch wire spaced at 12-inch intervals. Secure outer layer with stainless -steel bands at 12-inch intervals. B. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes. 1. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor -barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on above -ambient services, secure laps with outward -clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory -applied jackets with vapor retarders on below -ambient services, do not staple longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor -barrier mastic and flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of block insulation of same material and thickness as pipe insulation. D. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed insulation sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed insulation sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 13 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 3.10 FIELD -APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION J ULY 2019 A. Where glass -cloth jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation with factory -applied jackets. 1. Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-Inch overlap at seams and joints. 2. Embed glass cloth between two D.062-inch- thick coats of lagging adhesive. 3. Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed insulation. B. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for horizontal applications. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge. C. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless -steel bands 12 inches D.C. and at end joints. 3.11 FINISHES A. Pipe Insulation with ASJ, Glass -Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paintjacket with paint system identified below. 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex -emulsion size. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: Ater adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. C. Color: Final color as selected by engineer. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work, D. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless -steel jackets. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Perform tests and inspections. C. Tests and Inspections: Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field -applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, two locations of welded strainers, three locations of threaded valves, and three locations of flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General" Article. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 14 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER ,IULY 2019 D. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. 3.13 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. Chrome -plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury. 3.14 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Condensate and Equipment Drain Water below 60 Deg F: 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following: a. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 Inch thick. B. Chilled Water and Brine, above 40 Deg F.- 1 . NPS 12 and Smaller: Insulation shall be one of the following: a. Cellular Glass: 2 inches thick. b. Phenolic: 2 inches thick. C. Heating -Hot -Water Supply and Return, 200 Deg F and Below: 1. NPS 12 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following: a. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I: 2 inches thick. 3.16 OUTDOOR, ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Chilled Water and Brine: 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following: a. Cellular Glass: 3 inches thick. 3.16 INDOOR, FIELD -APPLIED JACKET- SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory -applied jacket, install the field - applied jacket over the factory -applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Piping, Concealed: 1, None. D. Piping, Exposed: HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 15 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1. None. 2. PVC, Color -Coded by System: 20 mils thick. 3.17 OUTDOOR, FIELD -APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory -applied jacket, install the field - applied jacket over the factory -applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Piping, Exposed: 1. Corrugated: 0.024 inch thick. END OF SECTION 230719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 1S I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 SECTION 230900 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (UDC) i PART 1 - GENERAL r 1 1.1 CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Division 1 and Division 23 and Division 26 specifications. f B. This specification is intended to be used in conjunction with the sequences of operation as shown on the construction drawings. The drawings show control diagrams and general operation of the system. C. Refer to specification 23 09 23 for control valve requirements. D. Refer to specification 23 09 24 for variable frequency drive controls requirements. E. Refer to specification 23 64 16 for chiller controls requirements. F. All system points shall be communicated to City of Fort Worth a web based system (system shall be viewed and have can be changed over the internet through a PC, tablet, and smartphone). The system shall be integrated into the existing City of Fort Worth Metasys front end. Controls contractor must have a proven track record of integrating into existing Metasys systems (submit qualifications with bid documents). i 1.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. All work specification shall comply with the requirements of the Conditions of the Contract (General and Special), with the Contract Drawings, with City of Fort Worth requirements, and with all other contract documents. B. Any deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents must be submitted in writing along with bid documents. ` C. In case there is a discrepancy between this specification and the associated drawings, then the Bidder shall assume the more stringent requirement for his bid. f 1.3 Reference Standards A. All work shall conform to the latest versions of the following Codes and Standards, where applicable: 1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards, as specified. 2. National Electrical Code (NEC) and applicable local Electrical Code. 3. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL) listing and labels, as specified. 4. Factory Mutual (FM). DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 6. National Electric Manufacturers' Association (NEMA). 7. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 8. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE). 9. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA). 10. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). 11. American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII). 12. Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry (MSS). 13. Electronics Industries Association (EIA). 14. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 15. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 16. NFPA 92A and 92B and shall be listed under UL 864 UUKL (Smoke Purge/Control Equipment) 17. NFPA 101 18. ASHRAE Standard 135 BACnet 19. Texas Building Code 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Explanations of Terms Utilized in This Specification: 1. Provide: Furnish and install, complete, the specified material, equipment or other item and perform all required labor to make a finished and acceptable installation. 2. Furnish: Purchase, store and deliver the specified material, equipment or other item to the project site complete with all necessary appurtenances, supports, etc. 3. Install: Unload at the delivery point at the site and perform every operation necessary to establish secure mounting and correct operation at the proper location in the project. 4. By others: By persons or parties responsible for work at the project other than the party or parties who have been awarded the contract for the work of this trade. In the event that this document is used to acquire work as part of a general construction contract, the words "by others" or "by other trades" shall mean by persons or parties who are not anticipated to be the Contractor for this trade working together with the Construction Manager (CM). In this context, the words "by others" or "by other trades" shall not be interpreted to mean not included in the overall contract. 5_ Ductwork: Ductwork, volume dampers, motorized dampers, fire and smoke dampers, diffusers, registers, supports and all other items required for a complete functional system. 6. Piping: Piping, valves, strainers, supports and all other items required for the circulation of water to and from HVAC equipment. 7. Concealed: Embedded in masonry or other construction, installed behind wall furring, within double partitions, above inaccessible ceilings, in crawl spaces, in shafts, etc. 8. Exposed: Not concealed. 1.5 SCOPE OF WORK A. Direct Digital Control System (DDC) Contractor shall: Provide a web based direct digital control system (DDC), incorporating direct digital control (DDC) for energy management, equipment monitoring and control, in accordance with the contract documents. The DDC must fully integrate into the existing Metasys on property. The DDC system shall provide control and monitoring of the following building systems and functions: DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 2. Air handling Units 3. Chilled Water Distribution Control System 4. Chillers and Integration 5. Cooling Towers 6. Boiler control system 7. Integration with variable frequency drives 8. Fan Coll Units 9. Electric Unit Heater 10, Outside air temperature and humidity monitoring 11. Exhaust Fans 12. Alarm annunciation 13. UPS (112 hour rated located in each DDC panel) 14. Provide interface with owner IT Eternet IP network. 15. Provide a complete operational DDC temperature control system with sensing devices, control valves, dampers and actuators as specified herein. 16. Provide a complete operational system including all work specified herein, specified in associated specifications for mechanical and electrical work and shown on all contract drawings. 17. Provide all wiring, raceways and electrical work associated with the DDC system. This shall include and to be limited to the following. 18. Controls wiring and conduit between control panels. 19. Controls wiring and conduit between control panels and field instrumentation 20. Wiring and conduit for the DDC system communication networks. 21. Provide all electrical work associated with the DDC system. 22. Provide all wiring in accordance with the latest editions of the local electrical code and the NEC. 23. Install all line voltage wiring, concealed or exposed in EMT in accordance with the electrical specifications, local electrical code and the NEC. 24. Provide 120 volt, 20 amp junction boxes from designated normal power panelboards for all DDC system equipment. Coordinate with Division 16. Provide power final connection to all DDC system components (DDC panels, VAV terminal boxes, valves, dampers, sensors, etc.) 25, Incorporate surge transient protection into the design of the system to protect the electrical components in all DDC controllers, TEC's and operator's workstations. 26. Run all exposed low voltage electrical control wiring throughout the building in EMT, in accordance with the electrical specifications, local electrical code and the NEC. 27. Miscellaneous control wiring of equipment not provided by the controls manufacturer is by others. 28. Provide current sensing relays for remote starter enclosures. 29. Provide control power transformers for valve and damper actuators for low voltage operation. 30. Provide all wells for water monitoring devices, flow switches and alarms, as required. 31. Furnish control dampers not integral to the factory assembled air handling units. 32. Provide system graphics for each HVAC system. Provide scaled floor plans (AutoCad) indicating equipment location, service, and system data as required by the owner. Graphics to incorporate integrated points communicated via DDC system. Origin of information shall be transparent to the operator and shall be controlled, displayed, trended, etc. as if the points were hardwired to the DDC ssytem. Install all DDC controllers with spare hardware capacity for future additions of at least 15% of each type of point and 25% spare memory capacity for future connection. 33. Graphical User. Interface (GUI) shall totalize data for the continuous monitoring of metering equipment for constant and variable motor loads, variable frequency drive operation, chiller efficiency at variable loads (KW/ton), cooling loads, air distribution static pressures, ventilation air volumes, boiler efficiencies, ground loop system, etc. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 34. Furnish locations shown on drawings, dampers meeting or exceeding the specifications listed in the associated sections. Coordination is required with mechanical, regarding the installation, final sizing and method of fixing and delivery of the dampers 35. Provide engineering and shop drawings as specified herein. 36. Provide field supervision of the associated elements of work as specified herein. 37. Provide mechanical installation of all control instrumentation etc. as specified herein. 38. Provide testing, calibration and commissioning as specified herein. 39. Provide demonstration of operation and system performance testing as specified herein. 40. Provide as -built drawings as specified herein. 41. Provide Operation and Maintenance manuals as specified herein. 42. Provide Personnel Training as specified herein. 43. Provide attendance during the commissioning phases of the project to mechanical and electrical contractors, as required by the coordinated commissioning program. 1.6 GENERAL PRODUCT DESCRIPTION: A. The DDC system shall consist of the following: 1. Building Automation System (BAS) Direct Digital Controls (DDC) shall consist of native BACnet, microprocessor -based, peer -to -peer devices utilizing the BACnet® communication protocol in an open, interoperable system. The BAS also includes operator interface devices, programming and configuration software applications, DDC input/output devices, non-DDC automatic temperature controls, enclosures and interconnecting conduit and wire. The DDC must be capable of full integration with the existing Metasys control system on site. 2. The BACnet® operating stack must be embedded directly in every DDC device at the board level, and in all operator interface software packages. 3. No gateways, communication bridges, protocol translators or any other device that translates any proprietary or other communication protocol to the BACnet® communication protocol shall be permitted as a part of the BAS installation pursuant with this specification section. Gateways may only be used as required for communication to existing systems or systems installed pursuant with other specification sections. 4. DDC controllers that are not BACnet® compliant shall not be acceptable under this specification and are strictly prohibited. 5. All BAS controllers shall be tested, certified, clearly stamped and listed by the BACnet® Testing Laboratories (BTL). 6_ BAS shall be provided with a complete web -enabled operator interface. The web - enabled application shall operate as an integral component of the Network Area Controller (NAC) specified herein 7. Stand-alone DDC Controllers for all main equipment (such as air handling units, chilled water circuits - including associated pump control system control). The intent of this specification is that the loss of any one DDC controller shall not affect the operation of other HVAC systems. It shall only affect the points connected to the failed DDC controller. It is not acceptable that any control loops are split across two or more DDC control panels. 8. Stand-alone Terminal Equipment Controllers (TEC's) shall only be used for terminal equipment. B. BAS shall be provided with a complete web -enabled operator interface. The Web -enabled application shall operate as an integral component of the Network Area Controller (NAC) specified herein DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 C. The system shall be modular in nature and permit expansion of both capacity and functionality through the addition of sensors, actuators, DDC Controllers, and operator devices. Each DDC Controller shall be modular in nature and shall permit the addition of point hardware modules. Remaining points on an underutilized module may be used in the spare point's calculation. D. Controllers shall assign password access and control priorities to either fully assignable point groups or each point individually. The logos password shall enable the operator to monitor, adjust and/or control only the points that the operator is authorized for. Passwords and priority levels for every point shall be fully programmable and adjustable. E. The DDC system shall operate with an input voltage rated at 120 Volts, 1 phase, 60 Hertz. All units shall be grounded in accordance with the local Electrical Code and the NEC. All units shall be supplied with filtered power, if required, to preclude noise generation. Signal range shall be 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC. F. The DDC system shall be programmed to automatically detect critical alarms that require notification, create an action statement for each alarm, and select the person to receive the notification via e-mail, pager cell phone and Blackberry or like device. Software shall operate with any numeric or alphanumeric paging system. Paging database shall be password protected. When a critical alarm occurs, a paging box is automatically displayed indicating which report is being sent to which pager and the progress of the page. For alphanumeric systems, page shall indicate exactly where and what alarm has occurred so that an operator can go directly to the problem without need of an operator terminal to diagnose the problem. G. DDC System shall prevent all controlled equipment from simultaneously restarting after a power outage. The order in which equipment (or groups of equipment) is started; along with the time delay between starts shall be user -selectable. 1.7 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Provide, supervise and coordinate the installation of components supplied under this Section but installed under other divisions of the specification B. Items furnished under this division but installed by mechanical contractor: 1. Flow elements directly installed in the piping or ductwork, such as airflow measuring inlet probes or pressure switches and thermowells. 2. Sensors elements directly installed in the ductwork, such as CO, CO2 measuring sensors. 3. Automatic control valves. 4. Control dampers. 1.8 RELATED WORK BY OTHERS A. Motor starters and motor feeder 1.9 Quality assurance A. A minimum of ten (10) years of demonstrated technical expertise and experience in the manufacturing, installation and maintenance of DDC systems similar in size and complexity to this project. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 B. A maintained service organization consisting of at least ten (10) competent service people, within 25 miles of the project site, for a period of not less than 10 years. C. Single source responsibility of manufacturer shalt be the complete installation and proper operation of DDC sytstems and shall include debugging and proper calibration of each component in the entire system. D. Commissioning of a system or systems specified in this section is part of the construction process which includes documentation and testing of these systems, as well as training of the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel. 1.10 Submittals A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Submit in writing and so delineated at the beginning of each submittal, known substitutions and deviations from requirements of Contract Documents. Deviation from Contract Documents must be approved by engineer prior to submittal. C. Shop Drawings 1. Trunk cable schematic showing programmable control unit locations, and trunk data conductors. 2. Wiring of connected data points, including connected control unit and input device, field control panel layout, and parts list coordinated with power panel locations. 3. Process and instrumentation diagrams indicating monitored systems, data (connected and calculated) point addresses, and operator notations. 4. Complete System architecture with peripheral devices, power supplies, diagrams, modems, and interconnections. 5. Descriptive data and sequence of operation of operating, user, and application software. 6. Valve and damper schedule coordinated with mechanical drawing and equipment cut -- sheets. D. Product Data: Provide data for each system panel mounted and field component and software module. E. A schedule of all control valves including the unique equipment identifier/tag, valve size, dimensions and installation/maintenance clearance, model number (including pattern and connections), close -off rating, flow, CV, pressure drop, pressure rating and location. The valve schedule shall also contain actuator selection data supported by calculations of the force required to move, close and seal the valve at design conditions. F. A schedule of all control dampers. This shall include the unique equipment identifier, unique damper identifier/tag, damper size, pressure drop, blade configuration, orientation and axis of frame, blade rotation, location and selection criteria of actuators, nominal and actual sizes, and manufacturer and model number. The Damper Schedule shall include the AMCA 500-D maximum leakage rate at the operating static -pressure differential. G. Sequence of Operation shall be submitted for every piece of equipment being controlled by and/or associated with the BAS. No operational deviation from specified Sequences of Operation as outlined in Contract Documents shall be permitted without prior written approval. Sequences of Operation shall include and conform to the following: DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 I 1. Refer to equipment and control devices by their specific unique identifiers/tags pursuant with the Contract Documents and BAS submittal package. 2. Clearly represent actual application programming methodology and functional control operation. Do not merely provide a copy of Contract Document specified sequence of j control. 3. Include description of functional system operation under normal and failure conditions 4. Include complete hardware input and output (1/0) Point Schedule identifying the following information for each point: f 1) Type 2) Equipment 3) Function 4) Location 5) Controller Termination 6) Mnemonic/Identifier 7) Alarm Criteria 8) Override Criteria 9) Display Criteria f H. Prior to installation submit reduced size shop drawings of piping and ductwork showing the proposed installation location of all field devices including sensors, switches, stats, etc. 1.11 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and mechanical as applicable. B. Accurately record actual location of control components, including panels, thermostats, and sensors i C. Revise shop drawings to reflect actual installation and operating sequences. D. Include data specified in "Submittals" in final "Record Documents" form. 1.12 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum ten years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in applying the work of this Section with minimum ten years documented experience and approved by manufacturer. C. The bidder shall have an in -place fully staffed, office support facility within the Fort Worth/Dallas area. Manufacturers shall submit evidence of electric and DDC system parts availability through E authorized parts wholesaler at time of bid. 1.13 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work under provisions of Division 1 and mechanical specification as applicable. B. Ensure installation of components is complementary to installation of similar components in other systems. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 C. Coordinate installation of system components with installation of mechanical systems equipment such as air handling units and air terminal units. D. Ensure system is completed and commissioned. 1.14 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Each DDC panel shall include a minimum number of spare points of each type equal to 15% of the total number of each type of points. 1.15 PROTECTION OF SOFTWARE RIGHTS A. Prior to delivery of software, the Owner and the party providing the software will enter into a software license agreement with provisions for the following: 1. Limiting use of software to equipment provided under these specifications. 2. Limiting copying. 3. Preserving confidentiality. 4. Prohibiting transfer to a third party. 5. Provided they are available at a cost satisfactory to the owner warranties of unlimited duration. 1.16 CO-ORDINATION BETWEEN TRADES A. DDC system contractor shall be responsible for all electrical work associated with the DDC system as detailed below. 1. Perform all wiring in accordance with all local and national codes. 2_ Install all line voltage wiring, concealed or exposed, in accordance with Electrical Specification. 3. All low voltage data transmission wiring, except the primary peer -to -peer communications trunk, installed in concealed, accessible areas shall be installed using plenum rated cable. All low voltage data transmission wiring installed in exposed areas, such as mechanical equipment rooms, shall be installed in EMT. 4. Primary peer -to -peer trunk shall be installed in EMT as a minimum. Refer to Electrical Specifications for areas requiring more stringent installation procedures. B. The Mechanical Contractor shall provide the following: 1. All openings and pressure taps for water monitoring devices, flow switches, control valves and wells furnished by the DDC system contractor. 2. Installation of all dampers and measuring devices. All control dampers shall be furnished by DDC system contractor. 3. Furnish and install all access doors. 1.17 CODES AND APPROVALS A. The complete DDC system installation shall be in strict accordance to the national and local electrical codes and the electrical section of these specifications. All devices designed for or used in fine voltage applications shall be UL listed. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 8 I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 B. The following current NFPA Standards and Guides are applicable: 1. NFPA 90A Air Conditioning 2. NFPA 90B Warm Air Heating, Air Conditioning C. UL864 UUKL listed system 1.18 WARRANTY A. The system, including all hardware, software and workmanship, shall be guaranteed for a minimum period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. Any manufacturing or installation defects arising during this warranty period shall be corrected at no cost to the owner. B. All applicable software, as detailed in this specification, shall receive major and minor updates by the DDC system contractor free of charge for a three (3) year period to insure that the system software is the most up-to-date software available. C. All corrective software modifications made during the warranty period shall be updated on all user documentation and on user and manufacturer archived software disks. 1.19 Training A. Provide 2 days of training on site. B. The DDC system contractor shall provide instructors to give full instructions to designated personnel in the adjustment, operation and maintenance of the system installed. Instructors shall be thoroughly familiar with all the aspects of the subject matter they are to teach. All training shall be held during the normal work hours of 8:00am to 4:30pm weekdays. C. Training shall include but not limited to: 1. Explanation of drawings and operations and maintenance manuals. 2. Walk thru of the job to locate control components. 3. DDC Controller and TEC operation. 4. Explanation of adjustment, calibration and replacement procedures. D. Training of the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel is required in cooperation with the Owner's Representative. Provide competent, factory, authorized personnel to provide instruction to operation and maintenance personnel concerning the location, operation, and troubleshooting of the installed systems. The instruction shall be scheduled in coordination with the Construction Manager after submission and approval of formal training plans. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified. B. Installers: Company specializing in applying the work of this section with minimum 10 years documented experience and approved by the manufacturer_ DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 9 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 C_ • System shall be one of the following manufacturers: 1. Reliable 2. Alerton 3. .ICI 2.2 Environment A. All equipment detailed in this specification or other equipment associated with the DDC system shall be capable of operation in the following conditions without detriment to the equipment. 0-1130F 0-95% RH 2.3 NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS: A. The design of the DDC system shall network the DDC and TEC's Controllers. The network architecture shall consist of two levels, a primary high performance Building Level Network (BLN) for all DDC controllers and a secondary, Floor Level Network (FLN) that connects TEC controllers forterminal units. B. Access to system data shall not be restricted by the hardware configuration of the DDC system. The hardware configuration of the DDC system network shall be totally transparent to the user when accessing data or developing control programs. C. Building Level Network (BLN) 1. Local Access. The Network Area Controller (NAC) shall be installed upon the owner's Local Area Network (LAN) and shall support local operator access using standard web browsers including at a minimum Microsoft Internet Explorer 8, Mozilla Firefox 3, Google Chrome 7, and Apple Safari 6. 2. Remote Access. A high-speed connection from the NAC to the Internet shall be provided and maintained by the owner to facilitate remote operator access to the BAS using the standard web browsers including at a minimum Microsoft Internet Explorer 8, Mozilla Firefox 3, Google Chrome 7, and Apple Safari 6. 3. DDC Controllers shall communicate on the BLN such that communications may be executed directly between DDC Controllers, directly between workstations and between DDC Controllers and workstations on a token passing, peer -to -peer basis. 4. All operator devices that are network resident, shall have access to all point status and application report data or execute control functions for any and all other devices via the BLN or FLN. Access to data shall be based upon logical identification of building equipment. No hardware or software limits shall be imposed on the number of devices with global access to the network data. 5. BLN shall provide the following minimum performance: 6. Provide high-speed data transfer rates for alarm reporting, report generation and upload/downioad network devices. System performance shall insure than an alarm occurring at any DDC Controller is communicated to owner designated devices within 5 seconds. 7. Support of any combination of DDC Controllers and owner devise connected to the BLN. A minimum of 30 devices shall be supported on a single BLN. 8. Message and alarm buffering to prevent information from being lost. 9. Error detection, correction and re -transmission to guarantee data integrity. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 -10 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 10. Synchronization of real-time clocks between DDC Controllers, including automatic daylight savings time corrections. 11 _ All network wiring between DDC Controllers and DDC Controllers shall be in conduit (minimum). 12. The BLN shall allow the DDC Controllers to access any data from, or send control commands and alarm reports directly to, any other DDC Controller or combination of controllers on the'network without dependence upon a central or intermediate processing device. DDC Controllers shall send alarm reports to multiple devices without dependence upon a control or intermediate processing device. The peer -to -peer network shall also allow any DDC controller to access, edit, modify, add, delete, back up, restore all system point database and all programs. 13. The BLN shall allow the operators to assign password access and control priorities to each point individually. The logon password (at any device) shall enable the operator to monitor, adjust and control only the points that the operator is authorized for. Passwords and priorities for every point shall be fully programmable and adjustable. D. Floor Level Network (FLN) I. This level communication shall support a family of Terminal Unit Controllers and shall communicate be -directionally with the BLN through DDC Controllers for transmission of global data. 2. Terminal Unit Controllers shall be arranged on the FLNs in a functional relationship manner with DDC Controllers. For example, a VAV controller will be on a FLN from the AHU it serves wherever possible. 2.4 WEB ENABLED APPLICATION SOFTWARE A. The web enabled application software and Graphical User Interface (GUI) is to be stored on the web hard disk drive serer. Web enabled applications that require system graphics to be stored on the client machines will not be acceptable. The application shall support unlimited access by [5] simultaneous clients using standard web browser such as Internet Explorer. B. The web enabled application shall perform native BACnetO communications directly to all BACne0 devices on the BACnetO internetwork. Applications that require translation of data, gateways, or mapping of any kind shall not be acceptable. C. The web enabled application shall provide the same methodology as the B-OWS application when viewing the BACnetO Internetwork in terms of network architecture, system graphics, calendars, logs, etc. Systems utilizing web enabled applications and control operator workstation applications of different manufacturer shall implement both applications so that the methodology is the same. Control systems that utilize different methodology between the web enabled application and the Control system operator workstation application for network architecture views, system graphic presentation or request, object, schedule or alarm interaction will not be acceptable. D, Real-time values displayed on a web page shalt update automatically without requiring a manual "refresh" of the web page. E. Users shall have administrator defined access privileges. Depending on the access privileges assigned, the user shall be able to utilize those features described herein at different levels of interface varying between view -only and modify. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 11 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 F. HTML programming shall not be required to create or display system graphics or data on a web page. G. A new point displayed on a B-OWS graphic screen shall appear automatically on the identical graphic screen served by the web -server with no further programming or file transfer required. H. The web enabled application shall support via the web browser client the following as it is described in the control system operator workstation application as a minimum: 1. Password Protection 2. Alarming and Event Notification 3. Weekly, Annual and Special Event Exception Scheduling 4. Trend Log Graphing, and the capability to export in ASCII and Microsoft Excel format 5. Runtime Log Information 6. Ability to Manually Override any Database point 7. Ability to Adjust any Setpoint The web enabled application shall support via the web browser client the following in addition to what is described above; 1. Color Graphical User Interface (GUI) 2. All color graphic displays shall be dynamic with current point data automatically updated from the BACnet® internetwork to the browser without operator intervention. Manual operator intervention shall use the same methodology as on the B-OWS application. 3. Depending upon configured access level; the operator shall be able to manually adjust digital, analog or calculated values in the system, adjust values of control loops, override points or release points to automatic mode. 4. System Graphic screens developed for the B-OWS shall be the same image file used for the web browser client. Systems, which require special translation or re-export of graphics to accommodate the web domain, will not be accepted. The web browser client shall support any system graphic animation supported by the B-OWS. System graphic screens on the web browser client shall support hypertext links to other location on the Internet or on Intranet sites by specifying the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) for the desired link. The web enabled application shall provide the capability to create a user's (as determined by the log -on user identification) home page. Provide the ability to limit a specific user to a defined home page. From the home page, links to other views, or pages in the system shall be possible, if allowed by the system administrator. K. The web enabled application shall include an audit trail feature that automatically records the time, date, and user, and action associated with all user changes made via web browser clients. The web enabled application shall store complete help files describing system configuration, and use of the browser client interface, The help files shall be served on-line as part of the browser client interface. Creation, storage and serving of custom-made help files by the owner shall be possible, in lieu of the manufacturer's help files. 2.5 CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATORS WORKSTATION APPLICATION SOFTWARE A. I System must be fully functional and compatible with existing JCI Metasys. Contractor is to provide or upgrade all necessary software and hardware equipment necessary for a fully functioning system and operator workstation. B. The building owner work station (B-OWS) Software DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (RDC) 23090D - 12 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 shall be provided, licensed and installed on at least one R-OWS Platform. C. The Owner shall sign a copy of the manufacturer's standard software and firmware licensing agreement as a condition of this contract. Such license shall grant use of all programs and application software to Owner as defined by the manufactur- er's license agreement, but shall protect manufacturer's rights to disclosure of trade secrets con- talned within such software. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Software and Firmware licensing agreement shall be executed by Owner in writing prior to software acquisition and/or installation 2. The owner shall receive free software and firmware upgrades for the life of the warranty period. 3. Operators workstation software to be installed on owner provided computer 2.5 DDC CONTROLLER A. Controllers shall be complete with power supplies, a real time clock, input and output modules, memory, processors and all other items necessary for proper and correct interfacing and operation of the control functions described in this Specification. Controllers shall be microprocessor based with a minimum word size of 32 bits and a maximum program scan rate of 1 second. B. All controllers shall have peer -to -peer communications. All controllers shall have a standalone capability such that a failure of the operator's station shall still permit the plant and controls associated with the controllers, to continue to operate normally with the controllers continuing to communicate with one another. C. In the event of transmission failure in the controller network the controllers shall continue to operate with all sequence interlocks and control strategies operating normally except those that require global information. Either user adjustable default values or the last sensed value (user selectable) shall then be assumed for these global parameters. D. Controllers shall be able to provide status information concerning their internal operations. This information shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Data transmission and verification. 2. Input/output point status (i.e. sensor fault, point forced, etc). 3. Program status (i.e., program error, program running, etc). 4. Internal battery condition. E. All necessary interfacing equipment shall be provided so that the controllers are fully compatible with all items of plant and equipment. F. The controller shall be capable of accepting binary, analog, pulsed inputs and providing binary and analog outputs. Binary input - Shall monitor the change of state of a dry contact. Pulsed input - Pulses (dry contact closures i.e. binary type input) originating typically from flow meters, electrical kWh or kVA meters, etc. and shall be accumulated into registers. A register shall be resettabie to zero either by software or operator command. The input must be able to accept pulses up to a frequency of 10Hz with a minimum duration of 50rns. All counts must be stored in a non-volatile register so the count value is not affected by a power failure. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 -13 COl W ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 3. Binary output -The output signal, a dry contact that shall close upon exercitation of the output. Should binary outputs be used to drive modulating actuators, other than for terminal unit applications, a potentiometer shall be fitted to the actuator and connected to the DDC system to provide actuator position feedback. The controller shall use this feedback to ensure the accuracy of positioning of the actuator. 4. Analog inputs - Analog to digital conversion (ADC) with a minimum resolution of 1024 counts (12 Bit) over the input range (i.e. 0-10V, 2-10V, 0-20mA, 4-20mA etc.) of the sensor. The sensor range shall match the process control range. Any equipment necessary for the conversion of an input signal to the required input level shall be provided. 5. Analog outputs - Digital to analog conversion (DAC) shall be performed by the controllers with a minimum resolution of 10 bits over the output range which shall also match the control range of the device and/or system being controlled. Any equipment necessary for the conversion of the output signal to the required process level (i.e. 0-10V, 2-10V, 0- 20mA, 4-20mA etc.) shall be provided. 6. Where analog outputs are specified driving damper and valve actuators, they shall not be used to drive raise/lower actuators through interface devices. 7. Universal inputs - Shall be configurable to either binary or analogue input and shall have the features defined above. G. Hardware Override Switches: The operator shall have the ability to manually override automatic or centrally executed commands at the DDC panel via local, point discrete, on board hand/off/auto switches for binary control points and gradual switches for analog control type points. These override switches shall be operable whether the panel is powered or not. In lieu of onboard switches, switches may be flush mounted on a panel adjacent to the DDC panel. H. Each controller or controller location shaft be provided with spare memory capacity for future additions of at least 25 percent. Universal inputs may be counted as either a spare digital or analog point, but not both. Note that this spare capacity may be accomplished by the addition of input/output modules. Memory shall also be sufficient to allow all programs associated with these points to be run in the controller. The DDC system contractor shall state in his offer how many spare points are actually available on each controller or at each controller location and the expansion capability. 1. The controllers shall be provided with their own internal battery back up power supply, capable of maintaining all memory including the real time clock for not less than 72 hours. The battery shall be easily replaceable i.e. not soldered to the PCB. Each analog input shall be calibrated (to compensate for non -linear characteristics of input devices, line resistance and similar items) to achieve an accuracy, of the displayed value on the operator's station, as detailed in this specification for each sensing device. Calibration and scaling data shall be retained in the controller memory. Open or closed circuits on sensor inputs shall be recognized by the controller and annunciated as alarms on the system operator's station(s). K. It shall be possible to characteristics each analog output to an actuator in order to obtain a near - linear response from the device the actuator is controlling. This may take the form of a look up table with a minimum of 6 co-ordinates, such that the linear output from a control loop is converted into a non -linear control signal to the actuator. L. The controllers shall be mounted in control panels, which shall meet the following environmental requirements: 1. Control panels located in heated areas shall be NEMA Type 1. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 14 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 2. Control panels located in unheated areas or in areas subject to dust or oil shall be NEMA Type 12. 3. Control panels located in exterior areas or in areas subject to rain, dripping liquid, or hosing including kitchen areas shall be NEMA Type 4x, stainless steel. M. The controllers shall be constructed so that the control panels and internal terminal strips can be mounted, and electrical terminations made, with all electronics being added at a later date during the testing and commissioning phases. N. DDC controllers shall be used for main HVAC equipment. O. Each air handling unit shall be provided with its own dedicated DDC panel. DDC panel shall be factory mounted and wired. P. Power fail restart: In the event of a loss of normal or emergency power there shall be an orderly shutdown of all standalone DDC panels to prevent the loss of database or operating system software. Non-volatile memory shall be incorporated for critical control configuration data, and battery back-up shall be provided to support the real-time clock and all volatile memory for a minimum of 72 hours. Upon restoration of normal or emergency power, the DDC panel shall automatically resume full operation without manual operation. Should DDC panel memory be lost for any reason, the panel will automatically receive a download via the DDC system network. In addition the user shall have the capability of reloading the DDC panel via portable operator terminal or lap -top computer. 2.7 DDC CONTROLLER RESIDENT SOFTWARE FEATURES A. All software relating to plant control and monitoring detailed in this Specification shall reside at controller or unitary controller level. Only management software shall reside at the operator station. B. All programs shall be scanned as a minimum every two seconds. C. Software shall include diagnostic routines that check hardware for correct operation. All hardware faults shall be annunciated on the operator's station(s). D. For further details see Device Schedule in this Specification. (CD Stage) 2.8 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONTROLLERS (TEC) A. Where a controller is used to monitor and control VAV terminal boxes etc, they shall be classed as terminal equipment controllers (TEC's). B. TEC's shall be either small freely programmable controllers or firmware application specific controllers, which shall be selected to meet the performance requirements of the Specification. C. Each TEC shall meet the specified requirements of a controller except where specified to the contrary as follows:- D. Each TEC shall have its application program, setpoints, limits and schedules etc. battery backed for a minimum of 2 years. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 -15 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 E. Real time clock functions are not essential where these commands are generated by other controllers, which shall also control the transfer of information to, from and between TEC's on the same communications network. F. Each TEC shall be interrogated and adjusted by an operator's station or portable terminal that may plug into the network at any point. G. Only input and output points necessary to meet the functional requirements of this specification are required to be supplied. H. TEC Controllers shall be furnished by DDC system contractor and factory installed by VAV box manufacturer. 2.9 OPERATOR INTERFACE A. Basic Web Based Interface Description [. Operator interface software shall minimize operator training through the use of English language prompting, 30 character English language point identification, on line help and industry standard PC application software. The software shall provide, as a minimum, graphical viewing and control of environment, scheduling and override of building operations, collection and analysis of historical data, definition and construction of dynamic color graphic displays, editing, programming, storage and downloading of controller databases, and the ability to export data with Microsoft Word for Windows and Excel for Windows. 2. Provide a Graphical User Interface (GUI) which shall minimize the use of a typewriter style keyboard through the use of a mouse or similar pointing device and "point and click" approach to menu selection. Users shall be able to start and stop equipment or change set points from graphical displays through the use of a mouse or similar pointing device. Provide functionality such that all operations can also be performed using the keyboard as a backup interface device. Provide additional capability that allows at least 10 special function keys to perform often -used operations 3. The software shall provide a multi -tasking environment that allows the user to run several applications simultaneously. Other Windows applications shall run simultaneously with the DDC system software including Word, Excel, Access, etc. Provide functionality such that any of the following may be performed simultaneously, and in any combination, via user -sized windows. The operator shall be able to drag and drop information between applications (e.g. click on any point in the alarm screen and drag it into the dynamic trend graph screen to initiate a dynamic trend). 4. Dynamic color graphics and graphic control 5. Alarm management coordinated with other specification sections 6. Week or Month at a Glance with 365 day time -of -day scheduling 7. Trend data definition and presentation 8. Graphic definition 9. Graphic construction 10. Operator specific password access protection shall allow the user to limit workstation control, display and data base manipulation capabilities for each object in the system. An object shall be defined as any input or output point, set point, system program, etc. The operator privileges shall "follow" the operator to the portable operator terminal or DDC controller that the operator logs on to. Provide a minimum of 200 passwords. 11. Operators will be able to perform only those commands on the objects available based on their respective passwords. Menu selections displayed shall be limited to only those items defined for the access level of the password used to log -on. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 16 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER B APRIL 2019 12. An audit trail report to track system object changes, accounting for operator initiated actions, change made by a particular person or changes made to a specific piece of equipment, designated time frame shall be printed out on command or automatically and archived for future reference. The operator activity tracking data shall be stored in a tamper proof buffer. 13. Software shall allow the operator to perform commands including, but not limited to start up or shutdown of equipment, adjust set points (including multiple TEC sub -points to new settings with one command), add/modify/delete time programming, enable/disable process execution, lock/unlock alarm reporting, enable/disable totalization, enable/disable trending, override PID loop set points, enter temporary override schedules, define holiday schedules, change time/date, automatic daylight savings time adjustments, enterlmodify analog warning and alarm limits, view limits, enableldisable demand limiting for each meter, enable/disable duty cycle for each load. 14, Reports shall be generated and directed to either display, printers or disk. As a minimum, the system shall allow the user to Easily obtain the following types of reports: 15. A general listing of all points in the network 16. List of all points currently in alarm. 17. List of all points currently in override status. 18, List of all disabled points. 19, List of all points currently locked out. 20. DDC Controller trend overflow warning. 21. List all weekly schedules. 22. A DDC controller point module status report. 23. A change of value cross reference report indicating user defined limit changes. 24. Summaries shall be provided for specific points, for a logical point group, for a user -selected group or groups or for the entire facility without restriction due to the hardware configuration of the DDC system. Under no conditions shall the operator need to specify the address of the hardware controller to obtain system information. 25. Provide a custom reporting package that allows the operator to select, modify, or create custom reports. Each report shall be definable as to data content, format, interval and date. Report data shall be archivable on hard disk for historical reporting. Each physical point or pseudo point shall be assigned an English descriptor for use in reports. The integrated Custom Report Writer capability shall allow the user to format reports of any mix of text, points with status, value and descriptors, and perform calculations, or add graphs. The user shall have the capability to modify the defined reports or design unique reports that collect and disperse different combinations of data from the system and to modify or add to the DDC System Custom Report Writer macro's which control the data collection process. A custom report drop down item under the report bar item displays a report dialog box that allows you to schedule, run and view these reports. Spreadsheet packages which require off-line execution or manual translation of date files from one program format to another are not acceptable. 26. User -definable, automatic log -off timers of from 5 to 60 minutes shall be provided to prevent operators from inadvertently leaving devices on-line. Scheduling 1. Provide a graphical spreadsheet -type format for simplification of time -of -day scheduling and overrides of building operations. Provide the following spreadsheet types: weekly, monthly and yearly schedules for a minimum of 365 days in advance. 2. Weekly schedules shall be provided for each building zone or piece of equipment with a specific occupancy schedule. Each schedule shall include columns for each day of the week as well as holiday and special day columns for alternate scheduling on user -defined days. Equipment scheduling shall be accomplished by simply inserting occupancy and vacancy times into appropriate information blocks on the graphic. In addition, temporary overrides and associated times may be inserted into blocks for modified operating DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 -17 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 schedules. After overrides have been executed, the original schedule will automatically be restored. 3. Zone schedules shall be provided for each building zone as previously described. Each schedule shall include all commandable points residing within the zone. Each point may have a unique schedule of operation relative to the zone's occupancy schedule, allowing for sequential starting and control of equipment within the zone. Scheduling and rescheduling of points may be accomplished easily via the zone schedule graphic. 4. Monthly calendars for a 24-month period shall be provided which allow for simplified scheduling of holidays and special days in advance. Holidays and special days shall be user -selected with the pointing device and shall automatically reschedule equipment operation as previously defined on the weekly schedules. C. Collection and Analysis of Historical Data 1. Provide trending capabilities that allow the user to easily monitor and preserve records of system activity over an extended period of time (minimum of 356 days at 15 min intervals). Any system point may be trended automatically at time -based intervals or changes of value, both of which shall be user -definable. Trend data may be stored on hard disk for future diagnostics and reporting. 2. Trend data report graphics shall be provided to allow the user to view all trended point data. Reports may be customized to include individual points or pre -defined groups of at least 10 points. Provide additional functionality to allow any trended data to be transferred easily to an off -the -shelf spreadsheet package such as Excel. This shall allow the user to perform custom calculations such as energy usage, equipment efficiency and energy costs and shall allow for generation of these reports on high -quality plots, graphs and charts. 3. Provide additional functionality that allows the user to view trended data on trend graph displays. Displays shall be actual plots of both static and/or real-time dynamic point data. A minimum of 6 points may be viewed simultaneously on a single graph, with color selection and line type for each point being user -definable. Displays shall include an 'X' axis indicating elapsed time and a 'Y' axis indicating a range scale in engineering units for each point. The 'Y' axis shall be manually or automatically scalable at the user's option_ Different ranges for each point may be used with minimum and maximum values listed at the bottom and top of the 'Y' axis. All 'Y' axis data shall be color -coded to match the line color for the corresponding point. 4. Static graphs shall represent actual point data that has been trended and stored on disk. Exact point valves may be viewed on a data window by pointing or scrolling to the place of interest along the graph. Provide capability to print any graph on the system printer for use as a building management and diagnostics tool. 5. Dynamic graphs shall represent real-time point data. Any point or group of points may be graphed, regardless of whether they have been predefined for trending. The graphs shall continuously update point valves. At any time the user may redefine sampling times or range scales for any point. In addition, the user may pause the graph and take "snapshots" of screens to be stored on the workstation disk for future recall and analysis. As with static graphs, exact point valves may be viewed and the graphs may be printed. D. Dynamic Color Graphic Displays: 1. Provide graphic floor plan displays and system schematics for each piece of mechanical equipment, including air handling units, chilled water systems and hot water systems to optimize system performance analysis and speed alarm recognition. 2. The operator interface shall allow users to access the various system schematics and floor plans via a graphical penetration scheme, menu selection or text -based commands. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 18 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 3. Dynamic temperature values, humidity values, flow values and status indication shall be shown in their actual respective locations and shall automatically update to represent current conditions without operator intervention. 4. The windowing environment of the PC operator workstation shall allow the user to simultaneously view several graphics at a time to analyze total building operation or to allow the display of a graphic associated with an alarm to be viewed without interrupting work in progress. 5. Graphic generation software shall be provided to allow the user to add, modify or delete system graphic displays via an off the shelf graphics package. B. The DDC system contractor shall provide libraries of pre-engineered screens and symbols depicting standard air handling unit components (e.g., fans, cooling coils, filters, dampers, etc.), complete mechanical systems (e.g.,VAV, etc.) and electrical symbols. 7. Graphical displays can be created to represent any logical grouping of system points or calculated data based upon building function, mechanical system, building layout or any other logical grouping of points which aids the operator in the analysis of the facility. 8. To accomplish this, the user shall be able to build graphic displays that include point data from multiple DDC Controllers including Terminal Unit Controllers or VAV terminal units. 9. Provide an automatically updated, dynamic display of the site specific DDC system architecture indicating the status of all controllers, PC workstations and networks. 10. The graphic development package shall use a mouse or similar pointing device in conjunction with a drawing program to allow the user to perform the following: 11. Define symbols. 12. Position and size symbols. 13. Define background screens. 14. Define connecting lines and curves. 15. Locate, orient and size descriptive text. 16. Define and display colors for all elements. 17. Establish correlation between symbols or text and associated system points or other dlsplays. 18. For each air handling unit provide a tabular graphic summary of that unit and its associated air distribution system. Graphics shall contain, at a minimum, the following information: 19. Supply fan's current operating speed and setpoint. 20. Return fan's current operating speed and setpoint (where a return fan is part of the air handler) 21. Manual adjustment of supply fan speed. 22. Supply air static pressure and temperature. 23. Current damper position or command. 24. Current associated space temperature. 25. Current reheat valve position or command. 26. A commandable override point to place all associated terminal units at maximum airflow. 27. A commandable override point to place all associated terminal units at minimum airflow. 28. For each hydronic system, provide a tabular graphic summary of the primary equipment for that system and its associated air distribution system. Graphics shall contain, at a minimum, the following information, as required by the system's 1/0 summary. 29_ Supply and return water temperatures and flows. 30. Distribution pump's current operating speed and setpoint. 31. Distribution system controlling differential pressure. 32. Manual adjustment of distribution pump's speed. 33. For each associated air handling unit or consuming equipment. As appropriate: 1) Current valve position or command. 2) Current associated discharge air temperature. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 19 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 34. A commandable override point to place ail associated terminal equipment controllers at maximum reheat flow. 35. A commandable override point to place all associated consuming equipment at full flow. 36. A commandable override point to please all associated consuming equipment at no flow. E. System Configuration and Definition 1. All temperature and equipment control strategies and energy management routines shall be definable by the operator. System definition and modification procedures shall not interfere with normal system operation and control. 2. The system shall be provided complete with all equipment and documentation necessary to allow an operator to independently add, delete or modify any system object including DDC controllers, operator workstations, equipment controllers, reporting definitions, control loops, energy management applications, time and calendar -based programming, totalization, historical data trending, custom control processes, graphic displays, operator passwords, alarm messages, dial up telecommunications definitions, points of any type, etc. 3. Definition of operator device characteristics for individual points, applications and control sequences shall be performed using instructive prompting software. 4. Libraries of standard application modules such as temperature, humidity and static pressure control may be used as "building blocks" in defining or creating new control sequences. In addition, the user shall have the capability to easily create and archive new modules and control sequences as desired via a word processing type format. Provide a library of standard forms to facilitate definition of point characteristics. Forms shall be self -prompting and incorporate a fill -in -the -blank approach for definition of all parameters. The system shall immediately detect an improper entry and automatically display an error message explaining the nature of the mistake. 5. Programming shall be performed with the DDC system online, and not interfere with DDC system operation. If programming must be done with the PC workstation offline, the DDC system contractor shall provide at least 2 operator workstations at each location 6. Inputs and outputs for any process shall not be restricted to a single DDC Controller, but shall be able to include data from any and all other network panels to allow the development of network -wide control strategies. Processes shall also allow the operator to use the results of one process as the input to any number of other processes (cascading). 7. Provide the capability to backup and store all system databases on the workstation hard disk. In addition, all database changes shall be performed while the workstation is on-line without disrupting other system operations. Changes shall be automatically recorded and downloaded to the appropriate DDC Controller. Similarly, changes made at the DDC Controllers shall be automatically uploaded to the workstation, ensuring system continuity. The user shall also have the option to selectively download changes as desired. 8. Provide a program testing utility which allows visual dynamic simulation capability of the symbolically displayed control programs provided. User shall be able to select any portions of inputs, outputs and intermediate program points for visual dynamic display of intermediate valves and or results. Provide ports for symbolic engineering tool at each DDC Controller, and (for TECs) at space temperature sensors noted on the plans or as described herein. The symbolic engineering utility shall be self documenting and shall generate a complete controller- program including 1/0 definition and engineering unit processing requirements, alarm limits, DDC operational program, and English text for all data points. Engineering program documentation shall include computer -driven output of all program data. 9. Provide context -sensitive help menus to provide instructions appropriate with operations and applications currently being performed. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 20 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 2.10 UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY A. The following equipment shall be provided with uninterruptible power supplies: 1 _ DDC System Workstation. 2. UPS for all DDC panels (typical) B. Provide a Powerware 9125 UPS rated for 1.5 KVA. 2.11 ALARM PROCESSING APRIL 2019 A. Alarms shall be classified by their alarm type. The facility shall be provided for enabling and disabling each individual alarm on the system. B. Once generated, the alarm shall be processed by its associated alarm type as defined in the 110 Point Schedules. The alarm types shall be as follows: 1. General Mismatch 2. Critical Mismatch 3. General Binary 4. Critical Binary 5. General Analog 6. Critical Analog 7. Mismatch: The alarm is associated with an output command point and an input giving status feedback of the output command. The alarm is generated when the status feedback does not correspond with the output command status for longer than a defined time delay period. 8. Digital: The alarm is associated directly with an external volt free contact (i_e. a digital input). The alarm may be generated by transitions from either open to closed status, closed to open status, or any change of state. A time delay shall be associated with the alarm such that the alarm does not occur until the required alarm state has existed for longer than the delay period. 9. Analogy: The alarm is associated directly with an analog input. The alarm is generated by the DDC system due to a measured variable exceeding specified limits. It shall be possible to define the limits in two ways: 10. Fixed limits. The point has fixed upper and lower alarm limits. If the measured variable rises above the upper limit, or falls below the lower limit, then an alarm is generated. e.g. high alarm limit = 800F, low alarm limit = 45°F. 11. Floating limits.The point has an associated setpoint, and an alarm is generated when the measured variable deviates either above or below the setpoint by more than a given alarm limit value. If the setpoint is changed, the alarm limits are automatically moved to suit. e.g. setpoint = 66°F, alarm limits = Setpoint ± 2deg.F. C. The above alarm limits shall have associated hysteresis bands to avoid nuisance alarming. A time delay shall be associated with the alarm such that the alarm does not occur until the required alarm state has existed for longer than the delay period. D. The operator's station display shall have a dedicated area at the top or bottom of the screen for use as an alarm banner. The alarm banner shall display, as a minimum, the two latest unacknowledged alarms at the top of the current alarm list. Alarms shall be entered into the list according to their type and event order, with the most recent alarm being at the top of the list. As new alarm events occur, the list shall be sorted to keep the list in the desired order. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 21 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 E. On occurrence, all alarms shall be put in the alarm list and the relevant alarm message printed out on the operator's station(s) alarm printer(s). In addition, the following actions shall be taken dependant upon the alarm type. F. Critical Alarms: I. The alarm printout shall be in bold text to clearly differentiate it from general or maintenance alarms. 2. The banner alarm message display shall be differentiated by means of text size or color from general alarms. 3. Shall generate an audible alarm at the operator's station. 4. Shall have the ability to bring up an associated alarm graphic or text screen at the operators station. G_ General Alarms: 1. Shall generate a banner alarm message. 2. Shall generate an audible alarm at the operator's station. 3. Shall have the ability to bring up an associated alarm graphic or text screen at the operator's station. N. It shall be possible, at the highest operator password level, to enable and disable the audible alarm feature of the operator's station. In addition the keyboard facility to mute the audible alarm shall be provided. An alarm that has been muted if not acknowledged within a user specified time that be re -annunciated. I. Alarms shall remain active until acknowledged by an operator logged on with the appropriate password level, even if the alarm has physically cleared. Upon acknowledgement, the alarm shall be moved to the appropriate place in the alarm list, the alarm banner shall be updated as necessary and an alarm acknowledgement message sent to the printer(s) that -shall include the time, date and operator's identity. An acknowledgement message at a given printer shall be in the language/characters selected for that printer. J. When an alarm is acknowledged, the audible alarm, if enabled, shall be muted unless another unacknowledged critical or general alarm exists on the system. K. It shall be possible to acknowledge alarms on both an individual and group basis. L. Upon clearance of an alarm, a clearance message shall be sent to the printer, which shall include the time and date. If the alarm has been previously acknowledged, it shall be removed from the alarm list. M. All alarm events shall be included in the historical data program. N. It shall be possible to view or print the contents of the alarm list in historical order, using the following selection criteria: 1. All alarms in the alarm list. 2. Critical alarms only. 3. General alarms only. 4. Acknowledged alarms only. 5. Selection of alarms associated with an individual drive or plant only. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 22 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 E 2.12 ALARM INHIBITION A. Consequential alarm suppression algorithms shall be provided to limit the alarms annunciated on the DDC system to those associated with the source of the initial alarm condition e.g. fire i alarms shall not initiate mismatch alarms, restoration of power following a power failure shall not initiate mismatch alarms etc. 2.13 CONFIGURATION A. Configuration data shall be stored in the DDC Controllers or the Terminal Unit Controllers. Configuration data shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. The engineering unit applicable (F, ft we, gpm etc). 2. The point identifier (minimum of 12 characters). 3. The point alarm message if applicable (minimum of 80 characters). 4. The point descriptor (minimum of 32 characters). 5. Other miscellaneous information necessary for the correct operation of the entire DDC system (e.g. trending run hours, accumulation, access levels etc). 2.14 INFORMATION REDIRECTION l A. It shall be possible for the system to redirect information to other locations and/or printers on a time schedule basis (including holiday programming) or manual command basis. For example, all alarms may be re -directed from the DDC system alarm printer to another alarm printer, after 4 hours. 2.15 RESPONSE TIMES A. The response times detailed below are the maximum acceptable response times. 1. Alarms.- The time from activation of an alarm (at the source) to annunciation on an operator's station, printer or to another DDC controller shall not exceed 5 seconds. i 2.16 TRANSIENT/SPIKE PROTECTION A. Suppressors shall be fitted to all controller input points for protection against voltage transients, spikes etc. B. The Controllers Communication Network(s) shall be isolated against transient disturbances via optical couplers or other approved means. Where running between buildings, lighting protection devices shall be installed on the communications network at the point of entry to each building. 2.17 ELECTROMAGNETC PROTECTION A. All components of and the complete DDC system shall comply with the requirements of the relevant Emission and Immunity Standards. B. In order to avoid corruption of the DDC system equipment operation by electrical interference, all wiring shall be installed to minimize coupling of electromagnetic and electrostatic interference DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 23 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 on low voltage signals and data wiring. The preferred methods of achieving this shall be by ensuring a physical separation of greater than 50mm between the power supply cables and the signal and data cables. Where mixed wiring is unavoidable braided screen mains cable, dressed close to metalwork, is preferred, but the Tendered shall clearly specify the methods by which he intends to eliminate any such interference with his signal and data transmission. C. The DDC system shall be protected from interference by the operation of hand held radio transmitters, radio pagers, etc. within 1 of the equipment. 2.18 DDC SYSTEM STANDARD PROGRAMS A. The device schedules included in this Specification provide details of inputs monitored and outputs controlled by the DDC system. All point types are described under Controllers elsewhere in this Specification. The DDC system shall allow for the fallowing point functionality and standard programs to be available: 1. Point Override 2. Manual Start/Stop 3. Nixed Time Program 4. Optimum Start/Stop — program shall calculate the optimum start time for the AHU, based on occupancy time and on internal space and outside conditions. 5. Control Loops 6. Rotational Point 7. Run Time Totalization 8. Anti -Short Cycling 9. Staggered Start 10. User Definable Software 11, General Control Requirements 2,19 FIELD DEVICES A. All control signals shall be via 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC loops. B. Input/Output sensors and devices shall be closely matched to the requirements of the DDCP for accurate, responsive, noise -free signal input/output. Control input response shall be high sensitivity and matched to the loop gain requirements for precise and responsive control. C. Temperature Sensors 1. Provide the following instrumentation as required by the monitoring, control and optimization functions. All temperature sensor shall use, nickel RTD elements with 4-20 ma transmitters. Thermistors are acceptable for office area VAV terminal boxes only. 2. Temperature Transmitter (TT) 3. Temperature Transmitter Assembly — airstream averaging type 4. The assembly shall consist of a capillary type 100 or 1000 ohm platinum RTD housed in a flexible sheath contained in a housing suitable for duct mounting. 5. Accuracy: ± 0.5 deg F. 6. Temperature Transmitter Assembly — air stream non -averaging type. 1 } The assembly shall consist of an insertion type 100 or 1000 ohm platinum RTD mounted on a 12 inch probe (or % duct diameter) contained in a housing suitable for duct mounting. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 24 COFW ALLIANCE: AIRPORT TOWER 2) Accuracy: ± 0.5 deg F. 7. For outside air application, mount with weather protection and sun shield. 8. Temperature Transmitter Assembly — space APRIL 2019 1) The assembly shall consist of a 100 or 1000 ohm platinum RTD contained in a decorative ventilated enclosure similar in appearance to room thermostats. Provide low profile combination temperature and humidity sensors for Gallery Areas, as specified in section D. 2) Coordinate Temperature Sensor faceplate requirements with architect/ owner and engineer. Faceplates options shall include color, blank faceplate option, display faceplate option, setpoint adjustment option and occupied/unoccupied override option) Submit for approval. 3) Accuracy: ±- 0.5 deg F. 9. Temperature Transmitter Assembly— insertion elements for liquids 1) The assembly shall consist of a 100 or 1000 Ohm platinum RTD and a solid-- state 4 wire, 4-20mA transmitter contained in a housing suitable for pipe mounting. 2) The transmitter shall be compatible with the temperature element and the DDCP. 3) Transmitter shall have built-in circuit protection against reverse polarity and supply voltage transients. 4) Include a stainless steel thermowell with a variable extension for pipe insulation and threaded connection to pipe, maximum length shall be 6 inches or %of pipe diameter, whichever is smaller. 10. Temperature Transmitter Assembly -- Outside Air Assembly 1) The assembly shall consist of a 100 or 1000 ohm platinum RTD contained in an enclosure suitable for outdoor applications. 2) Accuracy. ± 0.5 deg F. D. Combination Temperature and Humidity Sensors: 1. The assembly shall consist of a resistance change bulk polymer sensing element mounted in a housing suitable for the following applications — Outdoor, Return, and space (combination temperature and humidity). 2. Sensor Humidity Operating Range. 0 to 100%. 3. Accuracy: ±2% RH. Transmitter shall be factory calibrated to within 1 % of NiST traceable reference between RH ranges of 40%RH to 60%RH (not including outside air humidity sensor) including hysteresis, linearity, and repeatability. The sensor shall be N.I.S.T. traceable. Provide factory calibration conformance data sheets for approval. 4. Repeatability:0.5% 5. Sensitivity..4%RH 6. Hysteresis. Less than 1%. 7. Stability: Better then 1.0% RH over a year. (long term stability) 8. Temperature effect: Temperature compensated with less than 0.06% per degF. 9. Supply voltage: 18-38 VDC 10. Output: Two -wire loop -powered, 4-20 ma, %0 to 100% linear 11. Adjustments: One point with calibrator (duct mounted applications). 12, Operating temperature:-40degF to 130degF 13. Storage temperature:-85degF to 158degF DIRECT DIGITAL. CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 25 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 14, Max load: (Supply voltage-10VDC)/0.02, 7000hms@ 24vdc 15. Connections screw terminals for loop terminations. 16. Provide 2 years warranty. 17. Coordinate locations with Architect. Sensor manufacturer shall send samples, mounting options and appearance to architect for approval prior to shipment. 18. The sensor shall recover immediately from a fully saturated condition without spurious reading. 19. Manufacturer: 20_ Vaisala HMT120 (outside air, duct and space mounted) E. Surface temperature sensor: Minco thermal ribbon RTD, Model S101144, self adhesive ribbon imbedded 1000hm RTD. F. Pressure Sensors 1. Air Differential Pressure Switch 2. Differential pressure switches shall be diaphragm type, with die-cast aluminum housing and adjustable set point. Switch rating shall be a minimum of 5 amps at 120 VAC. Switches shall be SPDT and be used for fan status as specified in the point schedule. Switch pressure range shall be suited for application. (e.g. filter 0-2.0", fan status 0-5.0", etc.) 3. Water Differential Pressure Transmitter 4. Differential pressure transmitters shall be variable capacitance type. Transmitter shall be enclosed in a gasketed, dust and watertight housing. All body cavities open to the process fluid shall be provided with drain ports at the cavity bottom and vent ports at the top of the cavity. Both drain and vent ports shall be minimum '/ inch — 18 NPT. The transmitter shall have continuously adjustable (externally) zero and span. 5. The transmitter shall be fully compensated for both process and ambient temperature variations and a calibrated accuracy of ±0.25% of calibrated span. 6. Provide manufacturers standard 316 stainless steel, 5-valve manifold and pressure gauges for supply and return pressures. Output shall be 4-20 ma. Sensor shall be Rosemount 1151 DP, with 316 stainless steel or approved equal. 7. Air Static Pressure Transmitter 8. Sensors shall be suitable for low pressures likely to be encountered and be selected for approximately 50% over range and have 4-20ma output. Connect to measuring points with valved lines for testing and calibration. Sensor shall have digital display. Sensors shall be adjustable for zero and span. Sensors shall be located 213rds downstream of fan. G. Automatic Dampers 1. Dampers shall have 13 gauge galvanized frames of not less than 3" in width and blades of 16 gauge, or double 22 gauge, galvanized steel and shall be adequately braced to from a rigid assembly where required in galvanized ductwork. Dampers shall have blades not more 8" wide. Linkage and hardware shall be zinc plated steel. Damper blades and rods shall be installed in horizontal position. 2. All dampers shall be of the proportioning or opposed blade type, and shall be electric motor operated. Dampers shall have continuous elastomer or stainless steel stops to avoid leakage. Bearings shall be oil tight non-ferrous sleeve type. All dampers shall be provided with continuous 3/16" x 1/2" closed cell neoprene gasketing around perimeter of the frame and at interlocking blade edges to form an airtight seal. 3. Dampers shall be rated for 3cfm/sq ft at 1" of static pressure. AMCA licensed as a Class 1A damper. Submit leakage and flow characteristic data for all dampers. 4. All outside air dampers shall automatically close in the event of a loss of power. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 26 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 Dampers shall be Ruskin CD-60 or approved equal. H. Automatic Control Valves 1. Refer to specification 23 09 23 Control Valves Damper Operators Damper actuators shall be electric, spring return, and properly selected for the valve body and service. Actuators shall be fully proportioning and be spring return for normally open or normally closed operation as specified. Damper operators shall be electric, spring return, and shall be properly sized so as to stroke the damper smoothly and efficiently throughout its range. Actuator response shall be linear in response to sensed load. The controls contractor shall provide control power transformers for valve and damper actuators for low voltage operation. J. Freezestats Furnish and install for each air handling unit with outdoor air connections, low temperature safety thermostats (freezestat) with 20 ft sensing element installed in a serpentine fashion across the inlet of the cooling coil (1 ft length of sensing element for every square ft. of AHU or ERU cross section) in the air stream arranged to stop the unit supply fan and its associated return air fan should the temperature at any point along the sensing element fall below 39°F (adjustable) for an adjustable time period. Provide multiple freezestats as required to meet minimum coil coverage requirements. Low temperature device shall be manually reset. K. Electric Thermostats Furnish and install all line voltage thermostats. Thermostats contacts shall be rated for maximum heater amperage and shall be snap acting, SPDT. Thermostat cover shall provide exposed set point and key adjust. L. Flow Measuring Station (Water) 1. Provide waterflow measuring device as shown on drawings. 2. A single manufacturer shall provide both the waterflow measuring probe and transmitter. 3. The operating airflow range shall be .17 to 30 ft/s. The operating environmental range for the airflow probes shall be 20 deg F to 140 deg F, 99% R (non -condensing). 4. The operating environmental range of the transmitter shall be 30 deg F to 120 deg F protected from the weather. 5. The sensor shall have an accuracy of ± 2% of reading over the entire operating range and be fully temperature compensated. 6. Provide a 4-20 ma transmitter for interface to DDC system. 7. Acceptable manufacturers: 8. Onicon (F-1200) M. Current Sensors 1. Provide and install current sensing relays for all fan and pump motor status points in remote starter enclosures. Each sensor shall be split core, two wire, loop powered and sized for expected amperage. Units shall be UL listed. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 27 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 2. Current sensing switches shall be calibrated to show a positive run status only when the motor is operating under load. A motor running with a broken belt or coupling shall indicate a negative run status. N. Field Equipment Cabinets 1. All electric relays, static pressure sensors, velocity pressure sensors, manual override switches, etc., shall be mounted in a NEMA 1 enclosure (minimum) and factory wired to numbered terminal strips. O. Component Tags 1. Sensor Tags 2. All sensors shall be identified with 1"x 3" black lamicoid labels with engraved white lettering. Lettering shall be 1/4" high. Provide sensor number, HVAC Unit number, part number and sensor range on tag. Submit tag schedule and sample. P. Occupancy and Override Switch 1. Provide Occupancy and Override Switch as described in Sequence of Operations. Q. BTU Energy Meter (Onicon system 10 with native BAC Net). Provide precision matched supply and return chilled water supply and return temperature sensors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL. SYSTEM - GENERAL A. Space mounted devices are to be identical in appearance. All devices shall be mounted under the same style cover. B. Provide all relays, switches, sources of electricity and all other auxiliaries, accessories and connections necessary to make a complete operable system in accordance with the sequences specified. C. Install controls so that adjustments and calibrations can be readily made. D. Mount surface -mounted control devices on brackets to clear the final finished surface on Insulation. E. Conceal control conduit and wiring in all spaces except in the Mechanical Equipment Rooms and in unfinished spaces. Install in parallel banks with all changes in directions made at 90 degree angles. F. Install control valves horizontally with the power unit up. Installation of control valves will be by the Mechanical Contractor. G. Unless otherwise noted, install wall mounted sensors, thermostats and humidistats at 5'-0" above the finished floor measured to the centerline of the instrument. Room devices are to be of the concealed type without indicator. Submit device locations, mounting heights and details for approval. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL, SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 28 i COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER i APRIL 2019 H. Install outdoor thermostats in perforated tube and sun shield. I. All control wiring shall be installed in EMT, no plenum rated wiring is allowed. i I 3.2 Electrical installation fA. General 1. For EMT support and installation of wires and cables see applicable paragraphs of the i latest edition of the NEC. 2. All pull boxes and termination boxes shall have the box cover spray painted blue. 3. Wire splices within the EMT are prohibited under any circumstances. B. Raceway 1. Percent fill EMT shall not exceed maximum NEC allowable fill. 2. Use liquid tight flexible metal conduit for making connections at instruments and devices mounted on piping or vessels or on equipment subject to vibration. C. Wiring ' 1. All exposed and concealed wiring shall be in approved raceways (conduit, EMT, etc.) i 2. Cables for 120124 VAC wiring and low level signal wiring shall always be run in separate raceways. s D. Contractors' tests shall be scheduled and documented in accordance with the commissioning r requirements. 3.3 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS A. Refer to M-6xx sheets for sequence of operations. f 3.4 TEST AND BALANCE COORDINATION A. The BAS Installer shall allow sufficient time in the project to provide assistance and instruction to the balancing agency in the proper use and setting of control components such as, but not limited to, computers, static pressure controllers or any other device that may need set points changed so that the testing and balancing work can be performed. S. Furnish to the balancing agency any software and hardware required to make adjustments to controls at no additional cost. Any unique device required to set controls shall be furnished by BAS Installer. C. The BAS Installer shall complete the installation of the DDC building control system and operate and test all control systems to ensure that they are functioning properly as designed. The BAS f Installer shall assist the balancing agency in testing and balancing the HVAC systems, as described hereinafter. 1. Verify that all control components are installed in accordance with project requirements and are functional, including all electrical interlocks, dampers sequences, etc. DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 29 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APR]L 2019 Verify that all controller instruments are calibrated and set for design operating conditions. Calibrate room temperature sensors after installation, and before the room control verification tests are performed. The balancing agency shall prove the accuracy of final settings by taking temperature readings. The readings shall be in a typical conditioned space for each separately controlled zone. END OF SECTION 230900 DIRECT € IGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (DDC) 230900 - 30 B ' COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 h SECTION 232113 HYDRONIC PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes pipe and fitting materials and joining methods for the following: 1. Copper tube and fittings. 2. Steel pipe and fittings. 3. Joining materials. 4. Transition fittings. 5. Dielectric fittings. 6. Bypass chemical feeder. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following: 1. Pipe. 2. Fittings. 3. Joining materials. 4. Bypass chemical feeder. B. Delegated -Design Submittal: 1. Design calculations and detailed fabrication and assembly of pipe anchors and alignment guides, hangers and supports for multiple pipes, expansion joints and loops, and attachments of the same to the building structure. 2. Locations of pipe anchors and alignment guides and expansion joints and loops. 3. Locations of and details for penetrations, including sleeves and sleeve seals for exterior walls, floors, basement, and foundation walls. 4. Locations of and details for penetration and firestopping for fire- and smoke -rated wall and floor and ceiling assemblies. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Piping layout, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Suspended ceiling components. 2. Other building services. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113-1 it COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 3. Structural members. B. Qualification Data: For Installer. C. Welding certificates. D_ Field quality -control reports. E. Preconstruction Test Reports: 1. Water Analysis: Submit a copy of the water analysis to illustrate water quality available at Project site. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A_ Steel Support Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1,1ID1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe Welding: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section 1X. 1. Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Hydronic piping components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure and temperature unless otherwise indicated: 1. Hot -Water Heating Piping: 150 psig at 180 deg F. 2. Chilled -Water Piping: 150 psig at 100 deg F. 2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Drawn -Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type L. B. Wrought -Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. 2.3 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53fA 53M, black steel with plain ends; welded and seamless, Grade B, and wall thickness as indicated in "Piping Applications" Article. B. Cast -Iran Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4; Classes 125 and 250 as indicated in "Piping Applications" Article. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 C. Malleable -iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Classes 150 and 300 as indicated in "Piping Applications" Article. D. Malleable -Iron Unions: ASME B16.39; Classes 150, 250, and 300 as indicated in "Piping Applications" Article. E. Cast -Iran Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME 1316.1, Classes 25, 125, and 250; raised ground face, and bolt holes spot faced as indicated in "Piping Applications" Article. F. Wrought -Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, wall thickness to match adjoining pipe. G. Wrought Cast- and Forged -Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: 1. Material Group: 1.1. 2. End Connections: Butt welding. 3. Facings: Raised face. H. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of same materials and wall thicknesses as pipe in which they are installed. 2.4 JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1_ ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless otherwise indicated. a. Full -Face Type: For flat -face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast -bronze flanges. b. Narrow -Face Type: For raised -face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges. B. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. D. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper -phosphorus alloys for joining copper with copper; or BAg-1, silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel. E. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. 2.5 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive insulating material. include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined. B. Dielectric unions: 1. Description: a. Standard. ASSE 1079. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 C. End Connections: Solder joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous, C. Dielectric Flanges: 1. Description: a. Standard: ASSE 1079. b. Factory -fabricated, bolted, companion -flange assembly. C. Pressure Rating: 150 psig. d. End Connections: So[der-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solder - joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. D. Dielectric -Flange insulating Kits: 1. Description: a. Nonconducting materials for field assembly of companion flanges. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig. C. Gasket: Neoprene or phenolic. d. Bolt Sleeves: Phenolic or polyethylene. e. Washers. Phenolic with steel backing washers. E. Dielectric Nipples: 1. Description: a. Standard: IAPMO PS 66. b. Electroplated steel nipple, complying with ASTM F 1545. c. Pressure Rating: 300 psig at 225 deg F. d. End Connections: Male threaded. e. Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene. 2.6 BYPASS CHEMICAL FEEDER A. Description: Welded steel construction; 125-psig working pressure; 5-gal. capacity; with fill funnel and inlet, outlet, and drain valves. Chemicals: Specially formulated, based on analysis of makeup water, to prevent accumulation of scale and corrosion in piping and connected equipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Hot-water heating piping, aboveground, NIPS 2 and smaller, shall be any of the following: 1. Type L, drawn -temper copper tubing, wrought -copper fittings, and brazed joints. 2. Schedule 40, Grade B, Type 96 steel pipe; Class 150, malleable -iron fittings; cast-iron flanges and flange fittings; and threaded joints. B. Hot-water heating piping, aboveground, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, shall be the following: 1. Type L, drawn -temper copper tubing, wrought -copper fittings, and brazed joints. 2. Schedule 40 steel pipe, wrought -steel fittings and wrought -cast or forged -steel flanges and flange fittings, and welded and flanged joints. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 C. Chilled -water piping, aboveground, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be the following: t 1. Type L, drawn -temper copper tubing, wrought -copper fittings, and brazed joints_ 2. Schedule 40 steel pipe; Class 150, malleable -iron fittings; cast-iron flanges and flange fittings; and threaded joints. l D. Chilled -water piping, aboveground, NPS 2-112 and larger, shall be the following: 1. Type L, drawn temper copper tubing, wrought -copper fittings, and brazed joints. 2. Schedule 40 steel pipe, wrought -steel fittings and wrought -cast or forged -steel flanges and flange fittings, and welded and flanged joints. E. Makeup -water piping installed aboveground shall be the following: 1. Type L, drawn -temper copper tubing, wrought -copper fittings, and brazed joints. F. Condensate -Drain Piping: Type M, drawn -temper copper tubing, wrought -copper fittings, and soldered joints. ! G. slowdown -Drain Piping: Same materials and joining methods as for piping specified for the ! service in which blowdown drain is installed. H. Air -Vent Piping: 1. inlet: Same as service where installed with metal -to -plastic transition fittings for plastic piping systems according to piping manufacturer's written instructions. c 2. Outlet: Type K, annealed -temper copper tubing with soldered or flared joints. 1. Safety -Valve -Inlet and -Outlet Piping for Hot -Water Piping: Same materials and joining methods as for piping specified for the service in which safety valve is installed with metal -to -plastic transition fittings for plastic piping systems according to piping manufacturer's written instructions. 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATIONS A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. i D. install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. E. Install piping to permit valve servicing. F. Install piping at indicated slopes- G. Install piping free of sags and bends. HYDRONiC PIPING 232113 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER J U LY 2019 H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. I. Install piping to allow application of insulation. J. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. K. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. L. Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 ball valve, and short NPS'/ threaded nipple with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as required for system drainage. M. Install piping at a uniform grade of 0.2 percent upward in direction of flow. N. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up. O. Install branch connections to mains using tee fittings in main pipe, with the branch connected to the bottom of the main pipe. For up -feed risers, connect the branch to the top of the main pipe. P. Install unions in piping, NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to valves, at final connections of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Q. Install flanges in piping, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, at final connections of equipment and elsewhere as indicated. R. Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting. S. Comply with requirements in Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for identifying piping. T. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. 3.3 DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. B. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric unions. C. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-112 to NPS 4: Use dielectric flange kits. D. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 5 and Larger: Use dielectric flange kits. 3.4 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Comply with requirements in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment' for hanger, support, and anchor devices. Comply with the following requirements for maximum spacing of supports. B. Install the following pipe attachments: 1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal piping less than 20 feet long. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JU LY 2019 2. Adjustable roller hangers and spring hangers, for individual horizontal piping 20 feet or longer. 3. Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet or longer, supported on a trapeze. 4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs. 5_ Provide copper -clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in direct contact with copper pipe. C_ Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 7 feet. 2. NPS 1: Maximum span, 7 feet. 3. NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 9 feet. 4. NPS 2: Maximum span, 10 feet. 5. NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 11 feet. 6. NPS 3 and Larger: Maximum span, 12 feet. D. Install hangers for drawn -temper copper piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 5 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 2. NPS 1: Maximum span, 6 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch 3. NPS 1-1/4:Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 4. NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 5. NPS 2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 6. NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 7. NPS 3 and Larger: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. E. Support vertical runs at roof, at each floor, and at 10-foot intervals between floors. 3.5 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead- free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. D. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper -phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.81A5.8M. E. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies, Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 F. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12MID10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to "Quality Assurance" Article. G. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. 3.6 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Sizes for supply and return piping connections shall be the same as or larger than equipment connections. B. Install control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment. C. Install bypass piping with globe valve around control valve. If parallel control valves are installed, only one bypass is required. D. Install ports for pressure gages and thermometers at coil inlet and outlet connections. 3.7 CHEMICAL TREATMENT A. Install bypass chemical feeders in each hydronic system. 1. Install in upright position with top of funnel not more than 48 inches above the floor. 2. Install feeder in minimum NPS 3/4 bypass line, from main with full-size, full -port, ball valve in the main between bypass connections. 3. Install NPS 314 pipe from chemical feeder drain to nearest equipment drain and include a full-size, full -port, ball valve. B. Fill system with fresh water and add liquid alkaline compound with emulsifying agents and detergents to remove grease and petroleum products from piping. Circulate solution for a minimum of 24 hours, drain, clean strainer screens, and refill with fresh water. C. Add initial chemical treatment and maintain water quality in ranges noted above for the first year of operation. 3.8 Ff ELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare hydronic piping according to ASME B31.9 and as follows: 1. Leave joints, including welds, uninsuiated and exposed for examination during test. 2. Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints that cannot sustain reactions due to test pressure. If temporary restraints are impractical, isolate expansion joints from testing. 3. Flush hydronic piping systems with clean water; then remove and clean or replace strainer screens. 4. Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall be capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to valve. Install blinds in flanged joints to isolate equipment. 5. Install safety valve, set at a pressure no more than one-third higher than test pressure, to protect against damage by expanding liquid or other source of overpressure during test. B. Perform the following tests on hydronic piping: HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 8 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY2019 1. Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of damage due to freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible with piping may be used. 2. While filling system, use vents installed at high points of system to release air. Use drains installed at low points for complete draining of test liquid. 3. Isolate expansion tanks and determine that hydronic system is full of water. 4. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the system's working pressure. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Verify that stress due to pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength or 1.7 times the "SE" value in Appendix A in ASME 1331.9, 'Building Services Piping." 5. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks. 6. Prepare written report of testing. C. Perform the following before operating the system, 1. Open manual valves fully. 2. Inspect pumps for proper rotation. 3. Set makeup pressure -reducing valves for required system pressure. 4. Inspect air vents at high points of system and determine if all are installed and operating freely (automatic type), or bleed air completely (manual type). 5. Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow. 6. Inspect and set operating temperatures of hydronic equipment, such as boilers, chillers, cooling towers, to specified values. 7. Verify lubrication of motors and bearings. END OF SECTION 232113 HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 9 i COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER SECTION 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL JULY 2019 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Close -coupled, in -line centrifugal pumps. j 2. Separately coupled, vertically mounted, in -line centrifugal pumps. 1.3 DEFINITIONS I A. Buna-N: Nitrile rubber. B. EPT: Ethylene propylene terpolymer. 1 A ACTION SUBMITTALS t A. Product Data: For each type of pump. Include certified performance curves and rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, final impeller dimensions, and accessories for each type of product indicated. Indicate pump's operating point on curves. B. Shop Drawings: For each pump. 1. Show -pump layout and connections. 2. Include setting drawings with templates for installing foundation and anchor bolts and other anchorages. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For pumps to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER Mechanical Seals: One mechanical seal(s) for each pump. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CLOSE -COUPLED, IN -LINE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Paco 2. Armstrong 3. Taco 4. Bell and Gossett JULY 2019 B. Description: Factory -assembled and -tested, centrifugal, overhung -impeller, close -coupled, in - fine pump as defined in HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3; designed for installation with pump and motor shafts mounted horizontally or vertically. C. Pump Construction: 1. Casing: Radially split, cast iron, with threaded gage tappings at inlet and outlet, replaceable bronze wear rings, and threaded companion -flange connections. 2. Impeller: ASTM B 584, cast bronze; statically and dynamically balanced, keyed to shaft, and secured with a locking cap screw, For constant -speed pumps, trim impeller to match specified performance. 3. Pump Shaft: Stainless steel. 4. Seal: Mechanical seal consisting of carbon rotating ring against a ceramic seat held by a stainless -steel spring, and Buna--N bellows and gasket. Include water slinger on shaft between motor and seal. 5. Seal: Packing seal consisting of stuffing box with a minimum of four rings of graphite - impregnated braided yarn with bronze lantern ring between center two graphite rings, and bronze packing gland. D_ Motor: Single speed and rigidly mounted to pump casing. 1. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." a. Enclosure: Totally enclosed, fan cooled. b. Enclosure Materials: Cast iron, Cast aluminum, or Rolled steel. C. Motor Bearings: Permanently lubricated ball bearings. 2.2 SEPARATELY COUPLED, VERTICALLY MOUNTED, IN -LINE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Paco 2. Armstrong 3. Taco 4. Bell and Gossett HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER J U LY 2019 B. Description: Factory -assembled and -tested, centrifugal, overhung -impeller, separately coupled, in -line pump as defined in HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3; designed for installation with pump and motor shafts mounted vertically. C. Pump Construction: 1. Casing: Radially split, cast iron, with threaded gage tappings at inlet and outlet, replaceable bronze wear rings, and threaded companion -flange connections. 2. Impeller: ASTM B 584, cast bronze; statically and dynamically balanced, keyed to shaft, and secured with a locking cap screw. For pumps not frequency -drive controlled, trim impeller to match specified performance. 3. Pump Shaft: Stainless steel. 4. Seal: Mechanical seal consisting of carbon rotating ring against a ceramic seat held by a stainless -steel spring, and Bun@-N bellows and gasket. Include water clinger on shaft between motor and seal. 5. Seal: Packing seal consisting of stuffing box with a minimum of four rings of graphite - impregnated braided yarn with bronze lantern ring between center two graphite rings, and bronze packing gland. D. Shaft Coupling: Axially split spacer coupling. E. Motor: Single speed and rigidly mounted to pump casing with lifting eyebolt and supporting lugs in motor enclosure. 1. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." a_ Enclosure: Totally enclosed, fan cooled- b. Enclosure Materials: Cast iron, Cast aluminum, or Rolled steel. 2.3 PUMP SPECIALTY FITTINGS A. Suction Diffuser: 1. Angle pattern. 2. 175-psig pressure rating, cast or ductile -iron body and end cap, pump -inlet fitting. 3. Bronze startup and bronze or stainless -steel permanent strainers. 4. Bronze or stainless -steel straightening vanes. 5. Drain plug. 6. Factory -fabricated support. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine equipment foundations and anchor -bolt locations for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123- 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 B. Examine roughing -in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before pump installation. C. Examine foundations and inertia bases for suitable conditions where pumps are to be installed. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PUMP INSTALLATION A. Comply with Ell 1.4 and HI 2.4. B. Install pumps to provide access for periodic maintenance including removing motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories. C. Independently support pumps and piping so weight of piping is not supported by pumps and weight of pumps is not supported by piping. D. Equipment Mounting: 1. Install base -mounted pumps on cast -in -place concrete equipment bases. E. Equipment Mounting: Install in -line pumps with continuous -thread hanger rods and spring hangers of size required to support weight of in -line pumps. 1. Comply with requirements for hangers and supports specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 3.3 ALIGNMENT A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform alignment service. S. Comply with requirements in Hydronics Institute standards for alignment of pump and motor shaft. Add shims to the motor feet and bolt motor to base frame. Do not use grout between motor feet and base frame. C. Comply with pump and coupling manufacturers' written instructions. D. After alignment is correct, tighten foundation bolts evenly but not too firmly. Completely fill baseplate with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout white metal blocks and shims or wedges are in place. After grout has cured, fully tighten foundation bolts. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Where installing piping adjacent to pump, allow space for service and maintenance. C. Connect piping to pumps. Install valves that are same size as piping connected to pumps. D. Install suction and discharge pipe sizes equal to or greater than diameter of pump nozzles. E. Install check, shutoff, and throttling valves on discharge side of pumps. HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123 - 4 I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER J U LY 2019 F. Install suction diffuser and shutoff valve an suction side of pumps. G. Install flexible connectors on suction and discharge sides of base -mounted pumps between pump casing and valves. H. Install pressure gages on pump suction and discharge or at integral pressure -gage tapping, or install single gage with multiple -input selector valve. I. Install check valve and gate or ball valve on each condensate pump unit discharge. J. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." f K. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.5 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. s 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Check piping connections for tightness. 3. Clean strainers on suction piping. 4. Perform the following startup checks for each pump before starting: a. Verify bearing lubrication. b. Verify that pump is free to rotate by hand and that pump for handling hot liquid is free to rotate with pump hot and cold. If pump is bound or drags, do not operate until cause of trouble is determined and corrected. C. Verify that pump is rotating in the correct direction. 5. Prime pump by opening suction valves and closing drains, and prepare pump for operation. 6. Start motor. 7. Open discharge valve slowly. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain hydronic pumps. END OF SECTION 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS 232123 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 SECTION 233113 METAL DUCTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Single -wail rectangular ducts and fittings. 2. Single -wall round ducts and fittings. 3. Sheet metal materials. 4. Duct liner. 5. Sealants and gaskets. 6. Hangers and supports. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting, and balancing requirements for metal ducts. 2. Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound -control devices, duct - mounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Duct Design: Duct construction, including sheet metal thicknesses, seam and joint construction, reinforcements, and hangers and supports, shall comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and performance requirements and design criteria indicated in "Duct Schedule" Article. B. Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following products: 1. Liners and adhesives. 2. Sealants and gaskets. 3. Hanger, supports, and anchors. B. Shop Drawings: METAL DUCTS 233113 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1. Shop Drawings: 114" = 1' foot scale. Show fabrication and installation details for metal ducts. 2. Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections, components, and attachments to other work. 3. Factory- and shop -fabricated ducts and fittings. 4. Duct layout indicating sizes, configuration, liner material, and static -pressure classes. 5. Elevation of top of ducts. 6. Dimensions of main duct runs from building grid lines. 7. Fittings. 8. Reinforcement and spacing. 9. Seam and joint construction. 10. Penetrations through fire -rated and other partitions. 11. Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project. 12. Locations for duct accessories, including dampers, turning vanes, and access doors and panels. 13_ Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment and vibration isolation. C. Delegated -Design Submittal: 1. Sheet metal thicknesses. 2. Joint and seam construction and sealing not listed below. 3. Reinforcement details and spacing. 4. Materials, fabrication, assembly, and spacing of hangers and supports. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to 1/4" = 1' scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Duct installation in congested spaces, indicating coordination with general construction, building components, and other building services. Indicate proposed changes to duct layout. 2. Suspended ceiling components. 3. Structural members to which duct will be attached. 4. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 5. Penetrations of smoke barriers and fire -rated construction. 6. Items penetrating finished ceiling including the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. C. Speakers. d. Sprinklers. e. Access panels. f. Perimeter moldings. q_ Mill work. B. Welding certificates. C. Field quality -control reports. METAL DUCTS 233113 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SINGLE -WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static -pressure class unless otherwise indicated. B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," "Rectangular Duct Reinforcement Tables," for static -pressure class listed in this specification, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." C. Longitudinal Seams: Shall be Type L-1, Pittsburgh seam and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," "Rectangular DuctfLongitudinal Seams," for applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." D. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Unless specified below select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 4, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static -- pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 2.2 SINGLE -WALL ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, and Flexible Duct," based on indicated static -pressure class unless otherwise indicated. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Lindab Inc. b. McGill AirFlow LLC. C. SEMCO Incorporated. d. Spiral Manufacturing Co., Inc. B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Round Duct Transverse Joints," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Round Duct Longitudinal Seams," for static--prossure class, applicable seating requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." D. Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and METAL DUCTS 233113 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 2.3 JULY 2019 Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 6531A 653M. C. D. 2.4 A. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G90. 2. Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. 1. Where black- and galvanized -steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce aluminum ducts, isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM gasket materials. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 114-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. DUCT LINER Fibrous -Glass Duct Liner: Comply with ASTM C 1071, NFPA 90A, or NFPA 90B; and with NAIMA AH124, "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard." 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation; Insulation_ Group. b. Johns Manville. C. Knauf Insulation. d. Owens Corning. 2. Maximum Thermal Conductivity: 1) Type I, Flexible: 0.27 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F mean temperature. 3. Antimicrobial Erosion -Resistant Coating: Apply to the surface of the liner that will form the interior surface of the duct to act as a moisture repellent and erosion -resistant coating. Antimicrobial compound shall be tested for efficacy by an NRTL and registered by the EPA for use in HVAC systems. 4. Solvent or Water -Based Liner Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and with ASTM C 916. a. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). METAL DUCTS 233113 - 4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." B. Insulation Pins and Washers: 1. Cupped -Head, Capacitor -Discharge -Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc -coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor --discharge welding, 0.135-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch galvanized carbon -steel washer. 2. Insulation -Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- thick galvanized steel; with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. C. Shop Application of Duct Liner: Comply with SMACNNs "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 7-11, "Flexible Duct Liner Installation." 1. Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with at least 90 percent adhesive coverage at liner contact surface area. Attaining indicated thickness with multiple layers of duct liner is prohibited. 2. Apply adhesive to transverse edges of liner facing upstream that do not receive metal nosing_ 3. Butt transverse joints without gaps, and coat joint with adhesive. 4_ Fold and compress liner in corners of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to ensure butted - edge overlapping. 5. Do not apply liner in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints, except at corners of ducts, unless duct size and dimensions of standard liner make longitudinal joints necessary. 6. Apply adhesive coating on longitudinal seams in ducts with air velocity of 2500 fpm. 7. Secure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches from corners and at intervals not exceeding 12 inches transversely; at 3 inches from transverse joints and at intervals not exceeding 18 inches longitudinally. 8. Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosing$ that have either channel or 7" profiles or are integrally formed from duct wall. Fabricate edge facings at the following locations. a. Fan discharges. b. Intervals of lined duct preceding unlined duct. C. Upstream edges of transverse joints in ducts where air velocities are higher than 2500 fpm or where indicated. 9. Terminate inner ducts with buildouts attached to tare -damper sleeves, dampers, turning vane assemblies, or other devices. Fabricated buildouts (metal hat sections) or other buildout means are optional; when used, secure buildouts to duct walls with bolts, screws, rivets, or welds. 2.5 SEALANT AND GASKETS A_ General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface -burning characteristics for sealants and gaskets shall be a maximum flame -spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke -developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL. B. Watery --Based Joint and Seam Sealant: Application Method: Brush on. METAL DUCTS 233113 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 2.6 JULY 2019 2. Solids Content: Minimum 65 percent. 3. Shore A Hardness: Minimum 20. 4. Water resistant. 5. Mold and mildew resistant. 6. VOC: Maximum 75 g/L (less water). 7. Maximum Static -Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive and negative. 8. Service: Indoor or outdoor. 9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum sheets. C. Solvent -Based Joint and Seam Sealant: 1. Application Method. Brush on. 2. Base: Synthetic rubber resin. 3. Solvent: Toluene and heptane. 4. Solids Content: Minimum 60 percent. 5. Shore A Hardness: Minimum 60. 6. Water resistant. 7. Mold and mildew resistant_ 8. For indoor applications, sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 gIL or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 9. VOC: Maximum 395 gIL. 10. Maximum Static -Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive or negative. 11. Service: Indoor or outdoor. 12. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum sheets. D. Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 920. 1. General: Single -component, acid -curing, silicone, elastomeric. 2. Type: S. 3. Grade: NS. 4. Class: 25. 5. Use: 0. 6_ For indoor applications, sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 gIL or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Sealant shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." E. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene, or FPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer. F. Round Duct Joint 0-Ring Seals: 1. Seal shall provide maximum leakage class of 3 cfm/100 sq. ft. at 1-inch wg and shall be rated for 10-inch wg static -pressure class, positive or negative. 2. EPDM O-ring to seal in concave bead in coupling or fitting spigot. 3. Double -lipped, EPDM O-ring seal, mechanically fastened to factory -fabricated couplings and fitting spigots. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium -plated steel rods and nuts. METAL DUCTS 233113 - 6 a COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 B. Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments: Electrogalvanized, ail -thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc -chromate primer after installation. C. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct." D. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self -tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. E. Trapeze and Riser Supports: 1. Supports for Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized -steel shapes and plates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts and calculate friction loss for air -handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations. Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings and Coordination Drawings. B. Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" unless otherwise indicated. C. Install round ducts in maximum practical lengths. D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. E. Install factory- or shop -fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for branch connections. F. Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and perpendicular to building lines. G. Install ducts close to wails, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. H. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness. 1. Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults, electrical equipment rooms and enclosures, and elevator equipment rooms. J. Where ducts pass through non -fire -rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-112 inches. K. Where ducts pass through fire -rated interior partitions and exterior walls, install fire dampers. Comply with requirements in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers. METAL DUCTS 233113 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 L. Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED DUCTWORK A. Protect ducts exposed in finished spaces from being dented, scratched, or damaged. B. Trim duct sealants flush with metal. Create a smooth and uniform exposed bead. Do not use two-part tape sealing system. C. Grind welds to provide smooth surface free of burrs, sharp edges, and weld splatter. When welding stainless steel with a No. 3 or 4 finish, grind the welds flush, polish the exposed welds, and treat the welds to remove discoloration caused by welding. D. Maintain consistency, symmetry, and uniformity in the arrangement and fabrication of fittings, hangers and supports, duct accessories, and air outlets- E. Repair or replace damaged sections and finished work that does not comply with these requirements. 3.3 DUCT SEALING A. Seal ducts for duct static -pressure, seal classes, and leakage classes specified in "Duct Schedule" Article according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 5, "Hangers and Supports." B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder -actuated fasteners, or structural -steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. I. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete. 2. Install powder -actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 3. Use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for standard -weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick. 4. Do not use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight -aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. C. Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1, 'Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection. D. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports. E. Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with welds, bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16 feet. METAL DUCTS 233113 - 8 f COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 F. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 4 3.5 CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Section 233300 "Air r Duct Accessories." B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections. 3.6 PAINTING f A. Paint interior of metal ducts that are visible through registers and grilles and that do not have duct liner- Apply one coat of flat, black, latex paint over a compatible galvanized -steel primer. ! 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Duct System Cleanliness Tests: F 1. Visually inspect duct system to ensure that no visible contaminants are present. i 3.8 DUCT CLEANING A. Clean new duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing. i B. Use service openings for entry and inspection. 1. Create new openings and install access panels appropriate for duct static-prossure class if required for cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct. Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner manufacturer. Comply with Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for access panels and doors. 2. Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection. 3. Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process. f C. Particulate Collection and Odor Control; 1. When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97 ` percent collection efficiency for 0.3-micron-size (or larger) particles. 2. When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed from HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes and other points of entry into building. D. Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits: 1. Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers). 2. Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive assemblies. METAL, DUCTS 233113 - 9 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 3. Air -handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section, air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers, filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains. 4. Coils and related components. 5. Return -air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling plenums and mechanical equipment rooms. 6. Supply -air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes. 7. Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems. E. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology. 1. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building. 2. Use vacuum -collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under negative pressure. 3. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories. 4. Clean fibrous -glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit duct liner to get wet. Replace fibrous -glass duct liner that is damaged, deteriorated, or delaminated or that has friable material, mold, or fungus growth. 5. Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan operational. Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and straighten fins. 6. Provide drainage and cleanup for wash -down procedures. 7. Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings: Apply EPA -registered antimicrobial agents if fungus is present. Apply antimicrobial agents according to manufacturer's written instructions after removal of surface deposits and debris. 3.9 START UP A. Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC." 3.10 DUCT SCHEDULE A. Fabricate ducts with galvanized sheet steel. B. Supply Ducts: Ducts Connected to Constant -Volume Air -Handling Units: a. Pressure Class: Positive 2-Inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A. C. Return Ducts: Ducts Connected to Air -Handling Units: a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A. D. Exhaust Ducts: METAL DUCTS 233113 - 10 I , COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 1. Ducts Connected to Fans Exhausting (ASHRAE 62.1, Class 1 and 2) Air: a. Pressure Class: Negative 1-inch wg. b_ Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A. E. Outdoor -Air (Not Filtered, Heated, or Cooled) Ducts: 1. Ducts Connected to Air -Handling Units: a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 1-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A. F. Intermediate Reinforcement: 1. Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel. G. Liner: 1. Supply Air Ducts: Fibrous glass, Type 1, 1-112 inches thick. 2. Return Air Ducts: Fibrous glass, Type 1, 1-1/2 inches thick. 3. Exhaust Air Ducts: Fibrous glass, Type I, 1 inch thick, 4. Supply Fan Plenums: Fibrous glass, Type II, 1-112 inches thick. 5. Return- and Exhaust -Fan Plenums: Fibrous glass, Type. 1-1/2 inches thick. 6. Transfer Ducts: Fibrous glass, Type 1, 1 inch thick. JULY 2019 H. Elbow Configuration: 1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-2, "Rectangular Elbows." a. Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.5 radius -to -diameter ratio. b. Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." 2. Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-4, "Round Duct Elbows." a. Round Elbows, 12 Inches and Smaller in Diameter_ Stamped or pleated. b. Round Elbows, 14 Inches and Larger in Diameter: Standing seam or Welded. I. Branch Configuration. 1 FA Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-6, "Branch Connection." a. Rectangular Main to Rectangular Branch: 45-degree entry. b. Rectangular Main to Round Branch: Conical spin in or 45-degree lead in. Round: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees." Saddle taps are permitted in existing duct. a. Velocity all: 45-degree lateral. METAL DUCTS 233113 - 11 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER END OF SECTION 233113 JULY 2019 METAL DUCTS 233113 - 12 f ` COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER SECTION 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 1 PART 1-GENERAL JULY 2019 I 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. I 1.2 SUMMARY F A. Section Includes: 1. Manual volume dampers. 2. Fire dampers. 3. Flange connectors. 4. Turning vanes. 5. Remote damper operators. 6. Duct -mounted access doors. 7. Flexible connectors. 8. Flexible ducts. E 9. Duct accessory hardware. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For duct accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details and attachments to other work. 1. Detail duct accessories fabrication and installation in ducts and other construction. Include dimensions, weights, loads, and required clearances, and method of field assembly into duct systems and other construction. Include the following: a. Special fittings. b. Manual volume damper installations. G. Control -damper installations. d. Fire -damper, smoke -damper, combination fire- and smoke -damper, ceiling, and corridor damper installations, including sleeves, and duct -mounted access doors and remote damper operators. e. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which ceiling -mounted access panels and access doors required for access to duct accessories are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 B. Source quality -control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air duct accessories to Include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fusible Links: Furnish quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G90. 2. Exposed -Surface Finish: Mill phosphatized. B. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized -steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless -steel ducts. C. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.3 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS A. Standard, Steel, Manual Volume Dampers. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. McGill AirFlow LLC. b. Nailor Industries Inc. C. Pottorff. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 2 r COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 i d. Ruskin Company. 2. Standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream. 3. Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. 4. Frames: a. Frame: Hat -shaped, 0.094-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel. b. Mitered and welded corners. I C. Flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in ducts. 5. Blades: a. Multiple or single blade. b. Parallel- or opposed -blade design. C. Stiffen damper blades for stability. d. Galvanized -steel, 0.064 inch thick. 6. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel. 7. Bearings: a. Molded synthetic. b. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 8. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. B. I Jackshaft: 1. Size: 0.5-Inch diameter. 2. Material: Galvanized -steel pipe rotating within pipe -bearing assembly mounted on supports at each mullion and at each end of multiple -damper assemblies. 3. Length and Number of Mountings: As required to connect linkage of each damper in multiple -damper assembly. C. Damper Hardware: 1. Zinc -plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32-inch- thick zinc -plated steel, and a 3/4-inch hexagon locking nut. 2. Include center hole to suit damper operating -rod size. 3. Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting. F 2.4 FIRE DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 2. Nailor Industries Inc. 3. Pottorff. 4. Ruskin Company. B. Type: Static; rated and labeled according to UL 555 by an NRTL. C. Closing rating in ducts up to flinch wg static pressure class and minimum 2000-fpm velocity. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 D. Fire Rating: 1-1/2 hours. E. Frame: Curtain type with blades outside airstream; fabricated with roll -formed, 0.034-inch- thick galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking corners. F. Mounting Sleeve: Factory- or field -installed, galvanized sheet steel. 1. Minimum Thickness: 0.138 inch thick, as indicated, and of length to suit application. 2. Exception: Omit sleeve where damper -frame width permits direct attachment of perimeter mounting angles on each side of wall or floor; thickness of damper frame must comply with sleeve requirements. G. Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal as indicated. H. Blades: Roll -farmed, interlocking, 0.024-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel. in place of interlocking blades, use full-length, 0.034-inch- thick, galvanized -steel blade connectors. I. Horizontal Dampers: Include blade lock and stainless -steel closure spring. J. Heat -Responsive Device: Replaceable, 165 deg F rated, fusible links. 2.5 FLANGE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Nexus PDQ• Division of Shilco Holdings Inc. 3. Ward industries Inca a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Description: Add -on, factory -fabricated, slide -on transverse flange connectors, gaskets, and components. C. Material: Galvanized steel. D. Gage and Shape: Match connecting ductwork. 2.6 TURNING VANES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ductmate Industries Inc. 2. Duro Dkne Inc. 3. METALAIRE.Inc. 4. Ward Industries Inca a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Manufactured Turning Vanes for Metal Ducts: Curved blades of galvanized sheet steel; support with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting. C. General Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows_" AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 f D. Vane Construction: Single wall. i 2.7 REMOTE DAMPER OPERATORS A. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: E 1. Pottorff. 2. Ventfabrics, Inc. 3. Young Regulator Company. B. Description: Cable system designed for remote manual damper adjustment. C. Tubing: Aluminum. i D. Cable: Stainless steel. E. Wall -Box Mounting: Recessed. F. Wall -Box Cover -Plate Material: Steel_ i 2.8 DUCT -MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS s A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: f 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. 3. Greenheck Fan Corporation. t 4. McGill AirFlow LLC. 5. Nailor Industries Inc. 6. Pottorff. 7. Ventfabrics, Inc. 8. Ward industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Duct -Mounted Access Doors: Fabricate access panels according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 7-2, "Duct Access Doors and Panels," and 7-3, "Access Doors - Round Duct." 1. Door: a. Double wall, rectangular. b. Galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for duct pressure class. C. Hinges and Latches: 1-by-1-inchbutt or piano hinge and cam latches. d. Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class. i 2. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend -over tabs and foam gaskets. 3. Number of Hinges and Locks: a. Access Doors Less Than 12 Inches Square: No hinges and two sash looks. i b. Access Doors up to 18 Inches Square: Two hinges and two sash locks. C. Access Doors up to 24 by 48 Inches: Continuous and two compression latches. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2.9 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ductmate Industries Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Inc. 3. Ventfabrics.lnc. 4, Ward Industries. Inc.: a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Materials: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics. C. Coatings and Adhesives: Comply with UL 181, Class 1. D. Metal -Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 5-3/4 inches wide attached to two strips of 2-3/4-inch- wide, 0.028-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel or 0.032-inch- thick aluminum sheets. Provide metal compatible with connected ducts. E. Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene. 1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 480 Ibf/inch in the warp and 360 Ibf/inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. 2.10 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Flexmaster U.S.A.. Inc. 2. McGill AirFlow LLC. 3. Ward Industries Inc.,• a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Insulated, Flexible Duct: UL 181, Class 1, 2-ply vinyl film supported by helically wound, spring - steel wire; fibrous -glass insulation; polyethylene or aluminized vapor -barrier film. 1. Pressure Rating: 10-inch wg positive and 1.0-inch wg negative. 2. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 10 to plus 160 deg F_ 4. Insulation R-value: Comply with ASH RAE/IESNA 90.1. 2.11 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct -insulation thickness. B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION JULY 2019 A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous -glass ducts. B. Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized -steel accessories in galvanized -steel and fibrous -glass ducts, stainless -steel accessories in stainless -steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts. C. Install volume dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches extend from larger ducts. Where dampers are installed in ducts having duct liner, install dampers with hat channels of same depth as liner, and terminate liner with nosing at hat channel. D. Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting, and balancing. E. Install test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated. F. Install fire dampers according to UL listing. G. Install duct access doors on sides of ducts to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and equipment at the following locations: 1. On both sides of duct coils. 2. Upstream from duct filters. 3. At outdoor -air intakes and mixed -air plenums. 4. At drain pans and seals. 5. Downstream from manual volume dampers, control dampers, backdraft dampers, and equipment. 6. Adjacent to and close enough to fire dampers, to reset or reinstall fusible links. Access doors for access to fire or smoke dampers having fusible links shall be pressure relief access doors and shall be outward operation for access doors installed upstream from dampers and inward operation for access doors installed downstream from dampers. 7. At each change in direction and at maximum 50-foot spacing. 8. Upstream from turning vanes. 9. Control devices requiring inspection. 10. Elsewhere as indicated. H. Install access doors with swing against duct static pressure. 1. Access Door Sizes: + 1. One -Hand or Inspection Access: 8 by 5 inches. 2. Two -Hand Access: 12 by 6 inches. 3. Head and Hand Access. 18 by 10 inches. 4. Head and Shoulders Access: 21 by 14 inches. 5. Body Access: 25 by 14 inches. 6. Body plus Ladder Access: 25 by 17 inches. J. Label access doors according to Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Equipment' to indicate the purpose of access door. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 K. Install flexible connectors to connect ducts to equipment. L. Connect diffusers to ducts directly or with maximum 60-inch lengths of flexible duct clamped or strapped in place. M. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with adhesive plus sheet metal screws. N. Install duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes_ 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. Operate dampers to verify full range of movement. 2. Inspect locations of access doors and verify that purpose of access door can be performed. 3. Operate fire dampers to verify full range of movement and verify that proper heat - response device is installed. 4. Inspect turning vanes for proper and secure installation. 5. Operate remote damper operators to verify full range of movement of operator and damper. END OF SECTION 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 8 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 i SECTION 233600 f AIR TERMINAL UNITS (FAN POWER — VAV) PARTS - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. I 1.2 SUMMARY I A. Section Includes: 1. Shutoff, single -duct air terminal units. 2. Parallel, fan -powered air terminal units. ' 3. Casing liner_ f 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of air terminal unit. ° 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for air terminal units. i 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and I furnished specialties and accessories. 5 B. Shop Drawings: For air terminal units. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 4. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment and vibration isolation. i C. Delegated -Design Submittal: 1. Materials, fabrication, assembly, and spacing of hangers and supports. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Ceiling suspension assembly members. 2. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustic tile. AIR TERMINAL UNITS 233600 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 3. Ceiling -mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, access panels, and special moldings. B. Field quality -control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air terminal units to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. Include the following: a. Instructions for resetting minimum and maximum air volumes. b. Instructions for adjusting software set points. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fan -Powered -Unit Filters: Furnish one spare filter(s) for each filter installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-up." C. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IES 90.1, "Section 6 - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning." 2.2 SHUTOFF, SINGLE -DUCT AIR TERMINAL UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. Titus 2. Price 3. Envirotech 4. Krueger B. Configuration: Volume -damper assembly inside unit casing with control components inside a protective metal shroud. C. Casing: 0.034-inch- thick galvanized steel, single wall. 1. Casing Liner: Comply with requirements in "Casing Liner" Article for fibrous -glass duct liner. AIR TERMINAL UNITS 233600 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2. Air Inlet: Round stub connection or S-slip and drive connections for duct attachment. 3. Air Outlet: S-slip and drive connections. 4. Access. Removable panels for access to parts requiring service, adjustment, or maintenance; with airtight gasket. 5. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. D, Volume Damper: Galvanized steel with peripheral gasket and self-lubricating bearings. 1. Maximum Damper Leakage: AHRI 880 rated, 3 percent of nominal airflow at 3-inch wg inlet static pressure_ 2. Damper Position: Normally open. E. Control devices shall be compatible with temperature controls system specified with Rooftop Unit. 1. Electric Damper Actuator: 24 V, powered open, spring return. 2. Electronic Velocity Controller: Factory calibrated and field adjustable to minimum and maximum air volumes; shall maintain constant airflow dictated by thermostat within 5 percent of set point while compensating for inlet static -pressure variations up to 4-inch wg; and shall have a multipoint velocity sensor at air inlet. 3. Terminal Unit Controller: Pressure -independent, variable -air -volume (VAV) controller with electronic airflow transducer with multipoint velocity sensor at air inlet, factory calibrated to minimum and maximum air volumes, and having the following features: a. Occupied and unoccupied operating mode. b. Remote reset of airflow or temperature set points. C. Adjusting and monitoring with portable terminal. d. Communication with temperature -control system specified with Rooftop Unit 4. Room Sensor: Wall mounted with temperature set -point adjustment and access for connection of portable operator terminal. F. Controls: 1. Suitable for operation with duct pressures between 0.25- and 3.0-inch wg inlet static pressure. 2. System -powered, wall -mounted thermostat. G. Control Sequences. Refer to control drawings. 2.3 PARALLEL FAN -POWERED AIR TERMINAL UNITS i A. Manufacturer 1. Titus I 2. Price [ 3. Envirotec 4. Krueger B. Configuration: Volume -damper assembly and fan in parallel arrangement inside unit casing with control components inside a protective metal shroud. C. Casing: 0.034-inch- thick galvanized steel, single wall. AIR TERMINAL UNITS 233600 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER J U LY 2019 1. Casing Liner: Comply with requirements in "Casing Liner" Article for fibrous -glass duct liner. 2. Air Inlets: Round stub connections or S-slip and drive connections for duct attachment. 3. Air Outlet: S-slip and drive connections. 4. Access: Removable panels for access to parts requiring service, adjustment, or maintenance; with airtight gasket and quarter -turn latches. 5. Fan: Forward -curved centrifugal, located at plenum air inlet. 6. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. D. Volume Damper. Galvanized steel with flow -sensing ring and peripheral gasket and self- lubricating bearings. 1. Maximum Damper Leakage: AHRI 880 rated, 3 percent of nominal airflow at 3-inch wg inlet static pressure. 2. Damper Position: Normally open. E. Velocity Sensors: Multipoint array with velocity sensors. F. Motor; 1. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 2. Type: Electronically commutated motor. 3. Fan -Motor Assembly Isolation: Rubber isolators. 4. Enclosure: Open dripproof. 5. Enclosure Materials: Rolled steel. 6. Efficiency: Premium efficient. 7. Motor Speed: Multispeed. a. Speed Control: Infinitely adjustable with electronic controls G. Filters: Minimum arrestance and a minimum efficiency reporting value (MERV) according to ASHRAE 52.2. 1. Material: Glass fiber treated with adhesive; having 80 percent arrestance and 6 MEIN. 2, Thickness: 1 inch. H. Factory -Mounted and -Wired Controls: Electrical components mounted in control box with removable cover. Incorporate single -point electrical connection to power source. 1. Control Transformer: Factory mounted for control voltage on electric and electronic control units with terminal strip in control box for field wiring of thermostat and power source. 2. Wiring Terminations: Fan and controls to terminal strip. Terminal lugs to match quantities, sizes, and materials of branch -circuit conductors. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box that is sized according to NFPA 70. 3. Disconnect Switch: Factory -mounted, fuse type. Control Panel Enclosure. NEMA 250, Type 1, with access panel sealed from airflow and mounted on side of unit. J. Control devices shall be compatible with temperature controls system provided with Rooftop unit. AIR TERMINAL UNITS 233600 - 4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1. Electric Damper Actuator: 24 V, powered open, spring return. 2. Electric Thermostat: Wall -mounted electronic type with clock display, temperature display in Fahrenheit and Celsius, and space temperature set point. 3. Electronic Velocity Controller: Factory calibrated and field adjustable to minimum and i maximum air volumes; shall maintain constant airflow dictated by thermostat within 5 4 percent of set point while compensating for inlet static -pressure variations up to 4-Inch wg; and shall have a multipoint velocity sensor at air inlet. 4. Terminal Unit Controller: Pressure -independent, VAV controller with electronic airflow transducer with multipoint velocity sensor at air inlet, factory calibrated to minimum and 4 maximum air volumes, and having the following features: K. Control Sequence: Refer to controls drawings. f 1 2.4 CASING LINER A. Casing Liner: Fibrous -glass duct finer, complying with ASTM C 1071, NFPA 90A, or NFPA 9013; and with NAIMA AH124, "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard." 1. Minimum Thickness: 1 inch. i a. Maximum Thermal Conductivity: 1) Type I, Flexible: 0.27 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F mean temperature. 2) Type 11, Rigid: 0.23 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F mean temperature. 2. Antimicrobial Erosion -Resistant Coating: Apply to the surface of the finer that will form the interior surface of the duct to act as a moisture repellent and erosion -resistant coating. Antimicrobial compound shall be tested for efficacy by an NRTL and registered by the ? EPA for use in HVAC systems. 3. Water -Based Liner Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and with ASTM C 916. a. Adhesive VOC Content: 80 g/L or less. b. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory Tests: Test assembled air terminal units according to AHRI 880. 1. Label each air terminal unit with plan number, nominal airflow, maximum and minimum factory -set airflows, coil type, and AHRI certification seal. AIR TERMINAL UNITS 233600 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with SMACNA`s "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Ch. 5, "Hangers and Supports" and with Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder -actuated fasteners, or structural -steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete. 2. Install powder -actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 3. Use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for standard -weight aggregate concretes and for slabs more than 4 inches thick. 4. Do not use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight -aggregate concretes and for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 5. Do not use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints. C. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports. D. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 3.2 TERMINAL UNIT INSTALLATION A. Install air terminal units according to NFPA 90A, "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems_" B. Install air terminal units level and plumb. Maintain sufficient clearance for normal service and maintenance. C. Install wall -mounted thermostats. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Where installing piping adjacent to air terminal unit, allow space for service and maintenance_ B. Comply with requirements in Section 233113 "Metal Ducts" for connecting ducts to air terminal units. C. Make connections to air terminal units with flexible connectors complying with requirements in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories." 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Label each air terminal unit with plan number, nominal airflow, and maximum and minimum factory -set airflows. Comply with requirements in Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Equipment" for equipment labels and warning signs and labels. AIR TERMINAL_ UNITS 233600 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER J ULY 2019 3.5 STARTUP SERVICE t I A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. ! 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Verify that inlet duct connections are as recommended by air terminal unit manufacturer to achieve proper performance. 3. Verify that controls and control enclosure are accessible. 4. Verify that control connections are complete_ i 5. Verify that nameplate and identification tag are visible. 6. Verify that controls respond to inputs as specified. i 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain air terminal units. END OF SECTION 233600 AIR TERMINAL UNITS 233600 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 F SECTION 235216 CONDENSING BOILERS I PART 1 - GENERAL I 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary j Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. i 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes gas -fired, water -tube condensing boilers, trim, and accessories for generating hot water. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for boilers. r 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For boilers, boiler trim, and accessories. i 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field i connection. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Source quality -control reports. B. Field quality -control reports. C. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. D. Product Certificates: 1. ASME Stamp Certification and Report: Submit "A," "S," or "PP" stamp certificate of authorization, as required by authorities having jurisdiction, and document hydrostatic testing of piping external to boiler. 2. CSA B51 pressure vessel Canadian Registration Number (CRN). ' CONDENSING BOILERS 235216 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS JULY 2019 A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For boilers to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of boilers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period for Water -Tube Condensing Boilers: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2A PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NrPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label boilers to comply with 2010 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. C. ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Compliance: Boilers shall have minimum efficiency according to "Gas and Oil Fired Boilers - Minimum Efficiency Requirements." D. DOE Compliance: Minimum efficiency shall comply with 10 CFR 430, Subpart B, Appendix N. E. UL Compliance: Test boilers for compliance with UL 795. Boilers shall be listed and labeled by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. F. CSA Compliance: Test boilers for compliance with CSA B51. G. Mounting Base: For securing boiler to concrete base. 2.2 WATER -TUBE CONDENSING BOILERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Aerco 2. Burham 3. Viessmann B. Description: Factory -fabricated, -assembled, and -tested, copper -finned, water -tube condensing boiler with heat exchanger sealed pressure tight, built on a steel base, including insulated jacket; flue -gas vent; combustion -air intake connections; water supply, return, and condensate drain connections; and controls. Water -heating service only. C. Heat Exchanger: Finned -copper primary and stainless -steel secondary heat exchangers. D. Combustion Chamber: Stainless steel, sealed. CONDENSING BOILERS 235216 - 2 I H I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 E. Burner: Natural gas, forced draft drawing from gas premixing valve. F. Blower: Centrifugal fan to operate during each burner firing sequence and to prepurge and postpurge the combustion chamber. 1. Motors: Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." a. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated; if not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. G. Gas Train: Combination gas valve with manual shutoff and pressure regulator. H. Ignition: Silicone carbide hot -surface ignition that includes flame safety supervision and 100 percent main -valve shutoff. I. Casing: 1. Jacket: Sheet metal, with snap -in or interlocking closures. 2. Control Compartment Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1A. 3. Finish: Textured epoxy. 4. Insulation: Minimum 2-inch-thick, mineral -fiber insulation surrounding the heat exchanger. 5. Combustion -Air Connections: Inlet and vent duct collars. 2.3 TRIM A. Safety Relief Valve: ASME rated. B. Pressure and Temperature Gage: Minimum 3-1/2-inch-diameter, combination water -pressure and -temperature gage. Gages shall have operating -pressure and -temperature ranges, so normal operating range is about 50 percent of full range. C. Boiler Air Vent: Automatic. D. Drain Valve: Minimum NPS 3/4 hose -end gate valve. 2.4 CONTROLS A. Refer to Section 230923 "Direct Digital Control (DDC) System for HVAC" and Section 230993.11 "Sequence of Operations for HVAC DDC." B. Boiler operating controls shall include the following devices and features: 1. Control transformer. 2. Set -Point Adjust: Set points shall be adjustable. 3. Operating Pressure Control: Factory wired and mounted to cycle burner. 4. Sequence of Operation: Electric, factory -fabricated and field -installed panel to control burner firing rate to maintain space temperature in response to thermostat with heat anticipator located in heated space. CONDENSING BOILERS 235216 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 11111WOROTIrl a. Include automatic, alternating -firing sequence for multiple boilers to ensure maximum system efficiency throughout the load range and to provide equal runtime for boilers. C. Burner Operating Controls: To maintain safe operating conditions, burner safety controls limit burner operation. 1. High Cutoff: Automatic reset stops burner if operating conditions rise above maximum boiler design temperature. 2. Low -Water Cutoff Switch: Electronic probe shall prevent burner operation on low water. Cutoff switch shall be automatic -reset type. 3. Blocked Inlet Safety Switch: Manual -reset pressure switch field mounted on boiler combustion -air inlet. 4. Audible Alarm: Factory mounted on control panel with silence switch; shall sound alarm for above conditions. D. Building Automation System Interface: Factory install hardware and software to enable building automation system to monitor, control, and display boiler status and alarms. Hardwired Points: a. Monitoring: On/off status, common trouble alarm, low -water -level alarm. b. Control: On/off operation, hat -water -supply temperature set -point adjustment. 2_ A communication interface with building automation system shall enable building automation system operator to remotely control and monitor the boiler from an operator workstation. Control features available, and monitoring points displayed, locally at boiler control panel shall be available through building automation system. 2.5 ELECTRICAL POWER A_ Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Electrical devices and connections are specified in electrical Sections. B_ Single -Point Field Power Connection: Factory -installed and -wired switches, motor controllers, transformers, and other electrical devices necessary shall provide a single -point field power connection to boiler. 1. House in NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure. 2. Wiring shall be numbered and color coded to match wiring diagram. 3. Install factory wiring outside of an enclosure in a metal raceway. 4. Field power interface shall be to nonfused disconnect switch. 5. Provide branch power circuit to each motor and to controls with a disconnect switch. 6. Provide each motor with overcurrent protection. 2.6 VENTING KITS A. Kit: Complete system, ASTM A 959, Type 29-4C stainless steel, pipe, vent terminal, thimble, indoor plate, vent adapter, condensate trap and dilution tank, and sealant. B. Combustion -Air Intake: Complete system, stainless steel, pipe, vent terminal with screen, inlet air coupling, and sealant. CONDENSING BOILERS 235216 - 4 ICOFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Burner and Hydrostatic Test: Factory adjust burner to eliminate excess oxygen, carbon dioxide, oxides of nitrogen emissions, and carbon monoxide in flue gas and to achieve combustion efficiency; perform hydrostatic test. B. Test and inspect factory -assembled boilers, before shipping, according to 2410 ASME Boller and Pressure Vessel Code. C. Allow Owner access to source quality -control testing of boilers. Notify Engineer 14 days in advance of testing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing -in for concrete equipment bases, anchor -bolt sizes and locations, and piping and electrical connections to verify actual locations, sizes, and other conditions affecting ( performance of the Work. 1. Final boiler locations indicated on Drawings are approximate. Determine exact locations t before roughing -in for piping and electrical connections. r B. Examine mechanical spaces for suitable conditions where boilers will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. s 3.2 BOILER INSTALLATION i A. Equipment Mounting: 1. Install boilers on cast -in -place concrete equipment base(s). B. Install gas -fired boilers according to NFPA 54. C. Assemble and install boiler trim. D. Install electrical devices furnished with boiler but not specified to be factory mounted. l E. Install control wiring to field -mounted electrical devices. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to boiler to allow service and maintenance. C. Install piping from equipment drain connection to nearest floor drain. Piping shall be at least full { size of connection. Provide an isolation valve if required. s CONDENSING BOILERS 235216 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 D. Connect piping to boilers, except safety relief valve connections, with flexible connectors of materials suitable for service. E. Connect gas piping to boiler gas -train inlet with union. Piping shall be at least full size of gas - train connection. Provide a reducer if required. F. Connect hot-water piping to supply- and return -boiler tappings with shutoff valve and union or flange at each connection. G. Install piping from safety relief valves to nearest floor drain. H. Boiler Venting: 1. Install flue venting kit and combustion -air intake. I. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." J. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. C. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory -authorized service representative: 1. Perform installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Leak Test: Hydrostatic test. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test. Start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Adjust air -fuel ratio and combustion. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. a. Check and adjust initial operating set points and high- and low -limit safety set points of fuel supply, water level, and water temperature. b. Set field -adjustable switches and circuit -breaker trip ranges as indicated. D. Boiler will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. F. Performance Tests: 1. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect component assemblies and equipment installations, including connections, and to conduct performance testing. 2. Boilers shall comply with performance requirements indicated, as determined by field performance tests. Adjust, modify, or replace equipment to comply. 3. Perform field performance tests to determine capacity and efficiency of boilers. CONDENSING BOILERS 235216 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 a. Test for full capacity. b. Test for bailer efficiency at low fire 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 80, 60, 40, and 20 percent of full capacity. Determine efficiency at each test point. 4. Repeat tests until results comply with requirements indicated. 5. Provide analysis equipment required to determine performance. 6. Provide temporary equipment and system modifications necessary to dissipate the heat produced during tests if building systems are inadequate. j 7. Notify Engineer 24 hours minimum in advance of test dates. 8. Document test results in a report and submit to Architect. i 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to { adjust, operate, and maintain boilers. 1 END OF SECTION 235216 CONDENSING BOILERS 235216 - 7 e COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 SECTION 236423 AIR-COOLED, SCROLL WATER CHILLERS PART 1 - GENERAL r 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes packaged, air-cooled, electric -motor -driven, scroll water chillers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. BAS: Building automation system. r B. COP: Coefficient of performance. The ratio of the rate of heat removal to the rate of energy input using consistent units for any given set of rating conditions. C. DDC: Direct digital control. D. EER: Energy -efficiency ratio. The ratio of the cooling capacity given in Btu/h to the total power input given in watts at any given set of rating conditions. i E. GFi: Ground fault interrupt. F. IPLV: Integrated part -load value. A single -number part -load efficiency figure of merit for a single chiller calculated per the method defined by AHRI 550/590 and referenced to AHRI standard rating conditions. G. 1/0: Input/output. H. kW/Ton: The ratio of total power input of the chiller in kilowatts to the net refrigerating capacity in tons at any given set of rating conditions. ` 1. NPLV: Nonstandard part -load value. A single number part -load efficiency figure of merit for a single chiller calculated per the method defined by AHRI 6501590 and intended for operating i conditions other than the AHRI standard rating conditions. J. SCCR: Short-circuit current rating. K. TEAO: Totally enclosed air over. L. TENV: Totally enclosed nonventilating. AIR-COOLED, SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include refrigerant, rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. 2. Performance at AHRI standard conditions and at conditions indicated. 3, Performance at AHRI standard unloading conditions. 4. Minimum evaporator flow rate. 5_ Refrigerant capacity of water chiller. 6. Oil capacity of water chiller. 7. Fluid capacity of evaporator. 8. Characteristics of safety relief valves. 9. Force and moment capacity of each piping connection. B. Shop Drawings: Complete set of manufacturer's prints of water chiller assemblies, control panels, sections and elevations, and unit isolation. Include the following: 1. Assembled unit dimensions. 2. Weight and load distribution. 3. Required clearances for maintenance and operation. 4. Size and location of piping and wiring connections. 5. Diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Certificates: For certification required In "Quality Assurance" Article. B. Installation instructions. C. Source quality -control reports. D. Startup service reports. E Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each water chiller to Include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. B. Spare Parts List: Recommended spare parts list with quantity for each. C. Touchup Paint Description: Detailed description of paint used in application of finish coat to allow for procurement of a matching paint. D. Instructional Videos: Including those that are prerecorded and those that are recorded during training. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Tool kit to include the following: AIR-COOLED, SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1. A tool kit specially designed by chiller manufacturer for use in servicing chiller(s) furnished. 2. Special tools required to service chiller components not readily available to Owner service personnel in performing routine maintenance. f 3. Lockable case with hinged cover, marked with large and permanent text to indicate the special purpose of tool kit, such as "Chiller Tool Kit." Text size shall be at least 1 inch high. 4. A list of each tool furnished. Permanently attach the fist to underside of case cover. Text i size shall be at least 1/2 inch high. B. Touchup Paint: 32 oz. container of paint used for finish coat. Label outside of container with detailed description of paint to allow for procurement of a matching paint in the future. i 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE t A. AHRI Cortification: Certify chiller according to AHRI 590 certification program. i 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Ship water chillers from the factory fully charged with refrigerant and filled with oil. r B. Package water chiller for export shipping. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of water chillers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Extended warranties include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Complete chiller including refrigerant and oil charge. b. Complete compressor and drive assembly including refrigerant and oil charge. C. Refrigerant and oil charge. 1) Loss of refrigerant charge for any reason due to manufacturer's product defect and product installation. d. Parts and labor. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Site Altitude: Chiller shall be suitable for altitude at which installed without affecting performance indicated. Make adjustments to affected chiller components to account for site altitude. B. Performance Tolerance: Comply with the following in lieu of AHRI 550/590: AIR-COOLED, SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1. Allowable Capacity Tolerance: 2 percent. 2. Allowable Full -Load Energy Efficiency Tolerance: 2 percent. 3. Allowable Part -Load Energy Efficiency Tolerance: 2 percent. C. AHRI Rating: Rate water chiller performance according to requirements in AHRI 550/590. D. ASHRAE Compliance: ASHRAE 15 for safety code for mechanical refrigeration. E. ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IES 90.1, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air -Conditioning." F, ASME Compliance: Fabricate and stamp water chiller heat exchangers to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. G. Comply with NFPA 70. H. Comply with requirements of UL 1995, "Heating and Cooling Equipment," and include label by a qualified testing agency showing compliance. I. Outdoor Installations: 1. Chiller shall be suitable for outdoor installation indicated. Provide adequate weather protection to ensure reliable service life over a 25-year period with minimal degradation due to exposure to outdoor ambient conditions. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. JCl/York B. Trane C. Daikin/McQuay 2.3 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Description: Factory -assembled and run -tested water chiller complete with compressor(s), compressor motors and motor controllers, evaporator, condenser with fans, electrical power, controls, and indicated accessories. 2.4 CABINET A_ Base: Galvanized -steel base extending the perimeter of water chiller. Secure frame, compressors, and evaporator to base to provide a single -piece unit. B. Frame: Rigid galvanized -steel frame secured to base and designed to support cabinet, condenser, control panel, and other chiller components not directly supported from base_ C_ Casing. Galvanized steel. D. Finish: Coat base, frame, and casing with a corrosion -resistant coating capable of withstanding a 500-hour salt -spray test according to ASTM B 117. AIR-COOLED, SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423 - 4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2.5 COMPRESSOR -DRIVE ASSEMBLIES i A. Compressors: 1. Description: Positive -displacement direct drive with hermetically sealed casing. 2. Each compressor provided with suction and discharge service valves, crankcase oil heater, and suction strainer. a. For multiple compressor assemblies, it is acceptable to isolate each compressor ! assembly in lieu of each compressor. 3. Operating Speed: Nominal 3600 rpm for 60-Hz applications. i 4. Capacity Control: On -off compressor cycling. 5. Oil Lubrication System. Automatic pump with strainer, sight glass, filling connection, filter k with magnetic plug or removable magnet in sump, and initial oil charge. I a. Manufacturer's other standard methods of providing positive lubrication are acceptable in lieu of an automatic pump. 6. Vibration Isolation: Mount individual compressors on vibration isolators. a. For multiple compressor assemblies, it is acceptable to isolate each compressor assembly in lieu of each compressor. B. Compressor Motors: 1. Hermetically sealed and cooled by refrigerant suction gas. 2. High -torque, two -pole induction type with inherent thermal -overload protection on each phase. r' C. Compressor Motor Controllers: 1. Across the Line: NEMA ICS 2, Class A, full voltage, nonreversing. 2.6 REFRIGERATION A. Refrigerant: R-410A. Classified as Safety Group Al according to ASHRAE 34. B. Refrigerant Compatibility: Parts exposed to refrigerants shall be fully compatible with refrigerants, and pressure components shall be rated for refrigerant pressures. C. Refrigerant Circuit: Each circuit shall include an electronic or a thermal -expansion valve, refrigerant charging connections, a hot -gas muffler, compressor suction and discharge shutoff valves, a liquid -line shutoff valve, a replaceable -core filter -dryer, a sight glass with moisture indicator, a liquid -line solenoid valve, and an insulated suction line. D. Refrigerant Isolation: Factory install positive shutoff isolation valves in the compressor discharge line and the refrigerant liquid -fine to allow the isolation and storage of the refrigerant charge in the chiller condenser. 1. For multiple compressor assemblies, it is acceptable to isolate each compressor assembly in each circuit in lieu of each compressor. AIR-COOLED, SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423- 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 E. Pressure Relief Device: 1. Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 15, ASHRAE 147, and applicable portions of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. 2. Select and configure pressure relief devices to protect against corrosion and inadvertent release of refrigerant. 3. ASME-rated, spring -loaded, pressure relief valve, single- or multiple-reseating type. Pressure relief valve(s) shall be provided for each heat exchanger. 2.7 EVAPORATOR A. Brazed -plate or shell -and -tube design, as indicated. B. Shell and Tube: 1. Description. Direct -expansion, shell -and -tube design with fluid flowing through the shell and refrigerant flowing through the tubes within the shell. 2. Code Compliance: Tested and stamped according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 3. Shell Material: Carbon steel. 4. Shell Heads: Removable carbon -steel heads with multipass baffles designed to ensure positive oil return and located at each end of the tube bundle. 5. Shell Nozzles: Fluid nozzles located along the side of the shell and terminated with flanged end connections for connection to field piping. 6. Tube Construction: Individually replaceable copper tubes with enhanced fin design, expanded into tube sheets. C. Flow Switch: Factory -furnished and -installed, thermal -type flow switch wired to chiller operating controls. D. Heater: Factory -installed and -wired electric heater with integral controls designed to protect the evaporator to minus 20 deg F. E. Remote -Mounting Kit: Designed for remote field mounting where indicated. Provide kit for field installation. 2.8 AIR-COOLED CONDENSER A. Coil(s) with integral subcooling on each circuit. B. Copper Tube with Plate Fin Coils: 1. Construct coils of copper tubes mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. C. Aluminum Microchannel Coils: 1. Series of flat tubes containing a series of multiple, parallel -flow microchannels layered between refrigerant header manifolds. 2. Single- or multiple -pass arrangement. 3. Construct fins, tubes, and header manifolds of aluminum alloy treated with a corrosion - resistant coating. AIR-COOLED, SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 D. Hall Protection: Provide condenser coils with louvers, baffles, or hoods to protect against hail damage. E. Fans: Direct -drive propeller type with statically and dynamically balanced fan blades, arranged for vertical air discharge. F. Fan Motors: TENV or TEAO enclosure, with sealed and permanently lubricated bearings, and having built-in overcurrent- and thermal -overload protection. Overcurrent- and thermal -overload protection not integral to motor is acceptable if provided with chiller electrical power package. G. Fan Guards: Removable steel safety guards with corrosion -resistant coating. 2.9 INSULATION A. Closed -cell, flexible, elastomeric thermal insulation complying with ASTM C 5341C 534M, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials. 1. Thickness: 1-112 inches. B. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation manufacturer. C. Factory -applied insulation over all cold surfaces of chiller capable of forming condensation. Components shall include, but not be limited to, evaporator, evaporator water boxes including nozzles, refrigerant suction pipe from evaporator to compressor, cold surfaces of compressor, refrigerant -cooled motor, and auxiliary piping. 1. Apply adhesive to 100 percent of insulation contact surface. 2. Before insulating steel surfaces, prepare surfaces for paint, and prime and paint as indicated for other painted components. Do not insulate unpainted steel surfaces. 3. Seal seams and joints to provide a vapor barrier. 4. After adhesive has fully cured, paint exposed surfaces of insulation to match other painted parts. 5. Manufacturer has option to factory or field insulate chiller components to reduce potential for damage during installation. 6. Field -Applied Insulation: a. Components that are not factory insulated shall be field insulated to comply with requirements indicated. b. Manufacturer shall be responsible for chiller insulation whether factory or field installed to ensure that manufacturer is the single point of responsibility for chillers. C. Manufacturer's factory -authorized service representative shall instruct and supervise installation of field -applied insulation. d. After field -applied insulation is complete, paint insulation to match factory -applied finish. 2.10 ELECTRICAL_ A. Factory installed and wired, and functionally tested at factory before shipment. B. Factory -installed and wired switches, motor controllers, transformers, and other electrical devices necessary shall provide a single -point field power connection to water chiller. AIR-COOLED, SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 C. House in a unit -mounted, NEMA 250, Type 3R enclosure with hinged access door with lock and key or padlock and key. D. Wiring shall be numbered and color -coded to match wiring diagram. E. Each motor shall have overcurrent protection. F. Overload relay sized according to UL 1995, or an integral component of water chiller control microprocessor. G. Phase -Failure and Undervoltage: Solid-state sensing with adjustable settings. H. Controls Transformer: Unit -mounted transformer with primary and secondary fuses and sized with enough capacity to operate electrical load plus spare capacity. 1. Control Relays: Auxiliary and adjustable time -delay relays, or an integral to water chiller microprocessor. J. Service Receptacle: 1. Unit -mounted, 120-V GFl duplex receptacle. 2. Power receptacle from chiller internal electrical power wiring. K. Indicate the following for water chiller electrical power supply: 1. Current, phase to phase, for all three phases. 2. Voltage, phase to phase and phase to neutral for all three phases. 3. Three-phase real power (kilowatts). 4. Three-phase reactive power (kilovolt amperes reactive). 5. Power factor. 6. Running log of total power versus time (kilowatt hours). 7. Fault log, with time and date of each. 2.11 CONTROLS A. Factory installed and wired, and functionally tested at factory before shipment B. Standalone, microprocessor based, with all memory stored in nonvolatile memory so that reprogramming is not required on loss of electrical power. C. Enclosure: Share enclosure with electrical power devices or provide a separate enclosure of matching construction. D. Operator Interface: Keypad or pressure -sensitive touch screen. Multiple -character, digital display. Display the following: 1. Date and time. 2. Operating or alarm status. 3. Operating hours. 4. Outside -air temperature if required for chilled -water reset. 5. Temperature and pressure of operating set points. 6. Chilled -water entering and leaving temperatures. 7. Refrigerant pressures in evaporator and condenser. B. Saturation temperature in evaporator and condenser. AIR-COOLED, SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423 - 8 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 9. No cooling load condition. 10. Elapsed time meter (compressor run status). ' 11. Pump status. 12. Antirecycling timer status. ? 13. Percent of maximum motor amperage. 14. Current -limit set point. 15. Number of compressor starts. 16. Alarm history with retention of operational data before unit shutdown. 17. Superheat. E. Control Functions: I i ' F 1. Manual or automatic startup and shutdown time schedule. 2. Capacity control based on evaporator leaving -fluid temperature. 3. Capacity control compensated by rate of change of evaporator entering -fluid temperature. 4. Chilled -water entering and leaving temperatures, control set points, and motor load limit. Current limit and demand limit. 5. Condenser -water temperature. 6. External water chiller emergency stop. 7. Antirecycling timer. B. Automatic lead -lag switching. 9. Ice -building mode. Manual -Reset Safety Controls: The following conditions shall shut down water chiller and require manual reset: 1. Low evaporator pressure or high condenser pressure. 2. Low chilled -water temperature. 3. Refrigerant high pressure. 4. High or low oil pressure. 5_ High oil temperature. 6. Loss of chilled -water flow. 7. Loss of condenser -water flow. 8. Control device failure. G. DDC System Interface: Factory -install hardware and software to enable system to monitor, control, and display chiller status and alarms. 1. Hardwired 110 Points. a. Monitoring: On/off status, common trouble alarm, electrical power demand (kilowatts), electrical power consumption (kilowatt hours). b. Control: On/off operation, chilled -water discharge temperature set -point adjustment, electrical power demand limit. 2. Communication Interface: Industry -accepted open -protocol communication interface shall enable control system operator to remotely control and monitor the water chiller from an operator workstation. Control features and monitoring points displayed locally at water chiller control panel shall be available through DDC system for HVAC. 2.12 ACCESSORIES A. Factory -furnished neoprene or spring isolators for field installation. AIR-COOLED, SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423 - 9 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2.13 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform functional test of water chillers before shipping. B. Factory performance test water chillers, before shipping, according to AHRI 550/590. 1. Test the following conditions: H. Design conditions indicated. b. AHRI 550/590 part -load points. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Before water chiller installation, examine roughing -in for equipment support, anchor -bolt sizes and locations, piping, controls, and electrical connections to verify actual locations, sizes, and other conditions affecting water chiller performance, maintenance, and operations. 1. Water chiller locations indicated on Drawings are approximate. Determine exact locations bofore roughing -in for piping, controls, and electrical connections. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 WATER CHILLER INSTALLATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of bases with actual equipment provided. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into concrete bases. B. Coordinate sizes, locations, and anchoring attachments of structural -steel support structures with actual equipment provided. C. Install water chillers on support structure indicated. D. Equipment Mounting: 1. Install water chillers on cast -in -place concrete equipment bases. E. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances for service and maintenance. F. Maintain clearances required by governing code. G. Chiller manufacturer's factory -trained service personnel shall charge water chiller with refrigerant if not factory charged and fill with oil if not factory installed. H. Install separate devices furnished by manufacturer and not factory installed. 1. Chillers shipped in multiple major assemblies shall be field assembled by chiller manufacturer's factory -trained service personnel. AIR-COOLED, SCROLL. WATER CHILLERS 236423- 10 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 3.3 PIPING CONNECTIONS JULY 2019 A. Comply with requirements in Section 232113 "Hydronic Piping" and Section 232116 "Hydronic Piping Specialties." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Where installing piping adjacent to chillers, allow space for service and maintenance. C. Evaporator Fluid Connections: 1. Connect to evaporator inlet with shutoff valve, flexible connector, thermometer, and plugged tee with pressure gage. 2. Connect to evaporator outlet with shutoff valve, balancing valve, flexible connector, flow switch, thermometer, plugged tee with pressure gage, and drain connection with valve. 3. Make connections to water chiller with a flange. D. Connect each drain connection with a drain valve, full size of drain connection. E. Connect each chiller vent connection with an automatic vent, full size of vent connection. 3.4 ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTIONS A. Connect wiring according to Section 260619 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." C. Provide nameplate for each electrical connection indicating electrical equipment designation and circuit number feeding connection. Nameplate shall be laminated phenolic layers of black with engraved white letters at least 1/2 inch high. Locate nameplate where easily visible_ 3.5 CONTROLS CONNECTIONS A. Install control and electrical power wiring to field -mounted control devices. B. Connect control wiring between chillers and other equipment to interlock operation as required to provide a complete and functioning system. C. Connect control wiring between chiller control interface and DDC system for remote monitoring and control of chillers. Comply with requirements in Section 230923 "Direct Digital Control (DDC) System for HVAC." D. Provide nameplate on face of chiller control panel indicating control equipment designation serving chiller and the 1/0 point designation for each control connection. Nameplate shall be laminated phenolic layers of black with engraved white letters at least 1/2 inch high. 3.6 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. B. Inspect field -assembled components, equipment installation, and piping and electrical connections for proper assemblies, installations, and connections. AIR-COOLED, SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423 - 11 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 C. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions and perform the following: 1. Verify that refrigerant charge is sufficient and water chiller has been leak tested. 2. Verify that pumps are installed and functional. 3. Verify that thermometers and gages are installed. 4. Operate water chiller for run-in period. 5. Check bearing lubrication and oil levels. 6. Verify that refrigerant pressure relief device for chillers installed indoors is vented outside. 7. Verify proper motor rotation. 8. Verify static deflection of vibration isolators, including deflection during water chiller startup and shutdown. 9. Verify and record performance of chilled -water flow and low -temperature interlocks. 10. Verify and record performance of water chiller protection devices. 11. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Visually inspect chiller for damage before starting. Repair or replace damaged components, including insulation. Do not start chiller until damage that is detrimental to operation has been corrected. E. Prepare a written startup report that records results of tests and inspections. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain water chillers. 1. Instructor small be factory trained and certified. 2. Provide not less than eight hours of training. 3. Train personnel in operation and maintenance and to obtain maximum efficiency in plant operation. 4. Provide instructional videos snowing general operation and maintenance that are coordinated with operation and maintenance manuals. 5. Obtain Owner sign -off that training is complete. 6. Owner training shall be held at Project site. END OF SECTION 236423 AIR-COOLED, SCROLL WATER CHILLERS 236423 - 12 i COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 ' SECTION 237313 MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary 4 Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY ! A. Section includes: 1. Variable -air -volume, air -handling units. f 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each air -handling unit indicated. 1. Unit dimensions and weight. 2. Cabinet material, metal thickness, finishes, insulation and accessories. 3. Fans: a. Certified fan -performance curves with system operating conditions indicated. b. Certified fan -sound power ratings. IC. Fan construction and accessories. d. Motor ratings, electrical characteristics, and motor accessories. 4. Certified coil -performance ratings with system operating conditions indicated. 5. Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators. 6. Filters with performance characteristics_ 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans and other details, drawn to scale, an which the following i items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Mechanical -room layout and relationships between components and adjacent structural and mechanical elements. 2. Support location, type, and weight. 3. Field measurements. B. Source quality -control reports. C. Field quality -control reports. MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237313 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air -handling units to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Filters: One set(s) for each air -handling unit. 2. Gaskets: One set(s) for each access door. 3. Fan Belts: One set(s) for each air -handling unit fan. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A For design, fabrication, and installation of air - handling units and components. C. AHRI Certification: Air -handling units and their components shall be factory tested according to AHRI 430, "Performance Rating of Central -Station Air -Handling Unit Supply Fans," and shall be listed and labeled by AHRI_ D. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment' and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup." E. ASHRAEfIES 90.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IES 90.1, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air -Conditioning." F. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. B. Coordinate sizes and locations of structural -steel support members, if any, with actual equipment provided. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR HANDLING UNIT MANUFACTURERS 2.2 UNIT CASINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements for Casings: MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237313 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1. Forming: Form walls, roofs, and floors with at least two breaks at each joint. 2. Casing Joints: Sheet metal screws or pop rivets. 3. Sealing: Seal all joints with water-resistant sealant. 4. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. B. Casing insulation and Adhesive: 1. Location and Application: Factory applied with adhesive and mechanical fasteners to the d internal surface of section panels downstream from, and including, the cooling -coil ti section. a. Provide with minimum of 2 inches of spray foam insulation in a double wall panel. The spray foam insulation shall be applied to all panels and doors, 2 inch minimum. t 2. Location and Application: Encased between outside and inside casing. i C. Inspection and Access Panels and Access Doors: 1 1. Panel and Door Fabrication: Formed and reinforced, double -wall and insulated panels of same materials and thicknesses as casing. 2. Inspection and Access Panels: a. Fasteners: Two or more camlock type for panel lift -out operation. Arrangement shall allow panels to be opened against air -pressure differential. b. Gasket: Neoprene, applied around entire perimeters of panel frames. C. Size: Large enough to allow inspection and maintenance of air -handling unit's j internal components. i 3. Access Doors: a. Hinges: A minimum of two balf-bearing hinges or stainless -steel piano hinge and two wedge -lever -type latches, operable from inside and outside. Arrange doors to be opened against air -pressure differential. b. Gasket: Neoprene, applied around entire perimeters of panel frames. C. Fabricate windows in [fan section ]doors of double -glazed, wire -reinforced safety glass with an air space between panes and sealed with interior and exterior rubber seals. 4. Locations and Applications: a. Fan Section: Doors i b. Access Section: Doors. C. Coil Section: Inspection and access panel. d. Damper Section: Doors. e. Filter Section: Doors large enough to allow periodic removal and installation of ` filters. D. Condensate Drain fans: 1. Fabricated with two percent slope in at least two planes to collect condensate from cooling coils (including coil piping connections, coil headers, and return bends) and from humidifiers and to direct water toward drain connection. MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237313 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 E. Air -Handling -Unit Mounting Frame: Formed galvanized -steel channel or structural channel supports, designed for low deflection, welded with integral lifting lugs. 2.3 FAN, DRIVE, AND MOTOR SECTION A. Fan and Drive Assemblies: Statically and dynamically balanced and designed for continuous operation at maximum -rated fan speed and motor horsepower. Shafts: Designed for continuous operation at maximum -rated fan speed and motor horsepower, and with field -adjustable alignment. Turned, ground, and polished hot -rolled steel with keyway, Ship with a protective coating of lubricating oil. Designed to operate at no more than 70 percent of first critical speed at top of fan's speed range. B. Centrifugal Fan Housings: Formed- and reinforced -steel panels to form curved scroll housings with shaped cutoff and spun -metal inlet bell. 1. Bracing: Steel angle or channel supports for mounting and supporting fan scroll, wheel, motor, and accessories. 2. Horizontal -Flanged, Split Housing: Bolted construction. 3. Housing for Supply Fan: Attach housing to fan -section casing with metal -edged flexible duct connector. C. Plenum Fan Housings: Steel frame and panel; fabricated without fan scroll and volute housing. D. Backward -Inclined, Centrifugal Fan Wheels: Single -width -single -inlet and double -width -double - inlet construction with curved inlet flange, backplate, backward -inclined blades welded or riveted to flange and backplate; cast-iron or cast -steel hub riveted to backplate and fastened to shaft with set screws. E. Forward -Curved, Centrifugal Fan Wheels: Inlet flange, backplate, and shallow blades with inlet and tip curved forward in direction of airflow and mechanically fastened to flange and backplate; cast -steel hub swaged to backplate and fastened to shaft with set screws. F. Airfoil, Centrifugal Fan Wheels: Smooth -curved inlet flange, backplate, and hollow die -formed airfoil -shaped blades continuously welded at tip flange and backplate; cast-iron or cast -steel hub riveted to backplate and fastened to shaft with set screws. G. Fan Shaft Bearings- 1. Prelubricated and Sealed, Ball Bearings: Self -aligning, pillow -block type with a rated life of 120,000 hours according to ABMA 9. 2. Grease -Lubricated, Tapered -Roller Bearings: Self -aligning, pillow -block type with double - locking collars and 2-piece, cast-iron housing with grease lines extended to outside unit and a rated life of 120,000 hours according to ABMA 11. 3. Grease -Lubricated Bearings: Self -aligning, pillow -block -type, ball or roller bearings with adapter mount and two-piece, cast-iron housing with grease lines extended to outside unit. H. Internal Vibration Isolation: Fans shall be factory mounted with manufacturer's standard vibration Isolation mounting devices having a minimum static deflection of 2 inches. MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237313 - 4 I l COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER J ULY 2019 1. Motor: Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 1. Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed, fan cooled. 2. NEMA Premium (TM) efficient motors as defined in NEMA MG 1, 3. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. + 4. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in electrical Sections. 5. Mount unit -mounted disconnect switches on exterior of unit. 2.4 COIL SECTION A. General Requirements for Coil Section: i 1. Comply with AHRI 410. 2. Fabricate coil section to allow removal and replacement of coil for maintenance and to allow in -place access for service and maintenance of coil(s). 2.5 AIR FILTRATION SECTION i A. General Requirements for Air Filtration Section: 1. Comply with NFPA 90A. 2. Provide minimum arrestance according to ASHRAE 52.1, and a minimum efficiency reporting value (MERV) according to ASHRAE 52.2. 3. Provide filter holding frames arranged for flat or angular orientation, with access doors on both sides of unit_ Filters shall be removable from one side or lifted out from access plenum. B. disposable Panel Filters: 1. Factory -fabricated, viscous -coated, flat -panel type. 2. Thickness: 2 inches. 3. MERV (ASHRAE 52.2): 7. 4. Frame: Galvanized steel, with metal grid on outlet side, steel rod grid on inlet side, hinged, and with pull and retaining handles. C. Filter Gage: f 1. 3-1/2-inch- diameter, diaphragm -actuated dial in metal case. 2. Vent valves. 3. Black figures on white background. 4. front recalibration adjustment. 5. 2 percent of full-scale accuracy. 6. Range: 0- to 2.0-inch wg. 7. Accessories: Static -pressure tips with integral compression fittings, 1I4-inch aluminum tubing, and 2- or 3-way vent valves. MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237313 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2.6 DAMPERS A. General Requirements for Dampers: Leakage rate, according to AMCA 500, "Laboratory Methods for Testing Dampers for Rating," shall not exceed 2 percent of air quantity at 2000-fpm face velocity through damper and 4-inch wg pressure differential. B. Electronic Damper Operators: 1. Direct -coupled type designed for minimum 60,000 full -stroke cycles at rated torque. 2. Electronic damper position indicator shall have visual scale indicating percent of travel and 2- to 10-V dc, feedback signal. 3. Operator Motors: a. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." b. Size to operate with sufficient reserve power to provide smooth modulating action or two -position action. C. Permanent Split -Capacitor or Shaded -Pole Type: Gear trains completely oil immersed and sealed. Equip spring -return motors with integral spiral -spring mechanism in housings designed for easy removal for service or adjustment of limit switches, auxiliary switches, or feedback potentiometer. 4. Nonspring-Return Motors for Dampers Larger Than 25 Sq, Ft.: Size for running torque of 150 in. x Ibf and breakaway torque of 300 in. x Ibf. 5. Spring -Return Motors for Dampers Larger Than 25 Sq. Ft_: Size for running and breakaway torque of 150 in. x Ibf. 6. Coupling: V-bolt and V-shaped, toothed cradle. 7. Overload Protection: Electronic overload or digital rotation -sensing circuitry. 8. Fail -Safe Operation: Mechanical, spring -return mechanism with external, manual gear release on nonspring-return actuators. 9. Power Requirements (Two -Position Spring Return): 120-V ac. 10. Proportional Signal: 2- to 10-V do or 4 to 20 mA, and 2- to 10-V do position feedback signal. 11. Temperature Rating: Minus 22 to plus 122 deg F. 12. Run Time: 30 seconds. C. Outdoor- and Return -Air Dampers: Low -leakage, double -skin, airfoil -blade, aluminum dampers with compressible jamb seals and extruded -vinyl blade edge seals in opposed -blade arrangement with steel operating rods rotating in stainless -steel sleeve bearings mounted in a single galvanized -steel frame, and with operating rods connected with a common linkage. Leakage rate shall not exceed 5 cfmisq. ft. at 1-inch wg and 9 cfmisq_ ft. at 4-inch wg. D. Mixing Section. Multiple -blade, air -mixer assembly located immediately downstream of mixing section. E. Combination Filter and Mixing Section: 1. Cabinet support members shall hold 2-inch- thick, pleated, flat, permanent or throwaway filters. 2. Multiple -blade, air -mixer assembly shall mix air to prevent stratification, located immediately downstream of mixing box. MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AiR-HANDLING UNITS 237313 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 r 2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Fan Sound -Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data." Test fans according to AMCA 300, "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Fans shall bear AMCA-certified sound ratings seal. B. Fan Performance Rating: Factory test fan performance for airflow, pressure, power, air density, rotation speed, and efficiency. Rate performance according to AMCA 210, "Laboratory Methods l of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating." f C. Water Coils: Factory tested to 300 psig according to AHRI 410 and ASH RAE 33. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. f B. Examine casing insulation materials and filter media before air -handling unit installation. Reject i insulation materials and Filter media that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. C. Examine roughing -in for hydronic, and condensate drainage piping systems and electrical services to verify actual locations of connections before installation. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION i A. Equipment Mounting: 1. Install air -handling units on cast -in -place concrete equipment bases. B. Arrange installation of units to provide access space around air -handling units for service and maintenance. C. Do not operate fan system until filters (temporary or permanent) are in place. Replace temporary Filters used during construction and testing, with new, clean filters. D. install filter -gage, static -pressure taps upstream and downstream of filters. Mount filter gages on outside of filter housing or filter plenum in accessible position. Provide filter gages on filter banks, installed with separate static -pressure taps upstream and downstream of filters. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for piping specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to air -handling unit to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect piping to air -handling units mounted on vibration isolators with flexible connectors. MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237313- 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 D. Connect condensate drain pans using NPS 1-114, ASTM B 88, Type M copper tubing. Extend to nearest equipment or floor drain. Construct deep trap at connection to drain pan and install cleanouts at changes in direction. E. Mot- and Chilled -Water Piping: Comply with applicable requirements in Section 232113 "Hydronic Piping" and Section 232116 "Hydronic Piping Specialties." Install shutoff valve and union or flange at each coil supply connection. Install balancing valve and union or flange at each coil return connection. F_ Connect duct to air -handling units with flexible connections. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. B. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, fill water and steam coils with water, and test coils and connections for leaks. 2. Fan Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Air -handling unit or components will be considered defective if unit or components do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. 3. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections to piping, ducts, and electrical systems are complete. Verify that proper thermal -overload protection is installed in motors, controllers, and switches. 4. Verify proper motor rotation direction, free fan wheel rotation, and smooth bearing operations. Reconnect fan drive system, align belts, and install belt guards. 5. Verify that bearings, pulleys, belts, and other moving parts are lubricated with factory - recommended lubricants. 6. Verify that outdoor- and return -air mixing dampers open and close, and maintain minimum outdoor -air setting. 7. Comb coil fins for parallel orientation. 8. Verify that proper thermal -overload protection is installed for electric coils. MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237313 - 8 i f COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2©19 9. install new, clean filters. ' 10. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in connected duct systems are in fully open position. B. Starting procedures for air -handling units include the following: 1. Energize motor, verify proper operation of motor, drive system, and fan wheel. Adjust fan to indicated rpm. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design conditions. t 2. Measure and record motor electrical values for voltage and amperage. i 3. Manually operate dampers from fully closed to fully open position and record fan performance. r 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. B. Comply with requirements in Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for air -handling system testing, adjusting, and balancing. S 3.7 CLEANING A. After completing system installation and testing, adjusting, and balancing air -handling unit and air -distribution systems and after completing startup service, clean air -handling units internally to remove foreign material and construction dirt and dust. Clean fan wheels, cabinets, dampers, coils, and filter housings, and install new, clean filters. l 3.8 DEMONSTRATION l A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain air -handling units. END OF SECTION 237313 MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 237313 - 9 ! COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 r i j SECTION 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL t PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Any changes or additional costs to other trades or to the project caused by a substitution, even i if approved, shall be borne by the trade making the substitution. B. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves for raceways and cables. 2. Sleeve seals. 3. Grout. I i 4. Common electrical installation requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Any equipment or material submitted which is not in accordance with the specification requirements because of standard shop practice or other reasons, shall be specifically noted in the letter of transmittal including all points of variance. If the submittals are not marked in this i way, the Contractor remains responsible to execute his work in accordance with the contract documents even if such submittals are approved. B. The Architect's approval of submittals indicates general compliance with the design concept, but shall not be considered as permitting any departure from the contract documents. Nor shall it relieve the Contractor's responsibility for any errors in the submittal, such as in details, dimensions, materials, etc. C. If requested, the Contractor shall provide samples of materials or equipment he proposes to furnish. Such samples shall remain the property of the Contractor and will be returned before i contract closeout. i D. Contractor shall submit dimensioned shop drawings of all electrical and telephone room layouts, and any other locations where electrical equipment is grouped. Shop drawings shall show relationship of electrical equipment with the building structure and equipment of other trades. r Shop drawings shall also be provided for the following systems: 1. Telephone and data systems i 2. Fire alarm system 3. Public address and sound systems 4. Lightning protection system 5. Lighting control systems COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53fA 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Cast -Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings. Galvanized sheet steel. Minimum Metal Thickness: a. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side more than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.052 inch. b_ For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or more than, 50 inches and 1 or more sides equal to, or more than, 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138 inch. 2.2 SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. C. Metraflex Co. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 3. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable. 4. Pressure Plates: Plastic or Carbon Steel. Include two for each sealing element. 5. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion -resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.3 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage -Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall -mounting items. f C. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements. i D. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to i facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity. E. Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope. 3.2 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Electrical penetrations occur when raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, or busways penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or fire -rated floor and wall assemblies. B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core -drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and wails. r C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. r D. Fire -Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. E. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. F. Extend sleeves installed in flows 2 inches above finished floor level. i G. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable, unless indicated otherwise. H. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry 1. Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth, protect grout while curing. 1. Interior Penetrations of Non -Fire -Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. I Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Seafants.". J. Fire -Rated -Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at raceway and cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal raceway and cable r penetration sleeves with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping_" COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260600 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 K. Roof -Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible boot -type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. L. Aboveground, Exterior -Waif Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. M. Underground, Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.3 SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install to seal exterior wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.4 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies for electrical installations to restore original fire -resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." END OF SECTION 260600 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 4 f COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 JULY 2019 I SECTION 260519 f LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. ❑rawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Building wires and cables rated 2000 V and less. i 2. Wires and cables for PV systems rated 2000 V and less. 1 3. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 2000 V and less. B. Related Requirements: j 1. Section 260513 "Medium -Voltage Cables" for single -conductor and multiconductor cables, cable splices, and terminations for electrical distribution systems with 2001 to 35,000 V. 2. Section 260523 "Control -Voltage Electrical Power Cables" for control systems i communications cables and Classes 1, 2, and 3 control cables. 3. Section 271500 "Communications Horizontal Cabling" for cabling used for voice and data circuits. i 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. VFC: Variable -frequency controller. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS i A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Product Schedule: Indicate type, use, location, and termination locations. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing agency. r B. Field quality -control reports. s 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE i A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of META. ' 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on -site testing. LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND 260519 - 1 CABLES COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 JULY 2019 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." C. Comply with UL 1277, UL 1685, and NFPA 70 for Type TC-ER cable used in VFC circuits. D. Conductors: Copper, complying with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658. 1. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70/10EA S-95-658 for Type THW Type THW-2 Type THHN/THWN-2 Type XHHW-2 Type OF Type USE and Type SO. E. Cable: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICFA S-95-658 for armored cable, Type AC metal -clad cable, Type MC mineral -insulated, metal -sheathed cable, Type MI nonmetallic -sheathed cable, Type NM Type SE Type SO and Type USE with ground wire. 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Description: Factory -fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated; listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. PART 3 - EXECUTION! 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: Copper, solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. B, Feeders: Copper for feeders smaller than No. 4 AWG. Conductors shall be solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. Aluminum is not allowed unless specifically stated on the plans. C. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. D. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 12 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 10 AWG and larger. E. VFC Output Circuits Cable: Extra -flexible stranded for all sizes, 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Service Entrance: Type XHHW-2, single conductors in raceway. B. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND 260519 - 2 CABLES d I I 0 I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 JULY 2019 f C. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHNITHWN-2, single conductors in raceway. D. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on -Grade, and Underground: Type XHHW-2, single conductors in raceway. E. Feeders Installed below Raised Flooring: Type THHNITHWN-2, single conductors in raceway. F. Exposed Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type THHNITHWN-2, single conductors in raceway. G. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHNITHWN-2, single conductors in raceway. H. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on -Grade, and Underground: Type XHHW-2, single conductors in raceway. 1. Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections: Type SO, hard service cord with stainless - steel, wire -mesh, strain relief device at terminations to suit application. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. B. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and cables. C. Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. E. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. F. Support cables according to Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." G. Complete cable tray systems installation according to Section 260536 "Cable Trays for Electrical Systems" prior to installing conductors and cables. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque - tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. 1. Use oxide inhibitor in each splice, termination, and tap for aluminum conductors. LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 JULY 2019 C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches of slack. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify and color -code conductors and cables according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor, and identify as spare conductor. 3.6 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." 3.7 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire -resistance rating of assembly according to Section 078413 'Penetration Firestopping." 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. Perform each of the following visual and electrical tests: a. Inspect exposed sections of conductor and cable for physical damage and correct connection according to the single -line diagram. b. Test bolted connections for high resistance using one of the following: 1) A low -resistance ohmmeter. 2) Calibrated torque wrench. 3) Thermographic survey. C. Inspect compression applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation. d. Inspect for correct identification. e. Inspect cable jacket and condition. f. Insulation -resistance test on each conductor with respect to ground and adjacent conductors. Apply a potential of 500-V do for 300-V rated cable and 1000-V do for 600-V rated cable for a one -minute duration. g. Continuity test on each conductor and cable. h. Uniform resistance of parallel conductors. 2. Consider the cost and benefit of infrared scanning of cable and conductor splices before retaining "Initial Infrared Scanning" Subparagraph below. 3. Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but before Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each splice in conductors No. 3 AWG and larger. Remove box and equipment covers so splices are accessible to portable scanner. Correct deficiencies determined during the scan. a. Instrument. Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. b. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies switches chocked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND 260519 - 4 CABLES I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER APRIL 2019 JULY 2019 }� B. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports to record the following: 1. Procedures used. 2. Results that comply with requirements. 3. Results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. END OF SECTION 260519 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND 260519 - 5 CABLES I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 i SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A_ Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ` 1.2 SUMMARY f A. Section includes grounding and bonding systems and equipment. F B. Section includes grounding and bonding systems and equipment, plus the following special I applications: 1. Underground distribution grounding. 2. Ground bonding common with lightning protection system. 3. Foundation steel electrodes. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. s r 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. As -Built Data: Plans showing dimensioned as -built locations of grounding features specified in "Field Quality Control" Article, including the following: 1. Test wells. 2. Ground rods. 3. Ground rings. 4. Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. B. Qualification Data: For testing agency and testing agency's field supervisor. C. Field quality -control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For grounding to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. I s 1 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Certified by NETA. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. 2.2 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper or tinned -copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned -copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. C. Grounding Bus: Predrilled rectangular bars of annealed copper, 1/4 by 4 inches in cross section, with 9/32-inch holes spaced 1-1/8 inches apart. Stand-off insulators for mounting shall comply with UL 891 for use in switchboards, 600 V and shall be Lexan or PVC, impulse tested at 6000 V. 2.3 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Welded Connectors: Exothermic -welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. C. Bus -Bar Connectors: Mechanical type, cast silicon bronze, solderless compression -type wire terminals, and long -barrel, two -bolt connection to ground bus bar. D. Bus -Bar Connectors: Compression type, copper or copper alloy, with two wire terminals. E. Beam Clamps: Mechanical type, terminal, ground wire access from four directions, with dual, tin-plated or silicon bronze bolts. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 2 ■i I r COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 r F. Cable -to -Cable Connectors: Compression type, copper or copper alloy. G. Cable Tray Ground Clamp: Mechanical type, zinc -plated malleable iron. H. Conduit Hubs: Mechanical type, terminal with threaded hub. 1. Ground Rod Clamps: Mechanical type, copper or copper alloy, terminal with hex head bolt. J. Ground Rod Clamps: Mechanical type, copper or copper alloy, terminal with hex head bolt. K. Lay -in Lug Connector: Mechanical type, copper rated for direct burial terminal with set screw. L. Service Post Connectors: Mechanical type, bronze alloy terminal, in short- and long -stud lengths, capable of single and double conductor connections. M. Signal Reference Grid Clamp: Mechanical type, stamped -steel terminal with hex head screw. N. Straps: Solid copper, cast -bronze clamp. Rated for 600 A. O. Tower Ground Clamps: Mechanical type, copper or copper alloy, terminal one-piece clamp. P. U-Bolt Clamps: Mechanical type, copper or copper alloy, terminal listed.for direct burial. Q. Water Pipe Clamps: 1. Mechanical type, two pieces with zinc -plated bolts. a. Material: Die-cast zinc alloy. b. Listed for direct burial. 2. U-bolt type with malleable -iron clamp and copper ground connector rated for direct burial. 2.4 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper -clad steel; 314 inch by 10 feet. B. Chemical -Enhanced Grounding Electrodes: Copper tube, straight or L-shaped, charged with nonhazardous electrolytic chemical salts. 1. Termination: Factory -attached No. 410 AWG bare conductor at least 48 inches long. 2. Backfill Material: Electrode manufacturer's recommended material. C. Ground Plates: 114 inch thick, hot -dip galvanized. 17e1 A &inW.lxd ylt[ilm k 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger unless otherwise indicated. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER ,IULY 2019 B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare tinned -copper conductor, No.210 AWG minimum. 1. Bury at least 24 inches below grade. 2. Duct -Bank Grounding Conductor: Bury 12 inches above duct bank when indicated as part of duct -bank installation. C. Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green -colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green and two bands of yellow. D. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Install bus horizontally, on insulated spacers 2 inches minimum from wall, 6 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. 2. Where indicated on both sides of doorways, route bus up to top of door frame, across -top of doorway, and down; connect to horizontal bus. E. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 3.2 GROUNDING AT THE SERVICE A. Equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors shall be connected to the ground bus. Install a main bonding jumper between the neutral and ground buses. 3.3 GROUNDING SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS A. Generator: Install grounding electrode(s) at the generator location. The electrode shall be connected to the equipment grounding conductor and to the frame of the generator. 3.4 GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements. B. Grounding Manholes and Handholes: Install a driven ground rod through manhole or handhole floor, close to wall, and set rod depth so 4 inches will extend above finished floor. If necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide No. 110 AWG bare, tinned -copper conductor from ground rod into manhole through a waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with a double wrapping of pressure -sensitive insulating tape or heat -shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 inches above to 6 inches below concrete. Seal floor opening with waterproof, nonshrink grout. C. Grounding Connections to Manhole Components: Bond exposed -metal parts such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and cable shields within each manhole or handhole, to GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 ground rod or grounding conductor. Make connections with No. 4 AWG minimum, stranded, hard -drawn copper bonding conductor. Train conductors level or plumb around corners and fasten to manhole walls. Connect to cable armor and cable shields according to written instructions by manufacturer of splicing and termination kits. ❑. Pad -Mounted Transformers and Switches: Install two ground rods and ground ring around the pad. Ground pad -mounted equipment and noncurrent -carrying metal items associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes. Install tinned - copper conductor not less than No. 2 AWG for ground ring and for taps to equipment grounding terminals. Bury ground ring not less than 6 inches from the foundation. 3.5 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits. B. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. B. Flexible raceway runs. 7. Armored and meta[ -clad cable runs. 8. Busway Supply Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor from grounding bus in the switchgear, switchboard, or distribution panel to equipment grounding bar terminal on Busway. 9. X-Ray Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor in circuits supplying x-ray equipment. C. Air -Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct -mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping. D. Water Heater, Heat -Tracing, and Antifrost Pleating Cables: Install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat -tracing cable. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components, E. Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuits: Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor connected to the receptacle grounding terminal. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service unless otherwise indicated. F. Isolated Equipment Enclosure Circuits: For designated equipment supplied by a branch circuit or feeder, isolate equipment enclosure from supply circuit raceway with a nonmetallic raceway fitting listed for the purpose. Install fitting where raceway enters enclosure, and install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service unless otherwise indicated. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER G H try Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: insulated equipment grounding conductor in branch -circuit conductors. JULY 2019 Install grounding electrode and a separate addition to grounding conductor installed with Metallic Fences: Comply with requirements of IEEE C2. 1. Grounding Conductor: Bare copper, not less than No. 8 AWG. 2. Gates: Shall be bonded to the grounding conductor with a flexible bonding jumper. 3. Barbed Wire: Strands shall be bonded to the grounding conductor. INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. B. Ground Bonding Common with Lightning Protection System: Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system. Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor, and install in conduit. 1. Ground Ring: If lightning protection system is specified, install a grounding conductor, electrically connected to each building structure ground rod and to each steel column, extending around the perimeter of building. a. install tinned -copper conductor not less than No. 210 AWG for ground ring and for taps to building steel. b. Bury ground ring not less than 24 inches from building`s foundation. C. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating if any. 2. For grounding electrode system, install at least three rods spaced at least one -rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor. D. Test Wells: Ground rod driven through drilled hole in bottom of handhole. Handhoies are specified in Section 260543 "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems," and shall be at least 12 inches deep, with cover. 1. Install at least one test well for each service unless otherwise indicated. Install at the ground rod electrically closest to service entrance. Set top of test well flush with finished grade or floor. E. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install bonding so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic -welded connectors for outdoor locations, if a disconnect -type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER R Grounding and Bonding for Piping: JULY 2019 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes; use a bolted clamp connector or bolt a lug -type connector to a pipe flange by using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided -type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. G. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity. H. Grounding for Steel Building Structure: Install a driven ground rod at base of each corner column and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 60 feet apart. Concrete -Encased Grounding Electrode (Ufer Ground): Fabricate according to NFPA 70; use a minimum of 20 feet of bare copper conductor not smaller than required by section 250 of the NEC. 1. if concrete foundation is less than 20 feet long, coil excess conductor within base of foundation. 2. Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel in at least four locations and to anchor bolts. Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building's grounding grid or to grounding electrode external to concrete. J. Concrete -Encased Grounding Electrode (Ufer Ground): Fabricate according to NFPA 70; using electrically conductive coated steel reinforcing bars or rods, at least 20 feet long. If reinforcing is in multiple pieces, connect together by the usual steel tie wires or exothermic welding to create the required length. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections- C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. D. Perform tests and inspections. E. Tests and Inspections: After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL_ SYSTEMS 260526 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER J U LY 2019 3. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground -resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, at ground test wells. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. A. Measure ground resistance no fewer than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall -of -potential method according to IEEE 81. 4. Prepare dimensioned Drawings locating each test -well, ground rod and ground -rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations, Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location, and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. F. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. H. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. 2. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms. 3. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms. 4. Power Distribution Units or Panelboards Serving Electronic Equipment: 3 ohm(s). 5. Substations and Pad -Mounted Equipment. 5 ohms. 6. Manhole Grounds: 10 ohms. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 8 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 i SECTION 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A_ Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 12 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems. 2. Construction requirements for concrete bases. S. Related Requirements: i 1. Section 260548.16 "Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems" for products and installation requirements necessary for compliance with seismic criteria. f 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. i 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for the following: a. Hangers. b. Steel slotted support systems. C. Nonmetallic support systems. 1 d. Trapeze hangers. ' e. Clamps. f. Turnbuckles. g. Sockets. h. Eye nuts. i. Saddles. j. Brackets. 2. Include rated capacities and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For fabrication and installation details for electrical hangers and support systems. 1. Trapeze hangers. Include product data for components. 2. Steel slotted -channel systems. 3. Nonmetallic slotted -channel systems. 4. Equipment supports. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 -1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 5. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. C. Delegated -Design Submittal: For hangers and supports for electrical systems. 1. Include design calculations and details of trapeze hangers. 2. include design calculations for seismic restraints. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plan(s) and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Suspended ceiling components. 2. Structural members to which hangers and supports will be attached. 3. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 4_ Items penetrating finished ceiling, including the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. c. Speakers. d. Sprinklers. e. Access panels. f. Projectors. B. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based an actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. C. Welding certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/131.11VI. 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design. Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design hanger and support system. B. Seismic Performance: Hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. The term "withstand" means "the supported equipment and systems will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the system will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2. Component Importance Factor: 1.5. C. Surface -Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame Rating. Class 1. 2. Self -extinguishing according to ASTM D 635. 2.2 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-4 factory -fabricated components for field assembly. 1. Material: Plain steel. 2. Metallic Coatings: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-4. S. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4. 4. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA- 4. 5_ Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. 6. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria. 7. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4. 8. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA- 4. 9. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. 10. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria. B. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. C. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory -fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for nonarmored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be made of malleable iron. D. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 361A 36M steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL. SYSTEMS 260529 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 E. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 2. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type, zinc -coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable -iron, slotted support system units are similar to MSS Type 18 units and comply with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58 units are suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 6. Toggle Bolts: All -steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. 2.3 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Welded or bolted structural -steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment. B. Materials: Comply with requirements in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for steel shapes and plates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems unless requirements in this Section are stricter. B. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Section 260533 'Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." C. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMTs, IMCs, and RMCs as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch in diameter. D. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze -type supports fabricated with steel slottedsupport system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two -bolt conduit clamps. E. Spring -steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1- 1/2-'inch and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION JULY 2019 A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this article. B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMTs, IMCs, and RMCs may be supported by openings through structure members, according to NFPA 70. C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb, D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface -Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle -type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder -actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard -weight concrete 4 inches thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight -aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 6. To Steel: Welded threaded studs complying with AWS 131.1/131AM, with lock washers and nuts. 7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. S. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted -channel racks attached to substrate by means that comply with seismic -restraint strength and anchorage requirements. E. Brill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid the need for reinforcing bars. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS A. Comply with installation requirements in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for site -fabricated metal supports. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 3.4 CONCRETE BASES A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit, and so anchors will be a minimum of 10 bolt diameters from edge of the base. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 B. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive -strength concrete. C. Anchor equipment to concrete base as follows: 1. Place and secure anchorage devices_ Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, Instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 3. Install anchor bolts according to anchor -bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 3.6 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint_ Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Touchup: Comply with requirements in Section 099123 "Interior Painting" for cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 260529 RANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 6 S COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 j SECTION 260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS I PART 1 - GENERAL I 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY i A. Section Includes: 1. Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 2. Nonmetal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 3. Metal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 4. Nonmetal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 5. Surface raceways. 6. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. 7_ f-landholes and boxes for exterior underground cabling. a. Floorboxes 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ARC: Aluminum rigid conduit. B. GRC: Galvanized rigid steel conduit. C. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged -cover enclosures, and cabinets. 1 B. Shop Drawings. For custom enclosures and cabinets. include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Conduit routing plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are s shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of items involved: 1. Structural members in paths of conduit groups with common supports. 2. HVAC and plumbing items and architectural features in paths of conduit groups with common supports. B. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 C. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For enclosures, cabinets, and conduit racks and their mounting provisions, including those for internal components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calcuiation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. 4. Detailed description of conduit support devices and interconnections on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. D. Source quality -control reports. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS A. Listing and Labeling: Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. C. ARC: Comply with ANSI C80.5 and UL 6A. D. IMC: Comply with ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242. E. PVC -Coated Steel Conduit: PVC -coated rigid steel conduit. 1. Comply with NEMA RN 1. 2. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch, minimum. EMT: Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. G. FMC: Comply with UL 1; zinc -coated steel. H. LI"MC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360. Fittings for Metal Conduit: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B. 1. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 886 and NFPA 70. 2. Fittings for EMT: a. Material: Steel. b_ Type: compression. 3. Expansion Fittings: PVC or steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651, rated for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding jumper. 4. Coating for Fittings for PVC -Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of 0.040 inch, with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. Joint Compound for IMC, GRC, or ARC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER J ULY 2019 2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS A. Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ENT: Comply with NEMA TC 13 and UL 1653. C. RNC: Type EPC-40-PVC, complying with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651 unless otherwise indicated. D. LFNC: Comply with UL 1660. E. Rigid HDPE: Comply with UL 651 A. F. Continuous HDPE: Comply with UL 651 B. G_ Coilable HDPE: Preassembled with conductors or cables, and complying with ASTM D 3485. H. RTRC: Comply with UL 1684A and NEMA TC 14. I. Fittings for ENT and RNC: Comply with NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. J. Fittings for LFNC: Comply with UL 514B. K. Solvents and Adhesives: As recommended by conduit manufacturer. 2.3 METAL WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS A. Description. Sheet metal, complying with UL 870 and NEMA 250, Type 1 unless otherwise indicated, and sized according to NFPA 70. Provide NEMA 3R for exterior locations. 1. Metal wireways installed outdoors shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Fittings and Accessories: Include covers, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, and caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. C. Wireway Covers: Screw -cover type unless otherwise indicated. D. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish. `%lto19101IT, tXV.11111-[4lTu110Kii►/IY6y-li,hlTA1110lIf_1ivati1l111110ZR A. Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic wireways and auxiliary gutters shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Description: Fiberglass polyester, extruded and fabricated to required size and shape, without holes or knockouts. Cover shall be gasketed with oil -resistant gasket material and fastened with captive screws treated for corrosion resistance. Connections shall be flanged and have stainless -steel screws and oil -resistant gaskets. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 C. Description: PVC, extruded and fabricated to required size and shape, and having snap -on cover, mechanically coupled connections, and plastic fasteners. D. Fittings and Accessories: Couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings shall match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. E. Solvents and Adhesives: As recommended by conduit manufacturer. 2.5 SURFACE RACEWAYS A. Listing and Labeling. Surface raceways and tele-power poles shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap -on covers complying with UL 5. Manufacturer's standard enamel finish in color selected by Architect. C. Surface Nonmetallic Raceways: Two- or three-piece construction, complying with UL 5A, and manufactured of rigid PVC with texture and color selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. Product shall comply with UL 94 V-0 requirements for self -extinguishing characteristics. D. Verify color of surface raceways with architect unless color is specifically noted on drawings. E. Where power receptacles and data/communications devices are located side by side, the surface raceway shall be Wiremold dual compartment V2400D Base and Blank Cover or approved equal. F. Conduit shall not be used for surface raceways except in unfinished spaces, unless specifically noted otherwise on plans. 2,6 FLOORBOXES A_ Boxes in slab on -grade concrete floors: 1. Floor boxes shall be multiservice steel boxes designed for use in concrete floor slabs. 2. (FP) Floor Plug floor box for Power and Communications: Provide Wiremold RFB4E six -compartment multi -service recessed floor box including appropriate plates for four voice/data jacks and two duplex NEMA 5-20 receptacles. Route a minimum of one %" conduit for power and two 1-114" conduits for data to each floorbox unless noted otherwise. 3. (AV) Power, Data and Audio/Visual Floorbox: Provide Wiremold RFB6 Series equivalent floorbox Route a minimum of one 9/" conduit for power and three 1-1/4" conduits to each AV floorbox for communications cabling. 4. (FF) Furniture Feed Floorbox: Provide Wiremold floorbox with separate conduits for power and data. Conduit shall be a minimum of14" for power and two 1-1/4" for communications routed to accessible area. Conductors for modular furniture will be provided by others, and terminated in floor box by electrical contractor. Provide Furniture Feed Cover Assembly. B. Floor boxes in all floors not on grade: 1. Electrical contractor shall core -drill slab for poko-through floorboxes. All floorboxes shall maintain the fire rating of the floor. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 j r 2. (FP) Power and Data Floorbox: Provide Wiremold 6ATC Fire Rated Poke -Through, or approved equivalent with inserts for communications and two duplex NEMA 5-20 receptacles. 3. (AV) Power, Data and Audio/Visual Floorbox: Provide Wiremold AV3 Fire Rated Poke -Through floorbox. Route a minimum of one 1- 114" conduit from floorbox to ceiling cavity above floorbox for AV wiring. 4. (FF) Furniture Feed Floorbox: Provide Wiremold 6ATCFF Fire Rated Poke -Through floorbox with separate conduits for power and data. Conduit shall be a minimum of one %" for power and two 1-114" empty conduits for communications routed to accessible area. Provide Furniture Feed Cover Assembly. C. All floorboxes shall include all internal barriers, covers, device plates and other components necessary for a complete installation. 2.7 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations. I B. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A. l C. Cast -Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, aluminum, Type 1=13, with gasketed cover. D. Nonmetallic Outset and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 2 and UL 514C. E. Metal Floor Boxes: 1. Listing and Labeling: Metal floor boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. F. Luminaire Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of lurninsire weighing 50 lb. Outlet boxes designed for attachment of luminaires weighing more than 50 lb shall be listed and marked for the maximum allowable weight. G. Paddle Fan Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of paddle fan weighing 70 lb. 1. Listing and Labeling: Paddle fan outlet boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. H. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. i I. Cast -Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 1773, galvanized, cast iron with gasketed cover. J. Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as recessed box. K. Device Box Dimensions: 4 inches square by 2-118 inches deep. L. Hinged -Cover Enclosures: Comply with UL 50 and NEMA 250, Type 1 or Type 3R as appropriate for the application with continuous -hinge cover with flush latch unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2. Interior Panels: Steel; all sides finished with manufacturer's standard enamel, M. Cabinets: 1. NEMA 250, galvanized -steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. 3. Key latch to match panelboards. 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. 5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 6. Nonmetallic cabinets shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.8 HANDHOLES AND BOXES FOR EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND WIRING A_ General Requirements for Handholes and Boxes: 1. Boxes and handholes for use in underground systems shall be designed and identified as defined in NFPA 70, for intended location and application. 2. Boxes installed in wet areas shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Polymer -Concrete Handholes and Boxes with Polymer -Concrete Cover: Molded of sand and aggregate, bound together with polymer resin, and reinforced with steel, fiberglass, or a combination of the two. 1. Standard: Comply with SCTE 77. 2. Configuration: Designed for flush burial with closed bottom unless otherwise indicated. 3. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper -resistant locking devices and having structural load rating consistent with enclosure and handhole location. 4. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. 5. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC.". 6. Conduit Entrance Provisions: Conduit -terminating fittings shall mate with entering ducts for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall. 7. Handholes 12 Inches Wide by 24 Inches Long and Larger: Have inserts for cable racks and pulling -in irons installed before concrete is poured. C. Fiberglass Handholes and Boxes: Molded of fiberglass -reinforced polyester resin, with frame and covers of polymer concrete. 1 _ Standard: Comply with SCTE 77. 2. Configuration: Designed for flush burial with integral closed bottom unless otherwise indicated. 3. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper -resistant locking devices and having structural load rating consistent with enclosure and handhole location. 4. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. 5. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC.". 6. Conduit Entrance Provisions: Conduit -terminating fittings shall mate with entering ducts for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall. 7. Handholes 12 Inches Wide by 24 Inches Long and Larger: Have inserts for cable racks and pulling -in irons installed before concrete is poured. 2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL FOR UNDERGROUND ENCLOSURES A. Handhole and Pull -Box Prototype Test, Test prototypes of handholes and boxes for compliance with SCTE 77. Strength tests shall be for specified tier ratings of products supplied. 1. Tests of materials shall be performed by an independent testing agency. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2. Strength tests of complete boxes and covers shall be by either an independent testing agency or manufacturer. A qualified registered professional engineer shall certify tests by manufacturer. 3. Testing machine pressure gages shall have current calibration certification complying with ISO 9000 and ISO 10012 and traceable to MIST standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: GRC. 2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: GRC. 3. Underground Conduit: RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC,. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): LFMC. 5. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R. B. Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT. 2. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: GRC. Raceway locations include the following: a. Loading dock. b. Corridors used for traffic of mechanized carts, forklifts, and pallet -handling units. C. Mechanical rooms. 3. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet locations. 5. Damp or Wet Locations: iMC. 6. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4 stainless steel in institutional and commercial kitchens and damp or wet locations. C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size. D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings unless otherwise indicated. Comply with !NEMA FB 2.10. 2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with this type of conduit. Patch and sea[ all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer and apply in thickness and number of coats recommended by manufacturer. 3. EMT: Use compression, fittings. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 4. Flexible Conduit: Use only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit. Comply with NEMA FB 2.20. E. Install nonferrous conduit or tubing for circuits operating above 60 Hz. Where aluminum raceways are installed for such circuits and pass through concrete, install in nonmetallic sleeve. F. Do not Install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings in contact with concrete or earth. G. Surface raceway shall only be used on existing walls where construction type prohibits installation of EMT or MC cable inside wall (concrete or brick walls, for example). RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 7 COFW ALLIAN C E A I R PORT TOW ER JULY2019 H. Do not install nonmetallic conduit where ambient temperature exceeds 120 deg F. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum conduits. Comply with NFPA 70 [imitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and number of floors- B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. D. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for hangers and supports. E. Arrange stub -ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab. F. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for control wiring conduits, for which fewer bonds are allowed. Support within 12 inches of changes in direction. G. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. H. Support conduit within 12 inchesof enclosures to which attached. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: 1. Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. Secure raceways to reinforcement at maximum 10-tootintervals. 2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. 3. Arrange raceways to keep a minimum of 2 inches of concrete cover in all directions. 4. Do not embed threadless fittings in concrete unless specifically approved by Architect for each specific location. 5. Change from ENT to RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC, before rising above floor. J. Stub -ups to Above Recessed Ceilings: 1. Use EMT, iMC, or RMC for raceways. 2. Use a conduit bushing or insulated fitting to terminate stub -ups not terminated in hubs or in an enclosure. K. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. L. Coat field -cut threads on PVC -coated raceway with a corrosion -preventing conductive compound prior to assembly. M. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 8 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 N. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to 1-1/4-inch trade size and insulated throat metal bushings on 1-1/2-inch trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts. Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits. O. Install raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures with locknuts. Install locknuts hand tight plus 1/4 turn more. P. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to assure a continuous ground path. Q. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2-inch trade size and larger, use roll cutter or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length. R. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 24 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use. S. Install raceway sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings according to NFPA 70. T. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all raceways at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where an underground service raceway enters a building or structure. 3. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. U. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for solvent welding RNC and fittings. V. Expansion -Joint Fittings: 1. Install in each run of aboveground RNC that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F and that has straight -run length that exceeds 25 feet. Install in each run of aboveground RMC and EMT conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 100 deg F and that has straight -run length that exceeds 100 feet. 2. Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for each of the following locations: a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F temperature change. b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F temperature change. C. Indoor Spaces Connected with Outdoors without Physical Separatlow 125 deg F temperature change. d. Attics: 135 deg F temperature change. 3. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0,00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change for PVC conduits. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.000078 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change for metal conduits. 4. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints. 5. Install each expansion joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 9 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 W. Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed luminaires, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage. 2. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage. X. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not individually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to center of box unless otherwise indicated. Y. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw -cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare block surfaces to provide a fiat surface for a raintight connection between box and cover plate or supported equipment and box. Z. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls so they are not in the same vertical channel. AA. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes. BB. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for the purpose. CC. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits. D.D. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. EE. Set nonmetallic floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT A. Direct -Buried Conduit: 1. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. Prepare trench bottom as specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for pipe less than 6 inches in nominal diameter. 2. Install backfill as specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 3. After installing conduit, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end of conduit run, leaving conduit at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Firmly hand tamp backfill around conduit to provide maximum supporting strength. After placing controlled backfill to within 12 inches of finished grade, make final conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction as specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 4. install manufactured duct elbows for stub -ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through floor unless otherwise indicated, Encase elbows for stub -up ducts throughout length of elbow. 5. Install manufactured rigid steel conduit elbows for stub -ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through floor. a. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete for a minimum of 12 inches on each side of the coupling. b. For stub -ups at equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases and where conduits penetrate building foundations, extend steel conduit horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of foundation or equipment base. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 10 t COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 6. Warning Planks: Bury warning planks approximately 12 inches above direct -buried ` conduits but a minimum of 6 inches below grade. Align planks along centerline of conduit. 7. Underground Warning Tape: Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.4 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND HANDHOLES AND BOXES } A. Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with k connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. i B. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from i 112-inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. C. Elevation: In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade. Set covers of other enclosures 1 inch above finished grade. D. Install handholes with bottom below frost line. E. Install removable hardware, including pulling eyes, cable stanchions, cable arms, and insulators, as required for installation and support of cables and conductors and as indicated. Select arm lengths to be long enough to provide spare space for future cables but short enough to preserve adequate working clearances in enclosure. F. Field -cut openings for conduits according to enclosure manufacturer's written instructions. Out wail of enclosure with a tool designed for material to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings to i be used, and seal around penetrations after fittings are installed. l 3.5 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS I A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." 3.6 FIRESTOPPING A. Install firestopping at penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." j 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 260533 ' I RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 11 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL_ SYSTEMS PART 1-GENERAL i r 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary l Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section_ 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: i 1. Identification for raceways. 2. Identification of power and control cables. 3. Identification for conductors. 4. Underground -line warning tape. s 5. Warning labels and signs. 6. Instruction signs. 7. Equipment identification labels, including arc -flash warning labels. 8. Miscellaneous identification products. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for electrical identification products. B. Samples: For each type of label and sign to illustrate composition, size, colors, lettering style, mounting provisions, and graphic features of identification products. C. Identification Schedule: For each piece of electrical equipment and electrical system components to be an index of nomenclature for electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. D. Delegated -Design Submittal: For arc -flash hazard study. II PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS f A. Comply with ASME A13.1. B. Comply with NFPA 70. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145. D. Comply with ANSI Z535A for safety signs and labels. E. Adhesive -attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969, F. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 2.2 COLOR AND LEGEND REQUIREMENTS A. Raceways and Cables Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: 1. Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate voltage. B. Raceways and Cables Carrying Circuits at More Than 600 V: 1. Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: "DANGER - CONCEALED HIGH VOLTAGE WIRING." 2.3 LABELS A. Self -Adhesive Labels: 1. preprinted, 3-mil-thick, polyester flexible label with acrylic pressure -sensitive adhesive. a. Self -Lamination: Clear; UV-, weather- and chemical -resistant; self -laminating, protective shield over the legend. Labels sized to fit the raceway diameter, such that the clear shield overlaps the entire printed legend. 2. Polyester, thermal, transfer -printed, 3-mil-thick, multicolor, weather- and UV -resistant, pressure -sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment unless otherwise indicated. a. Nominal Size: 3.5-by-5-inch. 3. Marker for Tags: Permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by tag manufacturer. 4. Marker for Tags: Machine -printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink recommended by printer manufacturer. 2.4 BANDS AND TUBES: A. Snap -Around, Color -Coding Bands for Raceways and Cables: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid - colored acrylic sleeves, 2 inches long, with diameters sized to suit diameters of raceways or cables they identify, and that stay in place by gripping action. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260653 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 i B. Heat -Shrink Preprinted Tubes: Flame-retardant polyolefin tubes with machine -printed identification labels, sized to suit diameters of and shrunk to fit firmly around cables they identify. Full shrink recovery occurs at a maximum of 200 deg F. Comply with UL 224, 2.5 TAPES AND STENCILS: A. Underground -Line Warning Tape I 1. Tape: a. Recommended by manufacturer for the method of installation and suitable to identify and locate underground electrical utility lines. b. Printing on tape shall be permanent and shall not be damaged by burial operations. C. Tape material and ink shall be chemically inert and not subject to degradation when exposed to acids, alkalis, and other destructive substances commonly found in soils. 2. Color and Printing: a. Comply with ANSI Z535.1, ANSI Z535.2, ANSI Z535.3, ANSI Z535.4, and ` ANSI Z535.5. b. Inscriptions for Red -Colored Tapes: "ELECTRIC LINE, HIGH VOLTAGE". C. Inscriptions for Orange -Colored Tapes: "TELEPHONE CABLE, CATV CABLE, ! COMMUNICATIONS CABLE, OPTICAL FIBER CABLE". ' 2.6 Tags i A. Metal Tags: Brass or aluminum, 2 by 2 by 0.05 inch, with stamped legend, punched for use with self-locking cable tie fastener. I B. Nonmetallic Preprinted Tags: Polyethylene tags, 0.015 inch thick, color -coded for phase and voltage level, with factory screened permanent designations; punched for use with self-locking cable tie fastener. C. Write -On Tags: 1. Polyester Tags: 0.010 inch thick, with corrosion -resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to raceway, conductor, or cable. ! 2. Marker for Tags: Permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by tag manufacturer. 3. Marker for Tags: Machine -printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by printer manufacturer. 2.7 Signs A. Baked -Enamel Signs: 1. Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application. 2. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. 3. Nominal Size: 7 by 10 inches. ! B. Metal -Backed Butyrate Signs: IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1. Weather -resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose -acetate butyrate signs, with 0,0396- inch galvanized -steel backing and with colors, legend, and size required for application. 2. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. 3. Nominal Size: 10 by 14 inches. C. Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Plastic Signs: 1. Engraved legend. 2. Thickness: a. For signs up to 20 sq. inches, minimum 1116-inch-. b. For signs larger than 20 sq. inches, 118 inch thick. C. Engraved legend with black letters on white face. d. Self-adhesive. e. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment. 2.8 CABLE TIES A. General -Purpose Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self -extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3116 inch. 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F according to ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F. 4. Color: Black, except where used for color -coding. B. UV -Stabilized Cable Ties: Fungus inert, designed for continuous exposure to exterior sunlight, self -extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, Type 616 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3116 inch. 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F according to ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi. 3. . Temperature flange: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F. 4, Color: Black. C. Plenum -Rated Cable Ties: Self -extinguishing, UV stabilized, one piece, self-locking. 1. Minimum Width: 3116 inch. 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F according to ASTM D 638: 7000 psi. 3. UL 94 Flame Rating: 94V-0. 4. Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 284 deg F. 5. Color: Black. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Retain paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self -tapping, stainless -steel screws or stainless -steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 4 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION tA. Self -Adhesive Identification Products. Before applying electrical identification products, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond, using materials and methods recommended } by manufacturer of identification product. r 3.2 INSTALLATION f A. Verify and coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with ' requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. Use consistent t designations throughout Project. f B. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. C. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. I D. Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Install access doors or panels to j provide view of identifying devices. E. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. i F. Attach signs and plastic labels that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate. G. Attach plastic raceway and cable labels that are not self-adhesive type with clear vinyl tape, with adhesive appropriate to the location and substrate. H. Cable Ties: For attaching tags. Use general-purpose type, except as listed below: 1. Outdoors: UV -stabilized nylon. 2. In Spaces Handling Environmental Air: Plenum rated. 1. Painted Identification: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for surface preparation and paint application. J. Aluminum Wraparound Marker Labels and Metal Tags: Secure tight to surface of conductor or cable at a location with high visibility and accessibility. i K. System Identification Color -Coding Bands for Raceways and Cables: Each color -coding band shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two-color markings in t contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of wails and floors, at 50-foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in congested areas. L. During backfilling of trenches, install continuous underground -line warning tape directly above cable or raceway at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade_ Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trenchexceeds 16 inches overall. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 3.3 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE JULY 2019 A. Concealed Raceways, Duct Banks, More Than 600 V, within Buildings: Tape and stencil 4-inch- wide black stripes on 10-inch centers over orange background that extends full length of raceway or duct and is 12 inches wide. Stencil legend "DANGER CONCEALED HIGH VOLTAGE WIRING" with 3-inch-high black letters on 20-inch centers. Stop stripes at legends. Apply stripes to the following finished surfaces: 1. Floor surface directly above conduits running beneath and within 12 inches of a floor that is in contact with earth or is framed above unexcavated space. 2. Wall surfaces directly external to raceways concealed within wall. 3. Accessible surfaces of concrete envelope around raceways in vertical shafts, exposed in the building, or concealed above suspended ceilings. B. Power -Circuit Conductor Identification, 600 V or Less: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use color -coding conductor tape to identify the phase. 1. Color -Coding for Phase- Identification, 600 V or Less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded service feeder and branch -circuit conductors. a. Color shall be factory applied or field applied for sizes larger than No. 8 AWG if authorities having jurisdiction permit. b. In existing buildings, contractor shall match color existing color codes for each phase. C. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: 1) Phase A: Black_ 2) Phase B: Red, 3) Phase C: Blue. d. Colors for 480/277-V Circuits: 1) Phase A: Brown. 2) Phase B: Orange. 3) Phase C. Yellow. e. Field -Applied, Color -Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half -lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings. C. Power -Circuit Conductor Identification, More Than 600 V: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use nonmetallic preprinted tags colored and marked to indicate phase, and a separate tag with the circuit designation. D. Install instructional sign, including the color code for grounded and ungrounded conductors using adhesive -film -type labels. E. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field -installed alarm, control, and signal connections. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2. Use system of marker -tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory -installed connections. 3. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturers wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. F. Locations of Underground Lines: Identify with underground -line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical -fiber cable. 1. Limit use of underground -line warning tape to direct -buried cables. 2. Install underground -line warning tape for direct -buried cables and cables in raceways. G. Workspace Indication: Install floor marking tape to show working clearances in the direction of access to live parts. Workspace shall comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1926.403 unless otherwise indicated. Do not install at flush -mounted panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces. H. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Self- adhesive warning labels. 1. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145. 2. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. 3. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access. 4. For equipment with multiple power or control sources, apply to door or cover of equipment, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Power -transfer switches. b. Controls with external control power connections. I. Arc Flash Warning Labeling: Self-adhesive thermal transfer vinyl labels. 1. Comply with NFPA 70E and ANSI Z535.4. 2. Comply with Section 260574 "Overcurrent Protective Device Arc -Flash Study" requirements for arc -flash warning labels. J. Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. K. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and operation and maintenance manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power, lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm unless equipment is provided with its own identification. 1. Labeling Instructions: a. Indoor Equipment: Self-adhesive, engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high letters on 1-1/2-inch-high label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches high. b. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. c. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 Unless labels are provided with self-adhesive means of attachment, fasten them with appropriate mechanical fasteners that do not change the NEMA or NRTL rating of the enclosure. Equipment To Be Labeled: a. Panelboards: Typewritten directory of circuits in the location provided by panelboard manufacturer. Panelboard identification shall be in the form of a self- adhesive, engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. b. Enclosures and electrical cabinets. c. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. d. Switchgear. e. Switchboards. f. Transformers. Label that includes tag designation shown on Drawings for the transformer, feeder, and panelboards or equipment supplied by the secondary. g. Substations. h. Emergency system boxes and enclosures. i. Motor -control centers. j. Enclosed switches. k. Enclosed circuit breakers. I. Enclosed controllers. M. Variable -speed controllers. n. Power -transfer equipment. o. Contactors_ p. Remote -controlled switches, dimmer modules, and control devices. q. Battery -inverter units. r. Battery racks. S. Monitoring and control equipment. t. UPS equipment. END OF SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - S COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 f SECTION 262726 WIRING DEVICES PART 1-GENERAL j 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary f Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Straight -blade convenience, hospital -grade, isolated -ground, and tamper -resistant receptacles. 2. USB charger devices. 3. GFCI receptacles. 4. SPD receptacles. 5. Hazardous (classified) location receptacles. 6. Twist -locking receptacles. 7. Pendant cord -connector devices. 8. Cord and plug sets. 9. Toggle switches. 10. Decorator -style convenience. 11. Wall switch sensor light switches with dual technology sensors. 12. Wall switch sensor light switches with passive infrared sensors. 13. Wall switch sensor light switches with ultrasonic sensors. 14. Digital timer light switches. 15. Residential devices. 16. Wall -box dimmers. 17. Wall plates. 18. Floor service outlets. 19. Poke -through assemblies. 20. Prefabricated multioutlet assemblies. 21. Service poles. l �. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Abbreviations of Manufacturers' Names: I 1. Cooper: Cooper Wiring Devices; Division of Cooper Industries, Inc. 2. Hubbell: Hubbell Incorporated: Wiring Devices-Kellems. 3. Leviton: Leviton Mfg. Company, Inc. 4. Pass & Seymour. Pass& Seymour/Legrand. B. BAS: Building automation system. C. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. i WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 D. GFCI: Ground -fault circuit interrupter. E. Pigtail: Short lead used to connect a device to a branch -circuit conductor. F. RFI: Radio -frequency interference. G. SPD: Surge protective device. H. UTP: Unshielded twisted pair. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for premarking wall plates. C. Samples: Only when requested by architect. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For wiring devices to include in all manufacturers' packing - label warnings and instruction manuals that include labeling conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL WIRING -DEVICE REQUIREMENTS A. Wiring Devices, Components, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Devices that are manufactured for use with modular plug-in connectors may be substituted under the following conditions: 1. Connectors shall comply with UL 2459 and shalt be made with stranding building wire. 2. Devices shall comply with the requirements in this Section. D. Devices for Owner -Furnished Equipment: 1. Receptacles: Match plug configurations. 2. Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements. E. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device and associated wall plate from single source from single manufacturer. WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 2 r COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 4 2.2 STRAIGHT -BLADE RECEPTACLES A. Duplex Convenience Receptacles: 125 V, 20 A; comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R, UL 498, and FS W-C-596. B. Hospital -Grade, Duplex Convenience Receptacles: 125 V. 20 A; comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R, UL 498 Supplement sd, and FS W-C-596. 1. Description: Single -piece, rivetless, nickel -plated, all -brass grounding system. Nickel - plated, brass mounting strap. t C. Isolated -Ground, Duplex Convenience Receptacles: 125 V, 20 A; comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R, UL 498, and FS W-C-596. i 1. Description: Straight blade; equipment grounding contacts shall be connected only to the green grounding screw terminal of the device and with inherent electrical isolation from mounting strap_ Isolation shall be integral to receptacle construction and not dependent on removable parts. D. Tamper -Resistant Convenience Receptacles: 125 V, 20 A; comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R, UL 498, and FS W-C-596. 1. Description: Labeled and complying with NFPA 70, "Health Care Facilities" Article, "Pediatric Locations" Section. 2.3 USB CHARGER DEVICES i A. Tamper -Resistant, USB Charger Receptacles: 125 V, 20 A; comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R, UL 498, UL 1310, and FS W-C-596. 1. Description. Single -piece, rivetiess, nickel -plated, all -brass grounding system. Nickel - plated, brass mounting strap. 2. USB Receptacles: Dual, Type A, minimum 3-amp output. 3. Line Voltage Receptacles: Dual, two pole, three wire, and self -grounding. t B. Hospital -Grade, USB Charger Receptacles: 125 V, 20 A; comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R, UL 498 Supplement sd, UL 1310, and FS W-C-596. 1. Description: Labeled and complying with NFPA 70, "Health Care Facilities" Article, "Pediatric Locations" Section. 2. USB Receptacles: Dual, Type A, minimum 3-amp output. 3. Line Voltage Receptacles: Dual, two pole, three wire, and self -grounding. 4 2.4 GFCI RECEPTACLES A. General Description: i 1. 125 V, 20 A, straight blade, feed -through type. 2. Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R, UL 498, UL 943 Class A, and FS W-C-596. 3. Include indicator light that shows when the GFCI has malfunctioned and no longer provides proper GFCI protection. B. Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles: C. Tamper -Resistant, Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles: D. Hospital -Grade, Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles: Comply with UL 498 Supplement sd. WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2.5 TOGGLE SWITCHES A. Comply with NEMA WD 1, UL 20, and FS W-S-896. B. Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1. Description: Single pole or double pole and three-way or four way switches as indicated on plans. C. Key -Operated Switches: 120/277 V, 20 A. 1. Description: Single pole, with factory -supplied key in lieu of switch handle. D_ Single -Pole, Double -Throw, Momentary -Contact, Center -off Switches: 120/277 V, 20 A; for use with mechanically held lighting contactors. 2.6 WALL SWITCH SENSOR LIGHT SWITCH, DUAL TECHNOLOGY A. Description: Switch b ox-m ounted, combination lighting -control sensor and conventional switch lighting -control unit using dual technology. 1. Rated 960 W at 120-V ac for tungsten lighting, 10 A at 120-V ac or 10 A at 277-V ac for fluorescent or LED lighting, and 1/4 hp at 120-V ac. 2. Integral relay for connection to BAS. 3. Adjustable time delay up to 30 minutes. 4. Able to be locked to either Automatic -On or Manual -On mode. 5. Automatic Light -Level Sensor: Adjustable from 2 to 200 fc. 6. Comply with NEMA WD 1, UL 20, and FS W-S-896. 2.7 WALL SWITCH SENSOR LIGHT SWITCH, PASSIVE INFRARED A. Description: Switch box-m ou nted, combination, lighting -control sensor and conventional switch lighting -control unit using passive infrared technology. 1. Rated 960 W at 120-V ac for tungsten lighting, 10 A at 120-V ac or 10 A at 277-V ac for fluorescent or LEWD lighting, and 1/4 hp at 120-V ac. 2. Integral relay for connection to BAS. 3. Adjustable time delay of 30 minutes. 1. Able to be locked to either Automatic -On or Manual -On mode. 2. Automatic Light -Level Sensor: Adjustable from 2 to 200 fc. 3. Comply with NEMA WD 1, UL 20, and FS W-S-896. 2.8 WALL SWITCH SENSOR LIGHT SWITCH, ULTRASONIC A. Description: Switch box -mounted, combination, lighting -control sensor and conventional switch lighting -control unit using ultrasonic technology. 1. Rated 960 W at 120-V ac for tungsten lighting, 10 A at 120-V ac or 10 A at 277-V ac for fluorescent or LED lighting, and 1/4 hp at 120-V ac. 2. Integral relay for connection to BAS. 3. Adjustable time delay up to 30 minutes. 1. Able to be locked to either Automatic -On or Manual -On mode. 2. Automatic Light -Level Sensor: Adjustable from 2 to 200 fc. 3. Comply with NEMA WD 1, UL 20, and FS W-S-896. WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 4 I COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 7 2.9 DIGITAL TIMER LIGHT SWITCH A. Description: Switchbox-mounted, combination digital timer and conventional switch lighting- contral unit, with backlit digital display, with selectable time interval in 10-minute increments. 1. Rated 960 W at 120-V ac for tungsten lighting, 10 A at 120-V ac or 10 A at 277-V ac for fluorescent or LED lighting, and 114 hp at 120-V ac. 2. Integral relay for connection to BAS. 2.10 WALL -BOX DIMMERS A. in all locations, contractor or lighting supplier shall verify compatibility of dimmer control with fixtures to be supplied. B. Dimmer Switches: Modular, full -wave, solid-state units with integral, quiet on -off switches, with audible frequency and EMIIRFI suppression filters. C. Control: Continuously adjustable with single -pole or three-way switching. Comply with UL 1472. D. Incandescent Lamp Dimmers: 120 V; control shall follow square -law dimming curve. On -off switch positions shall bypass dimmer module. 1. 600 W; dimmers shall require no derating when ganged with other devices. E. LED Lamp Dimmer Switches: Modular; compatible with LED lamps; trim potentiometer to adjust low -end dimming; capable of consistent dimming with low end not greater than 20 percent of full brightness. 2.11 WALL PLATES A. Single and combination types shall match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate -Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: Coordinate with architect for color and material. Where plastic is required, plates shall be unbreakable nylon. B. Wet -Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with Type 3R, weather - resistant thermoplastic with lockable cover. 2.12 FLOOR SERVICE FITTINGS A. Type: Modular, flush -type, dual -service units suitable for wiring method used. B. Compartments: Barrier separates power from voice and data communication cabling. C. Service Plate: Round, with satin finish, verify color with architect. D. Power Receptacle: NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R, gray finish, unless otherwise indicated. E. Voice and Data Communication Outlet: Blank cover with bushed cable opening. WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 2.13 POKE -THROUGH ASSEMBLIES A. Description: JULY 2019 1. Factory -fabricated and -wired assembly of below -floor junction box with multichanneled, through -floor raceway/firestop unit and detachable matching floor service -outlet assembly. 2. Comply with UL 514 scrub water exclusion requirements. 3. Service -Outlet Assembly: Flush type with four simplex receptacles and space for four RJ-45 jacks complying with requirements in Section 271500 "Communications Horizontal Cabling." 4. Size: Selected to fit nominal 6-Inch cored holes in floor and matched to floor thickness. 5. Fire Rating: Unit is listed and labeled for fire rating of floor -ceiling assembly. 6. Wiring Raceways and Compartments: For a minimum of four No. 12 AWG conductors and a minimum of four, four -pair cables that comply with requirements in Section 271500 "Communications Horizontal Cabling." 2.14 PREFABRICATED MULTIOUTLET ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Two-piece surface metal raceway, with factory -wired multioutlet harness. Components shall be products from single manufacturer designed for use as a complete, matching assembly of raceways and receptacles. B. Raceway Material: Metal, with manufacturer's standard finish. C. Multioutlet Harness: 1. Receptacles: 15-A, 125-V, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-15R receptacles complying with NEMA WD 1, UL 498, and FS W-C-596. 2. Receptacle Spacing: 6 inches. 3. Wiring: No. 12 AWG solid, Type THHN copper, two circuit, connecting alternating receptacles. 2.15 FINISHES A_ Device Color: 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: As selected by Architect unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing. 2. Wiring Devices Connected to Emergency Power System: Red. 3_ Standby Power System Receptacles: Orange. B. Wall Plate Color: For plastic covers, match device color. WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 { PART 3 - EXECUTION S 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1, including mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise indicated. B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Protect installed devices and their boxes. Do not place waif finish materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against f outside of boxes. I 2. veep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint I unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete. C. Conductors: 1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until right before they are spliced or terminated on devices. 2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire. 3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails. 4. Existing Conductors: a. Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors. b. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter. i Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted, provided the outlet box is large enough. D. Device Installation: 1. Replace devices that have been in -temporary use during construction and that were installed before building finishing operations were complete. 2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors. 3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible moment. 4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches in length. 5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding -head screw terminals. Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, two-thirds to three -fourths of the way around terminal screw, 6. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by manufacturer. 7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits, splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections. B. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device. 9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold ' device -mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal -to -metal contact. E. Receptacle Orientation: 1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles up. i WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2. Install hospital -grade receptacles in patient -care areas with the ground pin or neutral blade at the top. F. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra -deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening. G. Dimmers: 1. Install dimmers within terms of their listing. 2. Verify that dimmers used for fan -speed control are listed for that application. 3. Install unshared neutral conductors on line and load side of dimmers according to manufacturers' device listing conditions in the written instructions. H. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. Adjust locations of floor service outlets and service poles to suit arrangement of partitions and furnishings. J. When installing occupancy sensors, consideration shall be given to the location of the sensor, potential obstructions and occupant locations. Sensors shall not be located behind doors, columns, furniture or other obstructions that would reduce the sensor's ability to sense motion. If sensors are not as specified and are not located where indicated on plans, the contractor will be responsible for ensuring adequate operation of the sensors. The Architect's interpretation of adequate sensor operation will be final. 3.2 GFCI RECEPTACLES A. Install non -feed -through -type GFCI receptacles where protection of downstream receptacles is not required. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with Section 260653 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify each receptacle with panelboard identification and circuit number_ Use hot, stamped, or engraved machine printing with black -filled lettering on face of plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with Ul_ 1436. B_ Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles. Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated digital -display indicators of measurement. C. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. In healthcare facilities, prepare reports that comply with recommendations in NFPA 99. 2. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. WIRING DEVICES 262726 - S I u COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 4 JULY 2019 3. Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digita[ readout or illuminated digital -display indicators of measurement. D. Tests for Convenience Receptacles: 1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V. 2. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is unacceptable. 3. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. 4. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943. ` 5. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. 6. Tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new ones, and retest as specified above. E. Test straight -blade hospital -grade convenience outlets for the retention force of the grounding r blade according to NFPA 99. Retention force shall be not less than 4 oz., E F. Wiring device will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. F END OF SECTION 262726 I WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 9 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER i SECTION 262813 FUSES PART 1 - GENERAL JULY 2019 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary I Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cartridge fuses rated 600 V ac and less for use in the following: a. Control circuits. b. Motor -control centers. f c. Panelboards. `. d. Switchboards. e. Enclosed controllers. i f. Enclosed switches. i 2. Spare -fuse cabinets. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for spare -fuse cabinets. Include the following for each fuse type indicated: 1. Ambient Temperature Adjustment Information: If ratings of fuses have been adjusted to accommodate ambient temperatures, provide list of fuses with adjusted ratings. ' a. For each fuse having adjusted ratings, include location of fuse, original fuse rating, local ambient temperature, and adjusted fuse rating. b. Provide manufacturer's technical data on which ambient temperature adjustment calculations are based. 2. Dimensions and manufacturer's technical data on features, performance, electrical } characteristics, and ratings. 3. Current -limitation curves for fuses with current -limiting characteristics. 4_ Coordination charts and tables and related data. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fuses to include in emergency, operation, and i maintenance manuals. In addition include the following: FUSES 262813 - 1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER 3ULY 2019 1. Ambient temperature adjustment information. 2. Current -limitation curves for fuses with current -limiting characteristics. 3. Time -current coordination curves (average melt) and current -limitation curves (instantaneous peak let -through current) for each type and rating of fuse used on the Project. 4. Coordination charts and tables and related data. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Where ambient temperature to which fuses are directly exposed is less than 40 deg F or more than 100 deg F, apply manufacturer's ambient temperature adjustment factors to fuse ratings. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain fuses, for use within a specific product or circuit, from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 CARTRIDGE FUSES A. Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, current -limiting, nonrenewable cartridge fuses with voltage ratings consistent with circuit voltages. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. Comply with NEMA FU 1 for cartridge fuses. D. Comply with NFPA 70. E. Coordinate fuse ratings with utilization equipment nameplate limitations of maximum fuse size and with system short-circuit current levels. PART" 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine fuses before installation. Reject fuses that are moisture damaged or physically damaged. r B. Examine holders to receive fuses for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance, such as rejection features. C. Examine utilization equipment nameplates and installation instructions. Install fuses of sizes and with characteristics appropriate for each piece of equipment. D. Evaluate ambient temperatures to determine if fuse rating adjustment factors must be applied to fuse ratings. FUSES 262813 - 2 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 FUSE APPLICATIONS A. Cartridge Fuses: 1. Service Entrance: Class T, fast acting. J ULY 2019 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install fuses in fusible devices. Arrange fuses so rating information is readable without removing fuse. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Install labels complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" and indicating fuse replacement information inside of door of each fused switch and adjacent to each fuse block, socket, and holder. END OF SECTION 262813 FUSES 262813 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS i PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 Y SUMMARY l A. Section Includes.- 1. Fusible switches. r 2. Nonfusible switches. 3. Receptacle switches. 4. Shunt trip switches. i 5. Molded -case circuit breakers (MCCBs). 6. Molded -case switches. 7. Enclosures. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. NC: Normally closed. B. NO: Normally open. i C. SPDT: Single pole, double throw. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component indicated. Include nameplate ratings, dimensioned elevations, sections, weights, and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, accessories, and finishes. 1. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 2. Current and voltage ratings. { 3. Short-circuit current ratings (interrupting and withstand, as appropriate). 4. Include evidence of a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) listing for series rating of installed devices. 5. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and auxiliary components. B. Shop Drawings: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers. ! 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. f ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 -1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 2. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency. B. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. C. Field quality -control reports_ 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals- 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: a. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting enclosed switches and circuit breakers. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Accredited by META. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by NETA to supervise on -site testing. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: 1. Ambient Temperature: Not less than minus 22 deg F and not exceeding 104 deg F. 2. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: One year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 2 .1 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER PART 2 - PRODUCTS JULY 2019 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Source Limitations: Obtain enclosed switches and circuit breakers, overcurrent protective devices, components, and accessories, within same product category, from single manufacturer. B. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for enclosed switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between enclosures, and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an NRTL, and marked for intended location and application. D. Comply with NFPA 70. 2.2 FUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Type HD, Heavy Duty: 1. Single throw. 2. Three pole. 3. 240 or 600-V AC as required by the load. 4. Lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. B. Accessories: 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. 2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 3. Isolated Ground Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 4. Class R Fuse Kit: Provides rejection of other fuse types when Class R fuses are specified. 5. Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for number, size, and conductor material. 6. Service -Rated Switches: Labeled for use as service equipment. 2.3 NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Square D B. Cutler Hammer C. Siemens D. General Electric ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 3 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 E. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Three Pole, Single Throw, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. F. Accessories: 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. 2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 3. Class R Fuse Kit: Provides rejection of other fuse types when Class R fuses are specified. 4. Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for number, size, and conductor material. 5. Service -Rated Switches: Labeled for use as service equipment. 2.4 MOLDED -CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Circuit breakers shall be constructed using glass -reinforced insulating material. Current carrying components shall be completely isolated from the handle and the accessory mounting area. B. Circuit breakers shall have a toggle operating mechanism with common tripping of all poles, which provides quick -make, quick -break contact action. The circuit -breaker handle shall be over center, be trip free, and reside in a tripped position between on and off to provide local trip indication. Circuit -breaker escutcheon shall be clearly marked on and off in addition to providing international 1/0 markings. Equip circuit breaker with a push -to -trip button, located on the face of the circuit breaker to mechanically operate the circuit -breaker tripping mechanism for maintenance and testing purposes. C. The maximum ampere rating and UL, IEC, or other certification standards with applicable voltage systems and corresponding interrupting ratings shall be clearly marked on face of circuit breaker. Circuit breakers shall be 100 percent rated or series rated as indicated on the Drawings. Circuit breakerlcircuit breaker combinations for series connected interrupting ratings shall be listed by UL as recognized component combinations. Any series rated combination used shall be marked on the end -use equipment along with the statement "Caution - Series Rated System. Amps Available. Identical Replacement Component Required." D. MCCBs shall be equipped with a device for locking in the isolated position. E. Standards: Comply with UL 489 and NEMA AB 3, with interrupting capacity to comply with available fault currents. F. Thermal -Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time -current thermal element for low-level overloads and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit -breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. G. Adjustable, Instantaneous -Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front -mounted, field - adjustable trip setting. H. Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers: Field -replaceable rating plug, rms sensing, with the following field -adjustable settings: Instantaneous trip. Long- and short -time pickup levels. Long- and short -time time adjustments. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 4 i COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 1 4. Ground -fault pickup level, time delay, and i-squared t response. t I. Current -Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller, and let -through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, RK-5. t J. Integrally Fused Circuit Breakers: Thermakmagnetic trip element with integral limiter -style fuse listed for use with circuit breaker and trip activation on fuse opening or on opening of fuse i compartment door. K. Ground -Fault Circuit -Interrupter (GFCI) Circuit Breakers: Single- and two -pole configurations with Class A ground -fault protection (6-mA trip). L. Ground -Fault Equipment -Protection (GFEP) Circuit Breakers: With Class B ground -fault l protection (30-mA trip). M. Features and Accessories: f 1. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. 2. Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor material. 3. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent r lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and high -intensity discharge lighting circuits. 2.5 MOLDED -CASE SWITCHES A. Description: MCCB with fixed, high -set instantaneous trip only, and short-circuit withstand rating equal to equivalent breaker frame size interrupting rating. B. Features and Accessories: 1. Standard frame sizes and number of poles. 2. Lugs: a. Mechanical type, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor material. b. Lugs shall be suitable for 194 deg F (90 deg C) rated wire. ' 2.6 ENCLOSURES A. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers: UL 489, NEMA KS 1, NEMA 250, and UL 50, to comply with environmental conditions at installed location. B. Enclosure Finish: The enclosure shall be finished with gray baked enamel paint, electrodeposited on cleaned, phosphatized steel (NEMA 250 Type 1). C. Conduit Entry: NEMA 250 Types 4, 4X, and 12 enclosures shall contain no knockouts. NEMA 250 Types 7 and 9 enclosures shall be provided with threaded conduit openings in both endwalls. D. Operating Mechanism: The circuit -breaker operating handle shall be externally operable with the operating mechanism being an integral part of the box, not the cover. The cover interlock mechanism shall have an externally operated override. The override shall not permanently disable the interlock mechanism, which shall return to the locked position once the override is ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 5 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER '4191w&4@141 released. The tool used to override the cover interlock mechanism shall not be required to enter the enclosure in order to override the interlock. E. Enclosures designated as NEMA 250 Type 4, 4X stainless steel, 12, or 12K shall have a dual cover interlock mechanism to prevent unintentional opening of the enclosure cover when the circuit breaker is ON and to prevent turning the circuit breaker ON when the enclosure cover is open. F. NEMA 250 Type 7/9 enclosures shall be furnished with a breather and drain kit to allow their use in outdoor and wet location applications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and circuit breakers for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Commencement of work shall indicate Installer's acceptance of the areas and conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Interruption of Existing Electric Service: Do not interrupt electric service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electric service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect no fewer than 14 days in advance of proposed interruption of electric service. 2. Indicate method of providing temporary electric service. 3. Do not proceed with interruption of electric service without Architect's and Owner's written permission. 4. Comply with NFPA 70E. 3.3 ENCLOSURE ENVIRONMENTAL RATING APPLICATIONS A. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers: Provide enclosures at installed locations with the following environmental ratings. 1. Indoor, Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1. 2. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. 3. Kitchen Areas: NEMA 250, stainless steel. 4. Other Wet or Damp, Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4. 5. Indoor Locations Subject to Dust, Falling Dirt, and Dripping Noncorrosive Liquids: NEMA 250, Type 12. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 6 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER S R11JW&4GL,7 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components with equipment served and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. B. Install individual wall -mounted switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height unless otherwise indicated. I C. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Section 260548.16 "Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." D. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting of eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components. E. Install fuses in fusible devices. F. Comply with NFPA 70 and NECA 1. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Identify field -installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs. 2. Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated -plastic nameplate. i 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL t A. Tests and Inspections for Switches: 1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: a. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. b. Inspect anchorage, alignment, grounding, and clearances. C. Verify that the unit is clean. ti d. Verify blade alignment, blade penetration, travel stops, and mechanical operation. e. Verify that fuse sizes and types match the Specifications and Drawings. f. Verify that each fuse has adequate mechanical support and contact integrity. g. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the two following methods: 1) Use a low -resistance ohmmeter. a) Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. 2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque -wrench method in accordance with manufacturer's published data or NETA ATS Table 100.12. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 7 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 a) Bolt -torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In the absence of manufacturer's published data, use META ATS Table 100.12. h. Verify that operation and sequencing of interlocking systems is as described in the Specifications and shown on the Drawings. L Verify correct phase barrier installation. j. Verify lubrication of moving current -carrying parts and moving and sliding surfaces. 2. Electrical Tests: a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low - resistance ohmmeter. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. Measure contact resistance across each switchblade fuseholder. Drop values shall not exceed the high level of the manufacturer's published data. If manufacturer's published data are not available, investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. e. Perform insulation -resistance tests for one minute on each pole, phase -to -phase and phase -to -ground with switch closed, and across each open pole. Apply voltage in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In the absence of manufacturer's published data, use Table 100.1 from the META ATS. Investigate values of insulation resistance less than those published in Table 100.1 or as recommended in manufacturer's published data. B. Tests and Inspections for Molded Case Circuit Breakers: Visual and Mechanical Inspection: a. Verify that equipment nameplate data are as described in the Specifications and shown on the Drawings. b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. C. Inspect anchorage, alignment, grounding, and clearances. d. Verify that the unit is clean. e. Operate the circuit breaker to ensure smooth operation. f. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the two following methods: 1) Use a low -resistance ohmmeter. a) Compare bolted connection resistance valves to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. 2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque -wrench method in accordance with manufacturer's published data or NETA ATS Table 100.12. a) Bolt -torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In the absence of manufacturer's published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.12. g. Inspect operating mechanism, contacts, and chutes in unsealed units. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 8 COFW ALLIANCE AIRPORT TOWER JULY 2019 4 2. Electrical Tests: a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low - resistance ohmmeter. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar i switches by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. Perform insulation -resistance tests for one minute on each pole, phase -to -phase and phase -to -ground with circuit breaker closed, and across each open pole. Apply voltage in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In the absence of manufacturer's published data, use Table 100.1 from the NETA ATS. Investigate values of insulation resistance less than those published in Table 100.1 or as recommended in manufacturer's published data. { C. Perform a contactlpole resistance test. Drop values shall not exceed the high level { of the manufacturer's published data. If manufacturer's published data are not available, investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. G d. Perform insulation resistance tests on all control wiring with respect to ground. Applied potential shall be 500-V do for 300-V rated cable and 1000-V do for 600-V rated cable. Test duration shall be one minute. For units with solid state components, follow manufacturer's recommendation. Insulation resistance values shall be no less than two megohms. 3. Correct malfunctioning units on -site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. i 4. Test and adjust controls, remote monitoring, and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Enclosed switches and circuit breakers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. 3.7 ADJUSTING A. Adjust moving parts and operable components to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 262816 y I ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 9 TIUS COPY IS FOR: CONTRACTOR CITY SECRETARY SPONSORING DEPT PROJECT MANAGER PMD FILE COPY THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS FORT WORTH ALLIANCE AIRPORT CONTROL TOWER UVAC REPLACEMENT PiWD2018-08 City Project INTO® CO2349 FORTWORTH, BETSY PRICE DAVID COOKE MAYOR CITY MANAGER Steve Cooke Director, Property Management Department Bill Welstead Director, Aviation Department Summit Consultants October 2019 CFW PM] — Instruction to Offerors Page i of 35 Fart Worth Alliance Airport -- Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 NOTICE TO OFFERORS Proposals for the Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement located at 2300 Alliance Blvd. in Fort Worth Texas will be received at the Purchasing Office, City of Fort Worth, 200 Texas Street, Fort Worth, 76102, until 1:30 P.M on Thursday, November 14, 2019, and will be opened and publicly read aloud approximately thirty minutes later in the Council Chambers. After evaluating the Proposals submitted, the City shall select the Offeror that offers the Best Value to the City and enter into negotiations with that Offeror. The City may discuss with the selected Offeror options for a scope or time modification and any price change associated with such modification. A Pre -Proposal Conference will be held at 1:30 P.M., Wednesday, October 23, 2019 at Fort Worth Alliance Airport, 2221 Alliance Blvd, Suite 100. The last day for questions from prospective Offerors is at 5:00 PM on Wednesday, November 6, 2019. The offers will be valid for ONE HUNDRED TWENTY (120) calendar days. Estimated construction cost is approximately $1,500,000. There are no Alternates for this project. The Offeror will add a 7.5% Owner's Contingency Allowance on a separate line item on the Proposal form and only the Owner will approve the use of this allowance during construction. Any Allowance remaining at the end of construction will be retained by the City of Fort Worth. This Allowance is not to be included in the Base Proposal and will not be used in the Best Value selection process. Refer to the evaluation matrix for the selection of the Bost Value Offeror in the Instructions to Offerors. Refer to the Request for Proposal documents for the Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) Information. MBE participation will be evaluated in awarding this Contract. The MBE participation goal is 10%. Offerors must submit the attached Best Value Utilization Form within 5 business days of submitting their Best Value Proposal. Failure to document proposed attainment will remove the Proposal from further consideration. Also, Refer to Section 2. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE MBE BEST VALUE PROPOSAL in the Instructions to Offerors. Offerors must submit a bid bond with their proposal. Offeror(s) to whom an award of contract(s) is made will be required to provide Payment and Performance Bonds and provide Contractors General Liability and Statutory Workers Compensation Coverage. If you intend to submit a Proposal, request you inform the Project Manager or Architect/Engineer who can then inform the interested subcontractors. General Contractors and Suppliers may make copies of the Instructions to Offerors, General Conditions, Drawings, and Specifications through their printer. The construction documents are not available at the City but may be viewed and printed on-line by cutting and pasting the following link into your browser: htt s:// rojeet oinLII z w.com/forLworth ov/Advertised/Fort%2OWorth%20AIliance%2OAi ort%20%E2%o80%93% 20Cointrol %2OTower%20HVAC%20Rep1acement?public For Construction Documents information contact the Project Engineer, Mr. Kerry McLeroy, at (817) 878-4242 or email klm@summitmep.com.. Contact the City of Fort Worth Project Manager, Alfonso Meza, at (817) 392- 8274 or email Alfonso. Meza fortworthtexas. ov for assistance. Advertisement: October 17, 2019 October 24, 2019 CFW PMD — Instruction to Offerors Page 2 of 35 Fort worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 TABLE OF CONTENTS O PROJECT COVER PAGE a . NOTICE TO OFFERORS O TABLE OF CONTENTS a INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS o PROPOSALFORM ® CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT ® CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONAIRE (CIQ) 0 CONFLICT DISCLOSURE STATEMENT (CIS) 0 TEXAS SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE 2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES r e WEATHER TABLE r GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ® CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT m PAYMENT BOND O PERFORMANCE BOND m CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ® CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW 0 PROJECT SIGN CFW PMD -- Instruction to Offerors Page 3 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport-- Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS 1. PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS: The following requirements shall be used in the preparation of the response to this Request for Sealed Proposals: Use the Proposal Form provided below. Entries on the Proposal Form may be handwritten or typed. Write in contract duration if not specified. Acknowledge all addenda on the Proposal Form. Have a Principal sign the Proposal. If the Offeror is a corporation, the president or a vice- president must sign the Proposal. If the Offeror is a partnership, then the person/entity who is the managing/general partner must sign the proposal. Complete and submit the Conflict of Interest Affidavit form. (Also submit associated Form CIO and Form CIS if required.) Include cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond written by a corporate surety payable to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of not less than five (5%) per cent of the total of the bid submitted. 0 In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein. 1A. SELECTION OF CONTRACTOR: The City shall select the Offeror that offers the best value based upon the following criteria and on its ranking evaluation. In determining the Best Value Offeror, the City will consider. 1. Proposed Price (60 points) —The lowest priced responsive Proposal will receive 60 points for this rating criterion. Higher priced proposals will receive proportionally lower scores. When compared to the lowest price, the higher priced proposal will have its score reduced by one percent of the available points for every percent it is higher than the lowest price. The score will be rounded to the nearest whole number. 2. Proposed level of MBE participation (10 points). 3. Proposed project schedule (5 points) — Proposals should include a general schedule showing the amount of time necessary to complete the project, critical path, major phases of the work, and major impacts on the project. This is to demonstrate an understanding of the project and the most efficient justifiable time. The best schedule demonstrating the most complete understanding of the project will receive 5 points. All others will be graded accordingly. 4. References/Experience (15 points) - References and experience of the Offeror as demonstrated by listing past and current projects including references with names and current telephone numbers; and, list of subcontractors if applicable. CFW PMD — Instruction to Offerors Page 4 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport -- Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 5. Past Work in the City of Fort Worth (10 points) — Points shall be awarded for experience working on similar projects in the City of Fort Worth and with the City of Fort Worth. If the score for any individual rating criteria is rated as zero, this will result in the overall score being zero regardless of how many points could have been earned in the other categories. After ranking the responses to the Request for Proposal (RFP), the City shall first attempt to negotiate a contract with the selected Offeror. The City and its architect may discuss with the selected Offeror options for a scope or time modification and any price change associated with the modification. If the City is unable to negotiate a contract with the selected Offeror, the City shall, formally and in writing, end negotiations with that Offeror and proceed to the next Offeror in the order of the selection ranking until a contract is reached or all proposals are rejected. 2. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE MBE BEST VALUE PROPOSAL BUSINESS DIVERSITY ENTERPRISE (BDE) ORDINANCE MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE) PROVISION: All proposers shall note that the Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance (Chapter 20, Article X of the Fort Worth Code of Ordinances, as amended) was adopted to ensure the full and equitable participation of Minority Business Enterprises (MBEs) in the procurement of services $50,000 or more. The Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) diverse goal on this project is 10%. Proposers must obtain MBE listing from the City of Fort Worth's Office of Business Diversity at (817) 392-2674 or email rnwbeofficeC@fortworthtexas.gov. This will ensure that Competitive Sealed Proposal firms are acknowledging MBE firms currently certified by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA) or the Dallas/Fort Worth Minority Supplier Development Council (D/FW MSDC) and accepted by the City of Fort Worth at the time proposals are submitted, in order for the participation to be counted towards the established diverse goals. The firms must be located in the City's six U county geographic marketplace that includes the counties of: Tarrant, Dallas, Denton, Johnson, Parker and Wise. A Minority Business Enterprise is defined as a business concern located in the Marketplace meeting the following criteria: a. is at least 51 percent owned by one or more minority persons, or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock is owned by one or more minority persons; and b. management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more minority persons who own it. The business must be certified prior to recommendation of award in order for the participation to be counted towards the established goal. Offerors must submit the best value utilization form within 5 business days of submitting their Best Value Proposal. If an Offeror is certified as a DBE, MBE, SBE or WBE firm, please be aware that the City's Ordinance does not allow a certified company to count itself towards the established goal; the goal represents subcontracting opportunities. CFW PMD -- Instruction to Offerors Page 5 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacernent May 2020 If an Offeror (regardless of certification status or if a non- DIM/S/BE), however, forms a joint venture with one or more MBEs, the MBE joint venture percentage participation will be counted towards the established goal. The appropriate City of Fort Worth Joint Venture form must be submitted for review and approval in order for it to be counted. The City of Fort Worth strongly encourages joint ventures. If Offeror failed to meet the stated MBE goal, in part or in whole, then a detailed explanation must be submitted to explain the Good and Honest Efforts your firm made to secure MBE participation. Failure to submit the MBE participation information or the detailed explanation of the proposers Good and Honest Efforts to meet or exceed the stated MBE goal, may render the proposal non- responsive. The MBE plan will be part of the final weighted selection criteria. 3. PROPOSAL SECURITY: Cashiers check or an acceptable Offeror's bond payable to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of five (5) per cent of the Proposal submitted (See paragraph 1 above). The Proposal Security must accompany the Proposal and is subject to forfeit in the event the successful Offeror falls to execute the contract documents within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded. The Proposal Security shall be included in the envelope containing the Proposal. Failure to submit the Proposal Security will result in the Proposal not being considered for this project. Offeror's bond will be returned if the City fails to award the contract within 90 calendar days of receipt of proposals, unless the Offeror agrees to an extension. The surety must be licensed to do business in the state of Texas. 4. PAYMENT BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND: For projects in excess of $25,000, the successful Offeror entering into a contract for the work will be required to give the City surety in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. The form of the bond shall be as herein provided and the surety shall be acceptable to the City. All bonds furnished hereunder shall meet the requirements of Texas Government Code Section 2253, as amended. In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the State of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein. No sureties will be accepted by the City that are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the City. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the City, notice will be given to the contractor to that effect and the contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the City. If the total contract price is $25,000 or less, payment to the contractor shall be made in one lump sum. Payment shall not be made for a period of 45 calendar days from the date the work has been completed and accepted by the City. If the contract is in excess of $25,000, a Payment Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the contract, solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work. If the contract amount is in excess of $100,000, a Performance Bond shall also be provided, in the amount of the contract, conditioned on the faithful performance of the work in accordance with the plans, specification, and contract documents. Said bond shall be solely for the protection of the City of Fort Worth. 5. PRE -PROPOSAL SITE INVESTIGATION: Prior to filing a response, the Offeror shall examine the site(s) of the work and the details of the requirements set out in these specifications to satisfy itself CFW PMD — Instruction to Offerors Page 6 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 as to the conditions which will be encountered relating to the character, quality, and quantity of the work to be performed and materials and equipment required. The filing of a response by the Offeror shall be considered evidence that it has complied with these requirements. & AMBIGUITY: In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the proposal, the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the proposal. 7. WAGE RATES: Not less than the prevailing wage rates set forth in the Contract Documents must be paid on this project. 8. POST PROPOSAL - PREAWARD SUBMITTALS: Offerors are required to submit seven (7) copies of the following information to the Architectural Services Office, 401 West 13th Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102 (phone number 817-392-2586), within five business days subsequent to bid opening (normally by 5:00 PM the next Thursday following a Thursday bid opening) in order to assist City staff in determining the Contractor's capability of performing the work and in meeting City contract requirements: m Minority Business Enterprise Documentation (for proposals in excess of $50,000) • Contractors Qualification Statement (AIA Form A305), including client references ® List of current projects & past projects built within the last 10 years, including owners' and architects' names with contact information for both current & past projects. • Proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers • Project Schedule ® Schedule of Values (Breakout by CSI Divisions) • Proof of insurability for Statutory Workers Compensation Insurance PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS: Acceptance of the Proposal in no way requires the City to accept the qualifications of the subcontractors. The Subcontractor lists are for use by the City in preparing recommendations for award of the contract. The Contractor must provide and use subcontractors listed unless the City agrees to allow a substitute. 10. DISCREPANCIES AND ADDENDA: Should an Offeror find any discrepancies in the drawings and specifications, or should it be in doubt as to their meaning, it shall notify the City at once. If required, the City will then prepare a written addendum that will be available to all Offerors at the place designated for distribution of the Request for Proposal Documents by the Notice to Offerors. The Contractor is responsible for determining if addenda are available and for securing copies prior to submitting a response to this request for sealed proposals. Oral instructions or decisions unless confirmed by written addenda will not be considered valid, legal or binding. No extras will be authorized because of failure of the contractor to include work called for in the addenda. Offeror must acknowledge addenda in the Proposal. Failure to acknowledge addenda may cause the Proposal to be ruled non -responsive. It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain Addenda and include its information in the Proposal. 11. WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE: Offerors will be required to demonstrate that coverage is in effect at time of Award of Contract. Sample Certificate of Insurance, or other proof that Workers Compensation Insurance will be obtained, must be submitted within five working days of bid opening. 12. TAXES: Equipment and materials not consumed by or incorporated into the work are subject to State sales taxes under House Bill 11, enacted August 15, 1991. 13. PERMITS: Contractor shall apply for all City of Fort Worth Permits and for any other permits required by this project. City of Fort Worth Building and Trade Permit fees are waived. Separate permits may be required for each work location. CFW PMD — Instruction to Offerors Page 7 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 14. UTILITIES AND IMPACT FEES: The City will pay water and sewer utilities tap fees and impact fees. Unless shown otherwise, the City will coordinate and pay for water and sewer -taps and meters to the property line. The Contractor will include all remaining fees from the electrical and gas companies in the Base Proposal. The Contractor will be responsible for coordinating with City and utility companies for installation of utilities. The Contractor will be responsible for all fees for electrical, gas, and other utilities within the property fine of the project. Unless indicated otherwise on the plans, the contractor will be.responsible for costs and installations from the building side of the water motor and sewer tap. 15. BID DOCUMENTS: Hard copies of bidding documents may be downloaded and printed by the Offeror. 16. MANUFACTURER'S REFERENCE: Catalog, brand names, and manufacturer's references are descriptive, not restrictive. Use of brands of like nature and quality will be considered. Upon request of the architect or contractor, the contractor will submit a full sized sample and/or detailed information as required to allow the architect to determine the acceptability of proposed substitutions. Where equipment has been listed as "no substitute accepted", the City will accept no alternates to the specified equipment. Also, refer to specification's product requirements. 17. TESTING SERVICES:.The City shall provide for, independently of the contractor, the inspection services, the testing of construction materials engineering, and the verification testing services necessary for the acceptance of the construction work. 18. PROJECT SCHEDULE: The Project Schedule to be submitted with the Qualification Statement will, at the minimum, include the following: quality control submittals and approvals, mobilization, site preparation, under slab utilities, foundation work, structural erection, interior finish, commissioning, and closeout. The Schedule may be submitted as a table or PERT diagram. 19. STATE FORM 1295 "CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES": Texas Ethics Commission regulations require that the business entity must fill out the Form 1295 on an electronic filing application on the Texas Ethics Commission website (www.ethics. state. tx.us). The business entity that wishes to enter into the contract must supply the completed, signed and notarized Form 1295 to the City. 29 __tMKIQ ATION1 NIA'1 IONALITV ACT;• ! i+,, aGtir ely 1pports the Immigration ft. Nationality dnf lWal which--Hpcludes—previsions addressing emp went eligibility, e nploymen� ificaand ,n�P�nma riin+inn Vender shall v rify +h�denm �ylria _mom nlntirment eligibility of all employees .nrhn perform work r red Eq AwreP.ri. t. Vendor shall r__A-Poeie the Employment Eligibility Verification Qnnninn of all sr rnpnrfirng emp'Yer t-eligibility and identity documentation for oil employees a d upon r- request, provide Gky with n�n�j`�e,�+�f-�11Tr1_Q forms r-And supporting eligibility documentation N _4Pt_Je.r this Agreement. Vendor shall establish appfGpKiLzi; p�rlr T eres and nnntrols no4 at-ne �eT�iiy.oees will he performed by anemployeeo4Bt '-'h'h'�" rfy �S� legally eligible to perform suGh et+er that i+� . ur[v r-Zrrae-n C,GM,pl�rf y4th theyerifination requirements r..q ire,_ y4his Agreement. Vendor shall inrl y Gity #emF'am npenalties or linhili+ins rli .�"ofationns of this provision. (amity shall have the r`n �edja4q �rc]'- tteerminate this Agreement for ..i.�I ,iGHs of this provision by Vendor. �'TY ?1. NO RQYGQTT OF 1S1€A€6: >f ""vt ,trait re16ror than 10 employpc nr the Arrrnm�far lens than $100 000 this seen ,Ines not appy. Controntnr anlunny edgyin annnrrfanee �erith , ,4lv-.s rrrthat Gha1zptter 2270 of the Texas mnpt Gode, City is prohibited from entering into a nnntront w414 -a company far goods or seryinen r r 4e8_s ihve_eGH#ant eontaing a written vedfinatign_-f-rom-. !he company that it.• (1) ,Inns not h�p��tt Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel d rr'p9�he term of the { ' � ram.-r�.Trr'm�rc 1}vonlra_P4= The ertp /}'prbnel['�tt-tcr r-c�l'r onri °rmm�o ny01 droll hazre +h ,m�_re ;ni gg_C a h�tinrl t �� terms to Seetion 808.001 of the -Texas Government Code. By signing hiis greemnnt f entrnninr Gertifies that Geniranter'n signature provides written verification to City that !�`nntrantnr' (4) does �n-crv�v Agreement.not boyGett Israel, and (2), '1 net boycott Israel during the term of the CFW PMD — Instruction to Offerors Page 8 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 1 • i ■ ■ NINE 11,071 C_ ■ • •4 A • r • ■ NOR • • A •� r ii •1 • • tiii • }_I. r /, A r r • Ai • Ci • i A • w • / SUN— • Ai � • 23. Any oral communications are considered unofficial and non -binding with regard to this proposal. CFW PMD — Instruction to Offerors Page 9 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 PROPOSAL TO: MR. DAVID COOKE CITY MANAGER ATTN: PURCHASING OFFICE 200 TEXAS STREET CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS FOR: Fort Worth Alliance Airport Control Tower FIVAC Replacement 2300 Alliance Blvd. Fort Worth, Texas 76177 PM D2015-04 City Project No. CO2349 Pursuant to the foregoing "Instructions to Offorors," the undersigned has thoroughly examined the plans, specifications and the site, understands the amount of work to be done, and hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all labor, equipment and materials necessary to fully complete all the work as provided in the plans and specifications, and subject to the inspection and approval of the Director of Transportation and Public Works of the City of Fort Worth. Upon acceptance of this Proposal by the City Council, the bidder is bound to execute a contract and, if the contract amount exceeds $25,000.00, furnish acceptable Performance and/or Payment Bonds approved by the City of Fort Worth for performing and completing the Work within the time stated and for the following sun., to wit: DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS $ 898,1 33 Base Proposal 210 Calendar Days $ 6_7,364 __Owner's Contingency Allowance (7.5%) added to Base Proposal (This Allowance arriount is not included in the Base Proposal but is added to the Base Proposal. Only the Owner will approve the use of this Allowance during construction. Any Allowance remaining at the end of construction will be retained by the City of Fort Worth). $ 965,547 Base Proposal Plus Owner's Contingency Allowance ALTERNATES — NIA UNIT PRICES -- NIA CFW PMD — Instruction to Offerors Fort Worth Alliance Airport --Control Tower HVAG Replacement Page 10 of 34 October 2019. The undersigned agrees to complete the Work within the calendar days specified above after the date of Notice to Proceed. A Project Schedule will be submitted as required in the Instructions to Offeror. The City reserves the right to accept or reject any and all bids or any combination thereof proposed for the above work. The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment and those of any labor organization, subcontractors or employment agency in either furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms of City Ordinance 7278 as amended by City Ordinance 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Section 13A-21 through 13A-29). Residency of Offerors: The 1985 Session of the Texas Legislature passed house Bill 620 relative to the award of contracts to non-resident bidders. The law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, non-resident bidders (out of state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside of the State of Texas) that bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a non-resident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the non-resident's principal place of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all non-resident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications. The failure of out of state or non-resident bidders to complete the forms may disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. A. Ll Non-resident vendors in (give state), our principal place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by state law. 1_1 Non-resident vendors in (give state), are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. 1xI Our principal place of business or corporate offices are in the State of Texas. Within ten (10) days of receipt of notice of acceptance of this bid, the successful bidder will execute the formal contract and will deliver approved Performance and Payment Bonds for the faithful performance of this contact. The attached deposit check in the sum of 5% of Bid Proposal Dollars ($ l is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or the attached Bidder's Bond is to be forfeited in the event the contract and bonds are not executed within the time set forth, as liquidated damages for delay and additional work caused thereby. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE): (For Proposals in excess of $50,000) am aware that I must submit information to the Director, Property Management Department, concerning the MBE participation within FIVE BUSINESS DAYS of submittal of this Proposal in order to be considered RESPONSIVE. CFW PMD — Instruction to Offerors Page 11 of 34 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement October 20i 9 By: Respectfully submitted, LTD. sign -- Jirn Bob Salter President Printed Name of Principal Title Address: 2563 E. Loofa 820 N. _— R Street Fort Worth, Texas 76118 City Zip Phone: (817) 838-8700 _ Fax: (817) 838-8826 Email: jbsalter(a,infinitycontractors.corn Receipt is acknowledged of the following addenda: 10/29/2019 Addendum No. 1: X Addendum No. 2: Addendum No. 3: Addendum No. 4. Addendum No. 5: Addendum No. 6: Addendum No. 7: Addendum No. 8: Addendum No. 9: Addendum No. 10: CFW PMD — Instruction to offerors Page 12 of 34 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement October 2019 CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT Each bidder, offeror, or respondent (hereinafter also referred to as "you") to a City of Fort Worth (also referred to as "City") procurement are required to complete Conflict of Interest Questionnaire (the attached CIQ Form) and Local Government Officer Conflicts Disclosure Statement (the attached CIS Form) below pursuant to state law. This affidavit will certify that the Bidder has on file with the City Secretary the required documentation and is eligible to bid on City Work. The referenced forms may be downloaded from the website links provided below. h=://www.ethics.state.tx.us/fonns/CIQ.pdf h!t2://www.ethics.state.tx.us/forms/CIS.Rdf CIQ Form is on file with City Secretary x ] CXQ Form is being provided to the City Secretary 0 CIS Form is on File with City Secretary CIS Form is being provided to the City Secretary Infinity Contractors International LTD. By: Jim Bob Salter Company 2563 E. Loop 820 N. Signature. Address Fort Worth Texas 76118 Title: Presidont City/State/Zip (Please Print) CFW PMD — Instruction to Offerors Page 13 of 34 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement October 2019 FORM CIO For vendor doing business with local governmental entity This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by 14.13. 23, 84th Leg., Regular Session. This questionnaire is being filed in accordance with Chapter 176, Local Government Code, by a vendor who has a business relationship as defined by Section 176,001(1-a) with a local governmental entity and tht, vendor meets requirements under Section 176.006(a). By law this questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the local governmental entity not later than the 7th business day after the date the vendor becomes aware of facts that require the statement to be filed. See Section 176.006(a-1), Local Government Code. A vendor commits an offense if the vendor knowingly violates Section 176.006, Local Government Code. An offense under this section is a misdemeanor. J Name of vendor who has a business relationship with local governmental entity. Infinity Contractors International LTD. OFFICEUSEONLY Date Received A - - Check this box if you are filing an update to a previouslyfiled questionnaire. (The law requires that you file an updated completed questionnaire with the appropriate filing authority not later than the 7th business day after the date on which you became aware that the originally filed questionnaire was incomplete or inaccurate_) Name of local government officer about whom the information is being disclosed. None Name of Officer Describe each employment or other business relationship with the local government officer, or a family member of the officer, as described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(A). Also describe any family relationship with the local government officer. Complete subparts A and B for each employment or business relationship described. Attach additional pages to this Form CIO as necessary. n/a A. Is the local government officer or a family member of the officer receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from the vendor? Yes No B. Is the vendor receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from or at the direction of the local government officer or a family member of the officer AND the taxable income is not received from the local governmental entity? Yes F-1 No Describe each employment or business relationship that the vendor named in Section 1 maintains with a corporation or other business entity with respect to which the local government officer serves as an officer or director, or holds an ownership interest of one percent or more. None Checkthis box if the vendor has given the local government officer or afamily member of the officerone or more gifts as de a (2)(B), excluding gifts described in Section 176.003(a-1). 7 alter 11-21-2019 Signatur or doing business with the governmental en r ate CFWn1?M0vtdedtNc1ferad9Eitlimtoammission www.ethics.state.tx.us Page 14 of 34 Revised 11/30/2015 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement October 2019 CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE For vendor doing business with local governmental entity Acomplete copy of Chapter 176 of the Local Government Code maybe found at http://wwww.statutes.legis.state.tx.us/ Does/LG/htm/LG.176.htm. For easy reference, below are some of the sections cited on this form. Local Government Code § 176.001(1-a): Business. relationship" means a connection between two or more parties based on commercial activity of one of the parties. The term does not include a connection based on: (A) a transaction that is subject to rate or fee regulation by a federal, state, or local governmental entity or an agency of a federal, state, or local governmental entity; (B) a transaction conducted at a price and subject to terms available to the public; or (C) a purchase or lease of goods or services from a person that is chartered by a state or federal agency and that is subject to regular examination by, and reporting to, that agency. 1 LOCAL GOVERNMENT C®QE,176.003fA)(2)(A) ANM): (a) A local government officer shall file a conflicts disclosure statement with respect to a vendor if: (2) the vendor. (A) has an employment or other business relationship with the local government officer Ora family member of the officer that results in the officer or family member receiving taxable income, other than investment income, that exceeds $2,500 during the 12-month period preceding the date that the officer becomes aware that (i) a contract between the local governmental entity and vendor has been executed; or (ii) the local governmental entity is considering entering into a contract with the vendor; (13) has given to the local government officer or a family memberof the officer one or more gifts that have an aggregate value of more than $100 in the 12-month period preceding the date the officer becomes aware that: (i) a contract between the local governmental entity and vendor has been executed; or (ii) the local governmental entity is considering entering into a contract with the vendor. LOCAL GOVERNMENT C06(A) AND (A-1) (a) A vendor shall file a completed conflict of interest questionnaire if the vendor has a business relationship with a local governmental entity and: (1) has an employment or other business relationship with a local government officer of that local governmental entity, or a family member of the officer, described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(A); (2) has given a local government officer of that local governmental entity, or a family member of the officer, one or moregiftswith the aggregate value specified by Section 176.003(a)(2)(B), excluding any gift described by Section 176.003(a-1); or (3) has a family relationship with a local government officer of that local governmental entity. (a-1) The completed conflict of interest questionnaire must be filed with the appropriate records administrator not later than the seventh business day after the later of: (1) the date that the vendor: (A) begins discussions or negotiations to enter into a contract with the local governmental entity; or (B) submits to the local governmental entity an application, response to a request for proposals or bids, correspondence, or another writing related to a potential contract with the local governmental entity;or (2) the date the vendor becomes aware: (A) of an employment or other business relationship with a local government officer, or a family member of the officer, described by Subsection (a); (13) that the vendor has given one or more gifts described by Subsection (a); or (C) of a family relationship with a local government officer. CFW PMD — Instruction to Offerors Page 1 b of :14 Fort Worth Alliance Airport -- Control Tower HVAC Replacement October 2019 i LOCAL GOVERNMENT OFFICER FORM CIS %'-`.NFN ICTS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT (instructions for completing and filing this form are provided on the next page.) This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by 14.13. 23, 84th Leg., Regular Session. OFFICE LISEONLY This is the notice to the appropriate local governmental entity that the following local government officer has become aware of facts that require the officer to file this statement Date Received in accordancewith Chapter 176, Local Government Code. 1 1 Name of Local Government Officer I rt/a 2 Office Feld n/a r ' Name of vendor described by Sections 176.001(7) and 176.003(a), Local Government Code n/a q Description of the nature and extent of each employment or other business relationship and each family relationship with vendor named in item 3. n/a 51 List gifts accepted by the local government officer and any family member, if aggregate value of the gifts accepted from vendor named in item 3 exceeds $100 during the 12-month period described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(13). Date Gift Accepted n/a Description of Gift n/a Date Gift Accepted [7escription of Gift Date Gift Accepted lescription of Gift al forms as necessary) Jim Bob Salter 11/21/2019 61 AFFIDAVIT I swear under penalty of perjury that the above statement is true and correct. I acknowledge that the disclosure applies to each family member (as defined by Section 176.001(2), Local Government Code) of this local government officer. I also acknowledge that this statement covers the 12-month period described by Section f 76.003(a)(2)(13), Local Government Code. Signature of Local Government Officer AFFIX NOTARY STAMP ! SEAL ABOVE Sworn to and subscribed before me, by the said this the day of , 20 , to certify which, witness my hand and seal of office. Signature of officer administering oath Printed name of officer administering oath -title of officer administering oath CFW PLAID — Instruction to Offerors rage 3 b or oq Fd-DWofiluoiWaeicYw/FaVaR9tb'astaWaWssihlWACReplacement www.ethics.state.tx.us October 2019 Revised 11/30/2015 LOCAL GOVERNMENT OFFICER CONFLICTS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT Section 176.003 of the Local Government Code requires certain local government officers to file this form. A "local government officer' is defined as a member of the governing body of a local governmental entity; a director, superintendent, administrator, president, or other person designated as the executive officer of a local governmental entity; or an agent of a local governmental entity who exercises discretion in the planning, recommending, selecting, or contracting of a vendor. This form is required to be filed with the records administrator of the local governmental entity not later than 5 p.m. on the seventh business day after.the date on which the officer becomes aware of the facts that require the filing of this statement. A local government officer commits an offense if the officer knowingly violates Section 176.003, Local Government Cade. An offense under this section is a misdemeanor. Referto chapter 176 of the Local Government Code for detailed information regarding the requirement to file this form. PART 2 - INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM The following numbers correspond to the numbered boxes on the other side. I. Name of Local Government Officer. Enter the name of the local government officer filing this statement. 2. Office Held. Enter the name of the office held by the local government officer filing this statement. 3. Name of vendor described by Sections 176.001(7) and 176.003(a), Local Government Code. Enter the name of the vendor described by Section 176.001(7), Local Government Code, if the vendor: a) has an employment or other business relationship with the local government officer or a family member of the officer as described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(A), Local Government Code; b) has given to the local government officer or a family member of the officer one or more gifts as described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(B), Local Government Code; arc) has afamily relationship with the local government officer as defined by Section 176.001(2-a), Local Government Code. 4. Description of the nature and extent of each employment or other business relationship and each family relationship with vendor named in item 3. Describe the nature and extent of the employment or other business relationship the vendor has with the local government officer or a family member of the officer as described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(A), Local Government Code, and each family relationship the vendor has with the local government officer as defined by Section 176.001(2-a), Local Government Code. 5. List gifts accepted, if the aggregate value of the gifts accepted from vendor named in item 3 exceeds $100. List gifts accepted during the 12-month period (described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(B), Local Government Code) by the local government officer orfamily member of the officer from the vendor named in item 3 that in the aggregate exceed $100 in value. 6. Affidavit. Signature of local govern m ent officer. Local Government Code § 176.001(2-a): "Family relationship" means a relationship between a person and another person within the third e_ree by consanguinity or the second degree by affinity, as those terms are defined by Subchapter B, Chapter573, Government Code. PART 3 - LOCAL GOVERNMENT CODE § 176.003(A)(2)(A): (a) A local government officer shall file a conflicts disclosure statement with respect to a vendor if: (2) the vendor: (A) has an employment or other business relationship with the local government officer or a family member of the officer that results in the officer or family member receiving taxable income, other than investment income, that exceeds $2,500 during the 12-month period preceding the date that the officer becomes aware that: (1) a contract between the local governmental entity and vendor has been executed; or (ii) the local governmental entity is considering entering into a contract with the vendor. CFW PMD -- Instruction to Offerors Page 17 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport --- Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 = (Flm4431M Texas Sales and Use Tax Exemption Cerfifcation This certificate does not require a numberto be valid 1, the purchaser named above, claim an exemption from payment of sales and use taxes (forthe purchase of taxable items described below or on the attached order or invoice) from: Seller. All Vendors Street address: City, State, ZIP code: Description of items to be purchased or on the attached order or invoice: All items. Purchaser acknowledges that this Certificate cannot be used for the purchase, lease or rental of a motor vehicle. Purchaser claims this exemption for the following reason Municipality, Governmental Entity I understand that I wilf be liable for payment of alf state and local sales or use taxes which may become due for Failure to comply with the provisions of the Tax Code and/or all applicable law. !understand thatitisa criminalat%nsetogiva anexempSoncertikoateto the sellerfortaxaMeitem s thatlknow, atthe Smeofpurchase, Wilbeusedinamannerotherthanthatexpressedinthiscertil cate, anddependingontheamountoftaxevaded, the offense mayrange from a Class C misdemeanor to a felony of the second degree. Pulctiaser Sign i A Tltle - ] Dale YMV01 %�1 Ole NOTE: This certificate cannot be issued for the purchase, lease, or rental of a motor vehicle. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT REQUIRE A NUMBER TO BE VALID. Sales and Use Tax "Exemption Numbers" or "Tax Exempt" Numbers do not exist. This certificate should be furnished to the supplier. Do notsend the completed certificate to the Comptroller of Public Accounts. CFW PMD -- Instruction to Offerors Page 18 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport— Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES Commercial Construction Projects CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION. AC Mechanic 4 $ AC Mechanic Helper 13.67 $ Acoustical Ceiling Installer 16.83 $ Acoustical Ceiling Installer Helper 12.70 $ Bricklayer/Stone Mason 19.45 $ Bricklayer/Stone Mason Trainee 13.31 Bricklayer/Stone Mason Helper 10.91 $ Carpenter 17.75 fi Carpenter Helper 14.32 $ Concrete Cutter/Sawer 17.00 Concrete Cutter/Sawer Helper 11.00 $ Concrete Finisher 15.77 $ Concrete Finisher Helper 11.00 Concrete Form Builder 15.27 $ Concrete Form Builder Helper 11.00 $ Drywall Mechanic 15.36 $ Drywall Helper 12.54 $ Drywall Taper 15.00 $ Drywall Taper Helper 11.50 $ Electrician (Journeyman) 19.63 $ Electrician Apprentice (Helper) 15.64 $ Electronic Technician 20.00 $ Floor Layer 18.00 $ Floor Layer Helper 10.00 $ Glazier 21.03 CFW PMD -- Instruction to Offerors Page 19 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport— Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 Glazier Helper 12$81 $ Insulator 16.59 Insulator Helper 11.21 $ Laborer Common 10.89 $ Laborer Skilled 14.15 $ Lather 12.99 $ Metal Building Assembler 16.00 Metal Building Assembler Helper 12.00 $ Metal Installer (Miscellaneous) 13.00 $ Metal Installer Helper (Miscellaneous) 11.00 $ Metal Stud Framer 16.12 Metal Stud Framer Helper 12$54 $ Painter 16.44 $ Painter Helper 9.98 $ Pipefitter 21.22 $ Pipefitter Helper 15.39 $ Plasterer 16.17 $ Plasterer Helper 12.85 $ Plumber 21.98 $ Plumber Helper 15.85 $ Reinforcing Steel Setter 12.31 Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper �8 1 $ Roofer 16.90 $ Roofer Helper 11.15 $ Sheet Metal Worker 16.35 Sheet Metal Worker Helper 13$11 Sprinkler System Installer 19 17 Sprinkler System Installer Helper 14.15 CFW PMD — Instruction to Offerors Page 20 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 Steel Worker Structural $ 17.00 Steel Worker Structural Helper $ 13.74 Waterproofer $ 15.00 Equipment Operators $ Concrete Pump 18.S0 Crane, Clarnshell, Backhoe, Derrick, D'Line Shovel 19.31 $ Forklift 16.45 Foundation Drill Operator 22.50 $ Front End Loader 16.97 $ Truck Driver 16.77 $ Welder 19.96 $ Welder Helper 13.00 The prevailing wage rates shown for Commercial construction projects were based on a salary survey conducted and published by the North Texas Construction Industry (Fall 2012) Independently compiled by the Lane Garman Trubitt, PLLC Construction Group. The descriptions for the classifications listed are provided on the TFXO's (The Construction Association) website. www.texoassociation.arg/Chapter/wagerates.asp CFVV PMD — Instruction to Offerors Page 21 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control power HVAC Replacement May 2020 CITY OF FORS' WORTH WEATHER i ABLE Month Avenge Days of Ra#minawllce Inches of Rainfall nu Ix 2.51 elanta 7 2.23 Ctarch 9349 ril 7 2.97 10 4_56 ne 8 4 3.31 lily 4 1.83 u4ust 5 1.88 ptember 5 2.34 October 7 3.65 vember 7 2.70 December k 6 2.34 nually 81 33.81 (1) Mean number of days precipitation of 0.04" or more or 117 snmvhce (2) Average norm precipitation, in inches This tabte is based on information reported from Dallas�Fort +l odh Intemalionai Airport, Texas_ Latitude 32 deg 54 min north, Itrngitude 97 deg 02 ruin west, elevation (ground) 551 ft. Average number of days of rain, snow, and ice days are based on records cGvering 21 years. Precollation is baked on recorded information Rum 1996 through 2016 period. This table is to be used as a baisis for calculation of excess rain or weatherdays for projects with duration in calendar days. If the site records indicate that the Gontractor vras unable to carry out operations due to weather, it is counted as a weather day If the number of weather days exceeds the number of average rain days plus the snow8ce days for the contract duration, the contract vAl be adjusted by Change Order. Fort Wbrtr<Wmther Table 24April2U17 CFW PMD — Instruction to Offerors Fort Worth Alliance Airport— Control Tower HVAC Replacement Page 22 of 35 May 2020 City of Fort Worth, Texas Property Management Department Facilities Management Group/Architectural Services Division GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION LUMP SUM CONTRACT SECTION A DEFINITIONS, PROCEDURES AND INTERPRETATIONS A-9 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: By the term Contract Documents is meant all of the written and drawn documents setting forth or affecting the rights of the parties, including but not necessarily limited to, the Contract, Notice to Bidders, Proposal, General Conditions, Special Conditions, Specifications, Plans, Bonds and all Addenda, Amendments signed by all parties, Change Orders, written Interpretations and any written Field Order for a minor change in the Work. A-2 ENTIRE AGREEMENT: The Contract Documents represent the entire agreement between the Parties, and no prior or contemporaneous, oral or written agreements, instruments or negotiations shall be construed as altering the terms and effects of the Contract Documents. After being executed, the Contract Documents can be changed only by a written Amendment signed by the Contractor and the Owner, or Change Order, or by a written Field Order for a minor change. A-3 WORK: By the term Work is meant all labor, supervision, materials and equipmont necessary to be used or incorporated in order to produce the construction required by Contract Documents. A-4 EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents shall be executed in four originals, with all required attachments, including required bonds and insurance certificates, by the Contractor and the Owner in such form as may be prescribed by law and returned to the Owner within ten business days of notification to Contractor. Failure to execute contracts and provide required enclosures will be grounds for revocation of award and taking of Bid Bond. A-5 FAMILIARITY WITH PROPOSED WORK: Before fling a Proposal, the Contractor shall examine carefully the, plans, specifications, special provisions, and the form of contract to be entered into for the work contemplated. They shall examine the site of work and satisfy themselves as to the conditions that will be encountered relating to the character, quality and quantity of work to be performed and materials to be furnished. The filing of a bid by the bidder shall be considered evidence that they have complied with these requirements and has accepted the site as suitable for the work. Claims for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually encountered in construction and as indicated by the plans will not be allowed. A-6 ONE UNIFIED CONTRACT: Insofar as possible, the Contract Documents will be bound together and executed as a single unified Contract. The intention of the Contract Documents being to provide for all labor, supervision, materials, equipment and other items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. Words that have well -recognized technical or trade meanings are used herein in accordance with such recognized meanings. A-7 DIVISION OF WORK: The arrangement of Drawings andlor Specifications into Divisions, Sections, Articles, or other Subdivisions shall not be binding upon the Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Trades. A-8 INTERPRETATIONS: In the event of inconsistency in the contract documents, the following sequence for interpretation shall be used in order of precedence; Change Orders andlor Field Orders (by date of issuance); Addenda (by date of issuance); Drawings; Notes and dimensions on Drawings; Technical Specifications; Special Provisions; Supplementary General Conditions; General Conditions; and Construction Contract. The Architectwill furnish such Interpretations of the Plans and Specifications as may be necessary for the proper execution or progress of the work. Such Interpretations shall be furnished at the instance of the Architect or at the request of the Contractor, or Owner, and will be issued with reasonable promptness and at such times and in accordance with such schedule as may be agreed upon. Such Interpretations shall be consistent with the purposes and intent of the Plans and Specifications and may be effected by Field Order. In the event of any dispute between any of the parties to the Contract and the Architect or each other involving the interpretation of the Contract Documents, the evaluation of work or materials performed or furnished by the Architect Contractor, or any subcontractor or materialsman, or involving any question of fault or liability of any party, the decision of the Owner shall be final and binding. A-9 CORRELATION AND INTENT: In general, the drawings indicate dimension, locations, positions, quantities, and kinds of construction; the specifications indicate the quality and construction procedures required. Work indicated on the drawings and not specified of vice -versa, shall be furnished as though set forth in both. Work not detailed, marked or specified shall be the same as similar parts that are detailed, marked or specified. If the drawings are in conflict or conflict with the specifications the better quality or greater quantity or work or materials shall be estimated and shall be furnished or included. Dimensions on drawings shall take precedence over small-scale drawings. Drawings showing locations of equipment, piping, ductwork, electrical apparatus, etc., are diagrammatic and job conditions may not allow installation in the exact location shown. Relocation shall not occur without the Architects approval. A-10 COPIES OF WORKING DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The Architect will furnish to Contractor electronic working Drawings and Specifications. Contractor shall pay the cost of reproduction for all other copies of Drawings and Specifications furnished to them. CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page l of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 All Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof furnished by the Owner or the Architect are and shall remain the property of the Owner. They are not to be used on any other project and, with the exception of one Contract set for each Party to the Contract, are to be returned to the Owner on request at the completion of the work. A-11 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE) POLICY: As of June 1, 2012, The City of Fort Worth has implemented Business Diversity Ordinance (BDO) to reflect the City's availability and disparity study findings and recommendations. During this transition period, interested Offerors must obtain an MBE listing from the M/WBE Office at 817-212-2674. This will ensure that the MBE listings reflect "I those currently cortified by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA) located in the six (6)-county geographic marketplace that have been accepted by the City. The City's geographic marketplace includes the counties of: Tarrant, Dallas, Denton, Johnson, Parker and Wise. Offerors are strongly encouraged to confirm that each MBE. that it intends to use is located in the geographic marketplace that will be counted towards the established goal. The City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) in City contracts. Compliance with the policies designed to meet these goals is mandatory in order to be considered a responsive bidder. The City policy and procedures to be followed in submitting proposals are included. The City of Fort Worth MBE Program will take precedence over other subcontractor utilization programs on Block Grant and other federally funded Projects. A-12 AGE: In accordance with the policy ("Policy") of the Executive Branch of the federal government, Contractor covenants that neither themselves nor any of their officers, members, agents, employees, program participants or subcontractors, while engaged in performing this contract, shall, in connection with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with the terms, conditions or privileges of their employment, discriminate against persons because of their age except on the basis of a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement. Contractor further covenants that neither themselves nor their officers, members, agents, employees, subcontractors, program participants, or persons acting on their behalf, shall specify, in solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this contract, a maximum age limit for such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory equipment. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with the Policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allega- tions asserted by third parties or subcontractor against City arising out of Contractor's and/or their subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this agreement. A-13 DISABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 ("ADA"), Contractor warrants that themselves and any and all of their subcontractors will not unlawfully discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public, nor in the availability, terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with, or employees of Contractor or any of their subcontractors. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with ADA provisions and any other applicable federal, state and local laws concerning disability and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractors against City arising out of Contractor's and/or their subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above -referenced laws concerning disability discrimination in the performance of this agreement. A-14 IMMIGRATION NATIONALITY ACT; City actively supports the Immigration & Nationality Act (INA) which includes provisions addressing employment eligibility, employment verification, and nondiscrimination. Vendor shall verify the identity and employment eligibility of all employees who perform work under this Agreement. Vendor shall complete the Employment Eligibility Verification Form (1-9), maintain photocopies of all supporting employment eligibility and identity documentation for all employees, and upon request, provide City with copies of all 1-9 forms and supporting eligibility documentation for each employee who performs work under this Agreement. Vendor shall establish appropriate procedures and controls so that no services will be performed by any employee who is not legally eligible to perform such services. Vendor shall provide City with a certification letter that it has complied with the verification requirements required by this Agreement. Vendor shall indemnify City from any penalties or liabilities due to violations of this provision. City shall have the right to immediately terminate this Agreement for violations of this provision by Vendor. A-15 No Boycott of Israel. If Contractor has fewer than 10 employees or the Agreement is for less than $100,000, this section does not apply. Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2270 of the Texas Government Code, City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or services unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. The terms "boycott Israel" and "company" shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Section 808.001 of the Texas Government Cade. By signing this Agreement, Contractor certifies that Contractor's signature provides written verification to City that Contractor: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the Agreement. SECTION B IDENTITY OF ARCHITECT B-1 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION: The Architect is the person or person lawfully licensed to practice architecture identified as such in the Agreement. The Architect is retained by the Owner to prepare the construction documents and represent the Owner during tho construction phase as directed by the Owner. B-2 DUTIES OF THE ARCHITECT: As used herein, the term Architect means the Architect or their authorized representative. Nothing contained in these Contract Documents shall create any privity of Contract between the Architect and the Contractor. CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 2 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport -- Controf Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 B-3 ARCHITECT AS REPRESENTATIVE OF THE OWNER: The Architect will provide general administration of the Contract on behalf of the Owner and will have authority to act as the representative of the Owner to the extent provided in the Contract Documents unless changed in writing by the Owner. The Architect will be available for conferences and consultations with the Owner or the Contractor at all reasonable times. B-4 ACCESS TO JOB SITES: The Architect shall at all times have access to the Work whenever it is in preparation and progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so the Architect may perform their assigned functions under the Contract Documents. The Architect will make periodic visits to the Site to familiarize themselves with the progress and quality of the work and to determine if the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract documents. On the basis of on -site observations, the Architect will keep the Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the Contractor. Based upon such observations and the Contractor's applications for payments, the Architect will make determinations and recommendations concerning the amounts owing to the Contractor and will issue certificates for payment amounts. B-5 INTERPRETATIONS: The Architect will be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the requirements of the Plans and Specifications and the judge of the pertormance thereunder by the Contractor, subject to the final decision of the Owner. The Architect's decisions in matters relating to artistic effect will be final if consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. B-6 AUTHORITY TO STOP WORK: The Architect will have authority to reject work that does not conform to the Plans and Specifications. In addition, whenever, in their reasonable opinion, the Architect considers it necessary or advisable in order to insure the proper realization of the intent of the Plans and Specifications, the Architect will have authority to require the Contractor to stop the Work or any portion thereof, or to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not such Work be then fabricated, installed or completed. B-7 MISCELLANEOUS Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples: The Architect will review Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples. Two copies of each approved Shop Drawing and submittal will be provided to the Owner by the Architect. Three copies will be returned to the Contractor. Change Orders: Change Orders, Owners Contingence Allowance forms, and Field Orders for Minor Changes in the work will be issued by the Owner through the Architect. Guarantees: The Architect will receive all written guarantees and related documents required of the Contractor. Upon completion of the project the Contractor shall provide the Owner three copies of each guarantee. Inspections: The Architect will conduct inspections for the purpose of determining and making their recommendations concerning the dates of substantial completion and final completion. The Architect will conduct the final acceptance inspection and issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The Architect will receive on behalf of the Owner one hard copy and two digital copies of all applicable equipment installation, operation, and maintenance brochures and manuals required of the Contractor. B-8 TERMINATION OF THE ARCHITECT: In case of the termination of the employment of the Architect by the Owner, the Owner shall either assume the duties of the Architect through the Director of the Property Management Department, or shall appoint a successor Architect against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection. SECTION C OWNER C-1 IDENTIFICATION: By the term Owner is meant the City of Fort Worth acting herein by their duly authorized representatives in the manner provided by law. Authorized representatives include the City Manager, Assistant City Manager, and Director of the Property Management Department and members of the Facilities Management Division. A designated representative will be identified from within the Facilities Management Division to act as a point of contact for day-to-day contract administration. C-2 DUTIES OF THE OWNER: The Owner shall furnish surveys describing the physical characteristics, legal limits and utility locations for the site of the Work; provided, however, that the Contractor hereby covenants that they have inspected the premises and familiarized themselves therewith and that the locations of utilities and other obstacles to the prosecution of the Work as shown on the Owner's survey are for information only, are not binding upon the Owner, and the Owner shall not incur any liability for loss or damage by virtue of any inaccuracies or deficiencies in such surveys. The Owner shall secure and pay for title to the site and all necessary permanent or construction easements. The Owner will cooperate with the Contractor in the prosecution of the Work in such manner and to such extent as may be reasonable and shall furnish information under their control with reasonable promptness at the request of the Contractor. C-3 INSTRUCTIONS: The Owner shall issue all instructions to the Contractor through the Architect. C-4 ACCESS TO JOB SITE: The Owner shall at all times have access to the Work whenever it is in preparation and progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so the Owner may perform their assigned functions under the Contract Documents. CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction hump Sum Contract Page 3 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 C-5 PROGRESS INSPECTIONS: The Owner and Architect will make visits to the Site to familiarize themselves with the progress and quality of the Work and to determine if the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. On the basis of on -site observations and reports concerning the progress and quality of the work, the Owner and Architect will approve and authorize the Contractor's applications for payments. C-6 AUTHORITY TO STOP WORK: The City will have authority to reject work that does not conform to the Plans and Specifications. Whenever, in their reasonable opinion, the City considers it necessary or advisable in order to insure the proper realization of the intent of the Plans and Specifications, the City will have authority to require the Contractor to stop the work or any portion thereof, or to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not such Work be then fabricated, installed or completed. The Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of special inspections and testing for work that is found not to comply with the plans and specifications. C-7 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION: Upon agreement of the Contractor and Architect that the Work is substantially complete, the Owner will schedule a Substantial Completion Inspection to be conducted by the Architect and attended by representatives of the Architect, Owner and Contractor. Items identified during this inspection as being incomplete, defective or deficient shall be incorporated into a punch list and attached to the AIA document G704, which is to be prepared by the Architect and signed by the Contractor, and accepted, approved and signed by the Owner. C-8 RIGHT TO AUDIT: Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three years after final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this contract. Contractor further agrees to include in all their subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three years after final payment under the subcontract, have access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of such subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract. The term "subcontract" as used herein includes purchase orders. Contractor agrees to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the city. The city agrees to reimburse Contractor for the costs of copies at the rate published in the Texas Administrative Code. C-9 TERMINATION AND SUSPENSION OF WORK: The Owner has the right to terminate the Project for any reason. If the project is terminated, the Contractor shall: a) Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified on the notice of termination. b) Place no further orders or subcontracts except as may be necessary for the completion of the work not terminated. c) Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the work terminated by the notice of termination. After termination as above, the City will pay the Contractor a proportionate part of the contract price based on the work completed; provided, however, that the amount of payment on termination shall not exceed the total contract price as reduced by the portion thereof allocable to the work not completed and further reduced by the amount of payments, if, any otherwise made. Contractor shall submit their claim for amounts due after termination as provided in this paragraph within 30 days after receipt of such claim. In the event of any dispute or controversy as to the propriety or allowability of all or any portion of such claim under this paragraph, such dispute or controversy shall be resolved and be decided by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, and the decision by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth shall be final and binding upon all parties to this contract. SECTION D CONTRACTOR D-1 IDENTIFICATION: The Contractor is the person or organization identified as such in the Contract. The term Contractor means the Contractor or their authorized representative. D-2 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. Contractor shall perform all work and services hereunder as an independent contractor, not as agent, or employee of the City. Contractor shall have exclusive control of and the exclusive right to control the details of the Work and services performed hereunder, and all persons performing same, and Contractor shall be solely responsible for the acts of their officers, agents, and employees. Nothing herein shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint enterprise between City and the Contractor, their officers, agents and employees, and the doctrine of respondent superior shall not apply. D-3 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Agreement, Conditions of the Contract, Drawings, Specifications, Addenda and modifications and shall at once report to the Owner and to the Architect any error, inconsistency or omission they may discover. The Contractor shall do no work without approved Submittals, Drawings, Specifications and Interpretations. D-4 SUPERVISION: The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using reasonable skill and attention. They shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, safety, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract Documents. D-6 LABOR AND MATERIALS: Unless otherwise specifically noted, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 4 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport -- Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among their employees, and shall not employ on the Work any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the task assigned to them. D-6 COMPLIANCE WiTH AND ENFORCEMENT OF PREVAILING WAGE RATE Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (Chapter 2258), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents. Penalty for Violation. A contractor or any subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset their administrative costsr pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258,023, Texas Government Code, by a contractor or subcontractor, the City shall make an initial determination, before the 31" day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker of their initial determination. Upon the City's determination that there is good cause to believe the contractor or subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2268.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker do not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes their initial determination pursuant to paragraph (c) above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the Work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided for in this contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of the Audit section of these contract documents shall pertain to this inspection. Pay Estimates. With each partial payment estimate or payroll period, whichever is less, the Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. Posting of Wage Rates, The Contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in their subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of their subcontractors to comply with paragraphs (a) through (g) above. On projects where special wage rates apply (e.g. Davis -Bacon) the Contractor agrees to meet all requirements of such programs. D-7 WARRANTY: The Contractor warrants to the Owner and the Architect that all materials and equipment furnished under this Contract will be new unless otherwise specified, and that all work will be of good quality, free from faults and defects, and in conformance with the Contract Documents, All work not so conforming to these standards may be considered defective. if required by the Architect or the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. Prior to occupancy of the Project by the Owner, the Contractor warranties and obligations to correct defective Work exclude remedy for damage or defect caused by (I) abuse by the Owner's separate contractors, or (ti) modifications made by the Owner or the Owner's separate contractors. After occupancy of the Project by the Owner, the Contractor warranties and obligations to correct defective Work exclude remedy for damage or defect caused by (i) abuse, (ii) modifications not executed by the Contractor, (III) improper or insufficient maintenance, (iv) improper operation, (v) normal wear and tear, or (vi) normal usage. The warranty provided in this Section shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any other warranty or remedy provided by law or the Contract Documents. D-8 TAXES: The Contractor is exempt from State Sales Tax on material incorporated into the finished construction, Fxcise and Use Tax. Equipment and materials not consumed by or incorporated into the work are subject to State sales taxes under House Bill 11, enacted August 15, 1991. D-9 LICENSES, NOTICES AND FEES: The Contractor shall obtain all Permits, Licenses, Certificates, and Inspections, whether permanent or temporary, required by law or these Contract Documents. The City of Fort Worth Building and Trade Permit fees are waived. Separate permits may be required for each work location. If the Contractor allows any permit to expire, they shall be responsible for all renewals including any associated fees. CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 5 of 27 Fart Worth Alliance Airport-- Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 The Contractor shall give all Notices and comply with all Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations and Orders of any public authority bearing on the performance of the Work. If the Contractor observes or becomes aware that any of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any respect, he shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing and any necessary changes will be made. If the Contractor performs any Work knowing that it is in violation of, or contrary to, any of such Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Orders or Directives, or Regulations without furnishing Notice to the Architect and Owner, the Contractor will assume full responsibility therefore and bear all costs attributable thereto. D-10 CASH ALLOWANCES: The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. These allowances shall cover the not cost of the materials and equipment delivered and unloaded at the site, and all applicable taxes. The Contractor's handling costs on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the original allowance shall be included in the Contractor Sum and not in the allowance. The Contractor shall cause the Work covered by these allowances to be performed for such amounts and by such persons as the Owner may direct, but they will not be required to employ persons against wham they make a reasonable objection. If the cost, when determined, is more than or less than the allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Orderwhich will include additional handling costs on the site, labor, installation costs, field overhead, profit and other direct expenses resulting to the Contractor from any increase over the original allowance. 0-11 SUPERINTENDENT. The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who sha11 be in attendance at the Project site during the progress of the Work. The superintendent shall be satisfactory to the Owner. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all communications given to the superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications will be confirmed in writing. Other communications will be so confirmed on written request in each case. D-12 RESPONSIBILITIES FOR EMPLOYEES AND SUB -CONTRACTORS: The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of all employees and all Sub -contractors, their agents and employees, and all other persons performing any of the Work under a contract with the Contractor. D-13 FAILURE TO COMMENCE WORK: Should the Contractor fail to begin the Work herein provided for within the time herein fixed or to carry on and complete the same according to the true meaning of the intent and terms of said Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to either demand the surety to take over the Work and complete same in accordance with the Contract Documents or to take charge of and complete the Work in such a manner as it may deem proper, and if, in the completion thereof, the cost to the said City shall exceed the contract price or prices set forth in the said plans and specifica- tions made a part hereof, the Contractor and/or their Surety shall pay said City on demand in writing, setting forth and specifying an itemized statement of the total cost thereof, said excess cost. D-14 PROGRESS SCHEDULE: The Contractor, immediately after being awarded the contract, shall prepare and submit for the Architect's and Owner's approval, an estimated progress schedule for the Work. The progress schedule shall be related to the entire Project and indicate critical path. This schedule shall indicate the dates for the starting and completion of the various states of construction and shall be revised as required by the conditions of the Work, subject to the Architect's approval. It shall also indicate the dates for submission and approval of shop drawings and submittals as well as the delivery schedule for major pieces of equipment and/or materials. The Contractor shall submit an updated progress schedule to the Architect and Owner at least monthly for approval along with the Contractor's monthly progress payment requests. D-15 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AT THE SITE: The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, approved Shop Drawings, Change Orders, and other Changes and Amendments in good order and marked to record all changes made during construction. These shall also be available to the Architect. The Drawings, clearly marked to record ail changes made during construction, shall be delivered to the Architect upon completion of the Work. The Architect will prepare, and provide to the Owner, one complete set of reproducible record drawings of the Work. D-16 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES: Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts, brochures and other data which are prepared by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor, and which illustrate some portion of the Work. These may be provided in an electronic format acceptable to the Architect. Samples are physical examples furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which the Work will be judged. Three copies of all physical examples shall be provided. The Contractor shall review, approve, and submit, with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence so as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other contractor, normally within the first 90 days of the work, three copies of all shop Drawings and Samples required by the Contract Documents or subsequently by the Architect as covered by changes or amendments, Shop Drawings and Samples shall be properly identified as specified, or as the Architect may require. At the time of submission the Contractor shall inform the Architect in writing of any deviation in the Shop Drawings or Samples from the requirements of the Contract Documents. By approving and submitting Shop Drawings and Samples, the Contractor thereby represents that they have determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers and similar data, and that they have checked and coordinated each shop drawing given in the Contract Documents. The Architect's approval of a separate item shall not indicate approval of an assembly in which the item functions. The Architect will review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay, but only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Architect's approval CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 6 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 of a separate item shall not indicate approval of an assembly in which the item functions. The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Architect and shall resubmit the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings or new Samples until approved. The Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings to revisions other than the corrections requested by the Architect on previous submissions. The Architect's approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any deviation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Contractor has informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submission and the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation. Architect's approval shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings or Samples. No portion of the Work requiring a Shop Drawing or Sample submission shall be commenced until the Architect has approved the submittal. All such portions of the Work shall be in accordance with approved Shop Drawings and Samples. Payment for Shop Drawings will not be made until they are approved by the Architect or City. D-17 SITE USE: The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with any materials or equipment. Until acceptance of the Work by the City, the entire site of the Work shall be under the exclusive control, care and responsibility of the Contractor. Contractor shall take every precaution against injury or damage to persons or property by the action of the elements or from any other cause whatsoever. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good at their own expenses all injuries or damages to any portions of the Work occasioned by any of the above, caused before acceptance. D-18 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK: The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of their Work that may require making several parts fit together properly, and shall not endanger any Work by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering the Work or any part of it. D-19 CLEAN UP: The Contractor at all times shall keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish. At the completion of the Work the contractor shall remove all their waste materials and rubbish from and about the Project as well as all their tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials, and shall clean all glass surfaces and leave the Work "Broom - clean" or equivalent, except at otherwise specified. In addition to removal of rubbish and leaving the buildings "broom -clean", Contractor shall clean all glass, replace any broken glass, remove stains, spots, marks and dirt from decorated work, clean hardware, remove paint spots and smears from all surfaces, clean fixtures and wash all concrete, file and terrazzo floors. If the Contractor fails to clean up, the Owner may do so, and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. D-20 COMMUNICATIONS: The Contractor shall forward all communications to the Owner through the Architect. D-21 CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS ON FEDERALLY FUNDED PROJECTS: Contractor shall observe and comply with the requirements of the City of Fort Worth Fiscal Department, Intergovernmental Affairs and Grants Management as outlined in the Supplemental Conditions contained in the Project Manual, SECTION E SUBCONTRACTORS E-1 DEFINITION: A Subcontractor is a person or organization that has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform any of the Work at the site. The term Subcontractor is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender and means a Subcontractor or their authorized representative. Nothing contained in the Contract, Documents shall create any contractual relation between the Owner and the Architect and any subcontractor or any of their sub -subcontractors or matorialmen. E-2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS: The Contractor shall furnish a list of the names of the subcontractors or other persons or organizations (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for such portions of the Work as may be designated in the bidding requirements, or if none is so designated in the bidding requirements, the names of the Subcontractors proposed for the principal portions of the Work. Prior to the award of the Contract, the Architect shall notify the successful bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any person or organization on such list. Failure of the Owner and Architect to make an objection to any person or organization on the list prior to the award of this Contract shall not constitute acceptance of such person or organization. If, prior to the award of the Contract, the Owner or Architect has an objective to any person or organization on such list, and refuses to accept such person or organization, the apparent low bidder may, prior to the award, withdraw their bid without forfeiture of bid security. If such bidder submits an acceptable substitute, the Owner may, at their discretion, accept the bid or he may disqualify the bid. If, after the award, the Owner or Architect objects in writing to any person or organization on such list, the Contractor shall provide an acceptable substitute. The Contractor shall not make any substitution for any Subcontractor or person or organization that has been accepted by the Owner and the Architect, unless the substitution is also acceptable to the Owner and the Architect. E-3 TERMS OF SUBCONTRACTS: All work performed for the Contractor by a Subcontractor shall be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor (and where appropriate between Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors) which shall contain provisions that: 1. Preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and the Architect under the Contract with respect to the Work to be performed under the subcontract so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights; CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Gump Sum Contract Page 7 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 2. Require that such Work be performed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 3. Require submission to the Contractor of applications for payment under each subcontract to which the Contractor is a party, in reasonable time to enable the Contractor to apply for payment; 4. Require that all claims for additional costs, extensions of time, damages for delays or otherwise with respect to subcontracted portions of the Work shall be submitted to the Contractor (via any Subcontractor or Sub -subcontractor where appropriate) in the manner provided in the Contract Documents for like claims by the Contractor upon the Owner; 5.• Waive all rights the contracting parties may have against one another for•damages caused by fire or other perils covered by the property insurance, except such rights, if any, as they may have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner, and, 6. Obligate each Subcontractor specifically to consent to the provisions of this Section All of the provisions set out in this section shall be deemed to have been included in every subcontract, and every subcontract shall be so construed and applied as to the Owner and the Architect, whether or not such provisions are physically included in the sub- contract. E-4 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE fMBE): Should the base proposal be $50,000 or less, the requirements of this section do not apply. As of June 1, 2012, The City of Fort Worth is implemented a new Business Diversity Ordinance (BDO) to reflect the City's availability and disparity study findings and recommendations. During this transition period, interested Offerors must obtain a MBE listing from the MNVBE Office. This will ensure that MBE listings reflect pn-ly those currently certified by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA) located in the six (6)-county geographic marketplace that have been accepted by the City. The City's geographic marketplace includes the counties of: Tarrant, Dallas, Denton, Johnson, Parker and Wise. Offerors are strongly encouraged to confirm that each MBE that it intends to use is located in the geographic marketplace that will be counted towards the established goal. In accordance with City of Fort Worth Diversity Business Ordinance (BDO) No 20020-12-2011 (the "Ordinance"), the City of FortWorth sets goals for the participation of Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) in City contracts. Ordinance No 20020-12-2011 is incorporated in these General Conditions by reference. A copy of the Ordinance may be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. Failure to comply with the Ordinance shall be a material breach of contract. Prior to Award: The MBE documentation required by the procurement solicitation must be submitted within five city business days after the proposals are opened. Failure to comply with the City's Business Diversity Ordinance, orto demonstrate a "good faith effort", shall result in a bid being considered non -responsive. During Construction: Contractor shall provide copies of subcontracts or cosigned letters of intent with approved MBE subcontractors and or suppliers prior to issuance of the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall also provide monthly reports on utilization of the subcontractors to the MIVVBE Office and the designated representative identified from within the Facilities Management Division. Contractor must provide the City with complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by an MBE on the contract and proof of payment thereof. Contractor further agrees to permit an audit andlor examination of any books, records or files in their possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE. The misrepresentation of facts andlor the commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract andlor initiating action under appropriate federal, state, or local laws or ordinances relating to false statement. An Offeror who intentionally andlor knowingly misrepresents material facts shall be determined to be an irresponsible Offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than three (3) years. The failure of an Offeror to comply with this ordinance where such non-compliance constitutes a material breach of contract as stated herein, may result in the Offeror being determined to be an irresponsible Offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than one (1) year. The Contractor may count toward the goal any tier of MBE subcontractors andlor suppliers. The Contractor may count toward their goal a portion of the total dollar amount of the contractwith a joint venture equal to the percentage of the MBE participation in the joint venture for a clearly defined portion of the work to be performed. All subcontractors used in meeting the goals must be certified prior to the award of the Contract. Change Orders: Whenever a change order affects the work of an MBE subcontractor or supplier, the MBE shall be given an opportunity to perform the work. Whenever a change order is $50,000 or more, the MIWBE Office Coordinator shall determine the goals applicable to the work to be performed under tho change order. During the term of the contract the Contractor shall: 1. Make no unjustified changes or deletions in their MBE participation commitments submitted with the bid/proposal or during negotiation, without prior submission of the proper documentation for review and approval by the MIVVBE Office. 2. If substantial subcontracting andlor supplier opportunities arise during the term of any contract when the Contractor represented in their bid/proposal to the City that it alone would perform the subcontracting/supplier opportunity work, the Contractor shall notify the City before subcontracts for work andlor supplies are awarded and shall be required to comply with subsections of the Ordinance, exclusive of the time requirements stated in such subsections, 3. The Contractor shall submit to the M1WBE Office for approval an MBE REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF CHANGE FORM, if, during the term of any contract, the Contractor wishes to change or delete one or more MBE subcontractors or suppliers. Justification for change of subcontractors may be granted for the following: CFW PMD -- General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 8 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 1. An MBE's failure to provide Workers' Compensation Insurance evidence as required by state law; or 2. An MBE's failure to provide evidence of general liability or other insurance under the same or similar terms as contained in the Contract Documents with limits of coverage no greater than the lower of 1) the limits required of the Contractor by the City; or 2) the limits contained in the Contractor's standard subcontract or supply agreements used on other projects of similar size and scope and within the Contractor's normal business practice with non-MPE subcontractors/sub consultant's or suppliers; or -3. An MBE's failure to execute the Contractor's standard subcontract form, if entering a subcontract is required by the Contractor in their normal course of business, unless such failure is due to: a) A change in the amount of the previously agreed to bid or scope of work; or b) The contract presented provides for payment once a month or longer and the Contractor is receiving payment from the City twice a month; or c) Any limitation being placed on the ability of the MBE to report violations of the Ordinance or any other ordinance or violations of any state or federal law or other improprieties to the City or to provide notice of any claim to the Contractor's surety company or insurance company. d) Mediation shall be a consideration before the request for change is approved. 4. An MBE defaults in the performance of the executed subcontract. In this event, the Contractor shall: a) Request bids from all MBF subcontractors previously submitting bids for the work, b) If reasonably practicable, request bids from previously non -bidding MBEs, and c) Provide to the MiWBE Office documentation of compliance with (a) and (b) above. 5. Any reason found to be acceptable by the M/WBE Office in their sole discretion. Within ten days after final payment from the City the Contractor shall provide the MIWBE Office with documentation to reflect final participation of each subcontractor and supplier, including non-MBFs, used on the project. E-5 PAYMENTS TO SUBCONTRACTORS: The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, an amount equal to the percentage of completion allowed to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's Work. The Contractor shall also require each Subcontractor to make similar payments to their subcontractors, if the Owner refuses to issue a Certificate for Payment for any cause which is the fault of the Contractor and not the fault of a particular subcontractor, the Contractor shall pay that Subcontractor on demand, made at any time after the Certificate for Payment would otherwise have been issued, for their Work to the extent completed, less the retained percentage. The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance monies received by the Contractor, and they shall require each Subcontractor to make similar payments to their Subcontractors. The Owner may, on request and at their discretion, furnish to any Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion certified to the Contractor on account of Work done by such Subcontractors. Neither the Owner nor the Architect shall have any obligation to pay or to see to the payment of any monies to any Subcontractor. E-6 SUBCONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ADMINSTRATIONI__JEDA)_ _ FUNDED PROJECTS: The Contractor will cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts to bind subcontractors to FDA contract requirements as contained herein and to 15 CFR 24 or OMB Circular A-110, as appropriate. Each subcontractor must agree to comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local requirements in addition to those set forth in this section. No subcontractor will be employed on this Project, except as specifically approved by the City, who is contained in the listing of contractors debarred, ineligible, suspended or indebted to the United States from contractual dealings with Federal government departments. The work performed by any such contractor or subcontractor will be ineligible for reimbursement wholly or partially from EDA grant fluids. All subcontracts in excess of $10,000 shall include, or incorporate by reference, the equal opportunity clause of Executive Order 11246. All subcontracts must contain a nondiscrimination clause. Each subcontract must contain a requirement for compliance with the Davis -Bacon and related acts. Each subcontractor must submit weekly each weekly payroll record and a weekly statement of compliance. These documents will be submitted to the prime contractor who will compile them and submit to the City. The subcontractor can satisfy this requirement by submitting a properly executed Department of Labor Form WH-347. CFW PMD -- General Conditions of the Contract for Construction hump Sum Contract Page 9 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport— Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 Each subcontract with every subcontractor must contain a clause committing the subcontractor to employment of local labor to the maximum extent possible. All subcontractors who employ more than 50 employees, and is a prime or first tier subcontractor, and has a subcontract or purchase order of $50,000 or more must submit a completed Standard Form 100 (Compliance Report) by March 30 of each year. Subcontractors performing work in areas covered by published goals for minorities will be required to report monthly on Form CC- 2W, SECTION F SEPARATE CONTRACTS F-1 OWNER'S RIGHT: The Owner reserves the right to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Work. When separate contracts are awarded for other portions of the Work, "the Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall be the contractor who signs each separate contract. F-2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS: The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and the execution of their work, and shall properly connect and coordinate work with theirs. If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any other separate contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Owner any apparent discrepancies or defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's work as fit and proper to receive their Work, except as to defects which may develop in the other separate contractor's work after the execution of the Contractor's Work. Should the Contractor cause damage to the work or property of any separate contractor on the site, the Contractor shall, upon due notice, settle with such other contractor by agreement, if he will so settle. If such separate contractor sues the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor who shall defend against such suit at the Contractor's expense, and if any judgment against the Owner arises therefrom, the Contractor shall pay or satisfy such judgment and shall reimburse the Owner for all attorney's fees, court costs and expenses which the Owner has incurred in connection with such suit. F-3 CUTTING AND PATCHING UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS: The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of work that may be required to fit it to receive or be received by the work of other contractors shown in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not endanger any work or any other contractors by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering any work and shall not cut or alter the work of any other contractor except with the written consent of the Architect. Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. F-4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP: If a dispute arises between the separate contractors as to their responsibility for cleaning up, the Owner may clean up and charge the cost thereof to the several contractors as the Director of the Project Management Department shall determine to be just. SECTION G MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS G-1 CONFLICT OF LAWS: The law of the place where the site is located shall govern the Contract. The Contractor must familiarize themselves and strictly comply with all Federal, State, and County and City Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Regulations, or Directives controlling the action or operation of those engaged upon the work affecting the materials used. The contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the City and all of their officers and agents against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Regulations, or Directives, whether by themselves, their employees, agents or subcontractors. G-2 GOVERNING LAWS: It is mutually agreed and understood that this agreement is made and entered into by the parties hereto with reference to the existing Charter and Ordinances ofthe City of FortWorth and the laws ofthe State of Texas with reference to and governing all matters affecting this Contract, and the Contractor agrees to fully comply with all the provisions of the same. G-3 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS: In performing their duties under the Statutes of the State of Texas and the Charter and Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth in connection with this Contract, or in exercising any of the powers granted the Owner herein, the officers, agents and employees of the City of Fort Worth are engaged in the performance of a governmental function and shall not incur any personal liability by virtue of such performance hereunder, except for gross negligence or willful wrong. G-4 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS: Contractor agrees to comply with all laws, Federal, state and local, including all ordinances, rules and regulations of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. Materials incorporated into the finished Project are not subject to State Sales Tax. The Owner is responsible for obtaining the Building Permit. The Contractor and the appropriate subcontractor are responsible for obtaining all other construction permits from the governing agencies. Contractor shall schedule all code inspections with the Code Inspection Division in accordance with the permit requirements. Building, plumbing, electrical and mechanical building permits are issued without charge. Water and sewer tap, impact & access fees will be paid by the City. Any other permit fees are the responsibility of the Contractor. CFVV PMD -- General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 10 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 G-5 INDEMNIFICATION: Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify City's engineer and architect, and their personnel at the project site for Contractor's sole negligence. In addition, Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at their own expense, the Owner, their officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims or suits for property loss, property damage, personal injury, including death, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, their officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not any such injurV, damage or death is caused, in whole or in part, by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, their officers, servants, oremployees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any and all injuries to Owner's officers, servants and employees and any damage, loss or destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether ornot anysuch injury ordama eiscausedinwholeorin partbVthenegligence oralleedne li ence of Owner, their officers, servants or employees. In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or their subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment shall not be made until Contractor either (a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a release from the claimant involved, or (b) provides Owner with a letter from Contractor's liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. The Director may, if deemed appropriate, refuse to whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract, G-6 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS: Except as provided in Paragraph F-2, this contract shall be binding upon and insure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their Successors or Assigns. Contractor shall not assign or sublet all or any part of this Contract or their rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Owner. Any such purported assignment or subletting without the prior written consent of Owner shall be void. G-7 WRITTEN NOTICE: Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to them who gives the notice. G-8 SURETY BONDS: Surety Bonds are required on all City contracts in excess of $25,000, The Contractor agrees, on the submittal of their Proposal to make, execute and deliver to said City of Fort Worth good and sufficient surety bonds for the faithful performance of the terms and stipulations of the Contract and for the payment to all claimants for labor and/or materials furnished in the prosecution of the Work, such bonds being as provided and required in Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, as amended, in the form included in the Contract Documents, and such bonds shall be 100 percent of the total contract price, and the said surety shall be a surety company duly and legally authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and acceptable to the City Council of the City of Fort Worth. Bonds shall be made on the forms furnished by or otherwise acceptable to the City. Each bond shall be properly executed by both the Contractor and the Surety Company. Bonds required by the City shall be in compliance with all relevant local, state and federal statutes. To be an acceptable surety on the bond the name of the surety should be included on the current U. S. Treasury List of Acceptable Securities [Circular 570], and must be authorized to do business in Texas. Sureties not listed in Circular 570 may write performance and payment bonds'on a project without reinsurance to the limit of 10 percent of their capital and surplus. Such a surety must reinsure any obligation over 10 percent. The amount in excess of 10 percent must be reinsured by reinsurers who are duly authorized, accredited, or trusteed to do business in the State of Texas. Should any surety for the contracted project be determined unsatisfactory at any time during same, the Contractor shall immediately provide a new surety bond satisfactory to the City. If the contract amount is $25,000 or less, payment to the Contractor shall be made in one lump sum. Payment shall not be made for a period of 45 calendar days from the date the work has been completed and accepted by the City. G-9 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK: If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or fails to perform any provision of the Contract, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other remedy they may have, enter the site and make good such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies, including the cost of the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. If the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contract shall pay the difference to the Owner. G-10 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS: The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. they shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless from loss on account thereof and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified; however, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the design, process or product specified is an infringement of a patent, they shall be responsible for such loss unless they promptly give such information to Owner. G-11 TESTS: If the Contract Documents, Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations or Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any Work to be inspected, tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of their readiness and the date arranged so the Architect may observe such inspection, testing or approval. The Owner shall bear all costs of such inspection, tests and approvals unless otherwise provided. CFW PMD -- General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 11 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 If after the commencement of the Work, the Owner determines that any work requires special inspection, testing or approval not included above, the Architect, upon written authorization from the Owner, will instruct the Contractor to order such special inspection, testing or approval, and the Contractor shall give notice as required in the preceding paragraph. If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure of the Work to comply (1) with the requirements of the Contract Documents or (2) with respect to the performance of the Work, with Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Regulations or Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, the Contractor shall bear ali costs thereof, including the Architect's additional services made necessary by such costs; otherwise the Owner shall bear such costs, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. The Contractor shall secure certificate of inspection, testing or approval, and three copies will be promptly delivered by them to the Architect. The Architect will review the certificates and forward one copy of each with their recommendation(s) to the Owner. If the Owner wishes to observe the inspections, tests or approvals required by this Section, they will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the source of supply. Neither the observations of the Architect or the Owner in their administration of the Construction Contract, nor inspections, tests or approvals by persons other than the Contractor shall relieve the Contractor from their obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. G-12 INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES SERVICES: The Contractor shall perform the Work under this Contract with a minimum of outage time for all utilities. Interruption shall be by approved sections of the utility. In some cases, the Contractor may be required to perform the Work while the existing utility is in service. The existing utility service may be interrupted only when approved by the Owner. When it is necessary to interrupt the existing utilities, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing at least ten days in advance of the time that they desire the existing service to be interrupted. The interruption time shall be kept to a minimum. Depending upon the activities at an existing facility that requires continuous service from the existing utility, an interruption may not be subject to schedule at the time desired by the Contractor. In such cases, the interruption may have to be scheduled at a time of minimum requirements of demand for the utility. The amount of time requested by the Contractor of existing utility services shall be as approved by the Owner. G-13 LAYING OUT WORK: The Contractor shall verify dimensions and elevations indicated in layout of existing work. Discrepancies between Drawings, Specifications, and existing conditions shall be referred to the Architect for adjustment before work affected is performed. Failure to make such notification shall place responsibility upon Contractor to carry out work in satisfactory workmanlike manner at the Contractor's sole expense. The Contractor shall be held responsible for the location and elevation of all the construction contemplated by the Construction Documents. Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall carefully compare and check all Architectural, Structural, Mechanical an Efectrical drawings; each with the other that in any affects the locations or elevation of the work to be executed, and should any discrepancy be found, they shall immediately report the same to the Architect for verification and adjustment. Any duplication of work made necessary by failure or neglect on their part to comply with this function shall be done at the Contractor's sole expense. G-14 MEASUREMENTS: Before ordering any material or doing any work, the Contractor shall verify all measurements at the site or at the building and shall be wholly responsible for the correctness of same. No extra charge or compensation will be allowed on account of any difference between actual dimensions and dimensions indicated on the drawings. Any difference that may be found shall be submitted to the Architect for consideration and adjustment before proceeding with the project. 0-15 EXISTING OVERHEAD OR UNDERGROUND WORK: The Contractor shall carefully check the site where the project is to be erected and observe any existing overhead wires and equipment. Any such work shall be moved, replaced or protected, as required, whether or not shown or specified at the Contractor's sole expense. Attention is directed to the possible existence of pipe and other underground improvements that may or may not be shown on the Drawings. All reasonable precautions shall be taken to preserve and protect any such improvements whether or not shown on the Drawings. Location of existing underground lines, shown the Drawings are based on the best available sources, but are to be regarded as approximate only. Exercise extreme care in locating and identifying these lines before excavation in adjacent areas. G-16 ALIGNMENT OF JOINTS IN FINISH MATERIALS: It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make certain in the installation of jointed floor, wall and ceiling materials that: 1, Preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and the Architect under the Contract with respect to the Work to be performed under the subcontract so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights; 2. Place joints to relate to all opening and breaks in the structure and be symmetrically placed wherever possible. This includes heating registers, light fixtures, equipment, etc. If because of the non -related sizes of the various materials and iocations of openings, etc., it is not possible to accomplish the above, the Contractor shall request the Architect to determine the most satisfactory arrangement. The Contractor shall establish centerlines for all trades. G-17 INTEGRATING EXISTING WORK: The Contractor shall protect all existing street and other improvements from damages. CFW PMD -- General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 12 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 Contractor's operations shall be confined to the immediate vicinity of the new work and shall not in any interfere with or obstruct the ingress or egress to and from existing adjacent facilities. Where new site work is to be connected to existing work, special care shall be exercised by the Contractor not to disturb or damage the existing work more than necessary. All damaged work shall be replaced, repaired and restored to original condition at no cost to the Owner. G-18 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CERTIFICATION: It is the intent of the contract documents, whether expressly stated or not, that nothing containing hazardous materials, such as asbestos, shall be incorporated in to the project. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to ensure that asbestos -containing materials are not incorporated into any portion of the project, including advising all materials suppliers and subcontractors of this requirement. The Contractor shall verify that components containing lead do not contact the potable water supply. G-19 LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND PIPING: Drawing showing location of equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. are diagrammatic and job conditions may not always permit their installation in the location shown. When this situation occurs, it shall be brought to the Architect's attention immediately and the relocation determined in a joint conference. The Contractor will be held responsible for the relocating of any items without first obtaining the Architect's approval. They shall remove and relocate such items at their own expense if so directed by the Architect. Where possible; uniform margins shall be maintained between parallel lines and/or adjacent wall, floor or ceiling surfaces. G-20 OVERLOADING: The Contractor shall be responsible for loading of any part or parts of structures beyond their safe carrying capacities by placing of materials, equipment, tools, machinery or any other item thereon. No loads shall be placed on floors or roofs before they have attained their permanent and safe strength. G-21 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: Where it is required in the Specifications that materials, products, processes, equipment, or the like be installed or applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, direction or specifications, or words to this effect, it shall be construed to mean that said application or installation shall be in strict accordance with printed instructions furnished by the manufacturer of the material concerned for use under conditions similar or those at the job site. Six copies of such instructions shall be furnished to the Architect and their approval thereof obtained before work is begun. G-22 CLEANING UP: The Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulation of waste material or rubbish caused by employees or as a result of the Work. At completion of work, the General Contractor shall, immediately prior to final inspection of complete building, execute the following final cleaning work with trained janitorial personnel and with material methods recommended by the manufactures of installed materials. 1. Sweep and buff resilient floors and base, and vacuum carpeting 2. Dust all metal and wood trim and similar finished materials. 3. Clean all cabinets and casework. 4. Dust all ceilings and walls. 5. Dust, and if necessary wash, all plumbing and electrical fixtures. 6. Wash all glass and similar non -resilient materials. 7. All hardware and other unpainted metals shall be cleaned and polished and all equipment and paint or decorated work shall be cleaned and touched -up if necessary, and all temporary labels, tags, and paper coverings removed throughout the buildings. Surfaces that are waxed shall be polished. 8. The exterior of the building, the grounds, approaches, equipment, sidewalks, streets, etc. shall be cleaned similar to interior of buildings and left in good order at the time of final acceptance. All paint surfaces shall be clean and unbroken, hardware shall be clean and polished, all required repair work shall be completed and dirt areas shall be scraped and cleared of weed growth. 9. Clean all glass surfaces and mirrors of putty, paint materials, etc., without scratching or injuring the glass and leave the work bright, clean and polished. Cost of this cleaning work shall be borne by Contractor. 10. Cleaning, polishing, scaling, waxing and all other finish operations indicated on the Drawings or required in the Specifications shall be taken to indicate the required condition at the time of acceptance of all work under the Contract. 11. Burning: Burning of rubbish on the premises will not be permitted. G-23 DUST CONTROL: Precaution shall be exercised at all times to control dust created as a result of any operations during the construction period. If serious problems or complaints arise due to air -borne dust, or when directed by the Architect, operations causing such problems shall be temporarily discontinued and necessary steps taken to control the dust. G-24 FiRE PROTECTION: The Contractor shall at all times maintain good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of fire damage or injury to workmen. All scrap materials, rubbish and trash shall be removed daily from in and about the building and shall not be permitted to be scattered on adjacent property. CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 13 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport -- Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 Suitable storage space shall be provided outside the immediate building area for storing flammable materials and paints; no storage will be permitted in the building. Excess flammable liquids being used inside the building shall be kept in closed metal container and removed from the building during unused periods. A fire extinguisher shall be available at each location where cutting or welding is being performed. Where electric or gas welding or cutting work is done, interposed shields of incombustible material shall be used to protect against fire damage due to sparks and hot metal. When temporary heating devices are used, a watchman shall be present to cover periods when other workmen are not on the premises. t The Contractor shall provide fire extinguishers in accordance with the recommendations and NFPA Bulletins Nos. 10 and 241. However, in all cases a minimum of two fire extinguishers shall be available for each floor of construction. 0-25 CUTTING AND PATCHING: Wherever cutting and removal of portions of the existing work is indicated, such work shall be neatly sawed or cut by Contractor in a manner that will produce a neat straight line, parallel to adjacent surfaces or plumb for vertical surfaces. Care should be exercised not to damage any work that is to remain. At no time shall any structural members be cut without written consent from the Architect. G-26 PROJECT CLOSEOUT Final Inspection, Record Drawings: Attention is called to General Conditions Section entitled, "Substantial Completion and Final Payment". Maintenance Manual: Sheets shall be 8 1/" x 1 V, except pull out sheets may be neatly folded to 8 Y2 "x I V, Manuals shall be bound in plastic covered, 3 ring, loose leaf binder with title of project lettered on front and shall contain: 1 j Name, address and trade of all sub -contractors. 2) Complete maintenance instructions; name, address, and telephone number of installing Contractor, manufacturer's local representative, for each piece of operative equipment. 3) Catalog data on plumbing fixtures, valves, water heaters, heating and cooling equipment, temperature control, fan, electrical panels, service entrance equipment and light fixtures. 4) Manufacturer's name, type, color designation for resilient floors, windows, doors, concrete block, paint, roofing, and other materials. Submit two digital electronic copies and one hard copy of Maintenance Manuals, prior to request for final payment. Operational Inspection and Maintenance Instruction: The Contractor shall provide at their expense, competent manufacturer's representatives to completely check out all mechanical and electrical systems and items covered by the Drawings and Specifications. This requirement shall be scheduled just prior to and during the initial start-up. After all systems are functioning properly the representatives shall instruct maintenance personnel of the Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of each item. G-27 GUARANTEE AND EXTENDED GUARANTEE: Upon completion of the Project, prior to final payment, guarantees required by technical divisions of Specifications shall be properly executed in quadruplicate by subcontractors and submitted through the Contractor to Architect. Delivery of guarantees shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation assumed under Contract. The Contractor shall guarantee the entire Project for one year. In addition, where separate guarantees, for certain portions of work, are for longer periods, General Contractor's guarantee shall be extended to cover such longer periods. Manufacturer's extended warrantees shall be included in this contract. Guarantees shall become valid and operative and commence upon issuance of Certificate of Inspection and Acceptance by Owner. Guarantees shall not apply to work where damage is result of abuse, neglect by Owner or their successor(s) in interest. The Contractor agrees to warrant their work and materials provided in accordance with this contract and the terms of the Technical Specifications contained herein. Unless supplemented by the Technical Specifications or the manufacturers normal extended warrantees, the Contractor shall warrant all work materials, and equipment against defects for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance. The Contractor further agrees to bear all costs of making good all work that is found to be defective or not provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. Additionally if the facility or contents are damaged due to defective materials or workmanship of the Contractor, the Contractor further agrees to bear all cost of repairing and/or replacing damaged items and components to bring such items back to at least their original condition. G-28 RECORD DRAWINGS: Upon completion of the Work and prior to application for final payment, one print of each of the drawings accompanying this specification shall be neatly and clearly marked in red by the Contractor to show variations between the construction actually provided and that indicated or specified in the Contract Documents. The annotated documents shall be delivered to Architect. Where a choice of materials and/or methods is permitted herein and where variations in the scope or character of the work from the entire work indicated or specified are permitted either by award of bidding items specified for that purpose, or by subsequent change to the drawings, the record drawings shall define the construction actually provided. The representation of such variations shali conform to standard drafting practice and shall include supplementary notes, legends and details which may be necessary for legibility and clear portrayal of the actual construction. The record drawings shall indicate, in addition, the actual location of all sub -surface utility lines, average depth below the surface and other appurtenances. G-29 CONSTRUCTION FENCE: The Contractor shall provide a substantial chain -link construction fence around all or a part of the site. The fences and gates must be maintained throughout the construction period. Remove the fences and gates upon completion of the Project and restore the site to the required original or contract condition. CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 14 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 G-30 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING: The Contractor shall handle, store and protect materials and products, including fabricated components, by methods and means which will prevent damage, deterioration and loss, including theft (and resulting delays), thereby ensuring highest quality results as the work progresses. Control delivery schedules so as to minimize unnecessary long-term storage at project site prior to installation. G-31 REMOVAL OF SALVAGED MATERIAL: The Contractor shall remove salvaged material and equipment from the Project site and dispose of it in accordance with the law. Equipment or material identified in the Specifications or Plans for Owner salvage shall be carefully removed and delivered to the Owner at any location in within the City limits as directed by the City, G-32 MANUFACTURER'S REFERENCE: Catalog, brand names, and manufacturer's references are descriptive, not restrictive. Bids on brands of like nature and quality will be considered. Contractor shall inform the City of any substitutions intended for the project within 5 business days of bid opening. Failure to inform the City of substitute projects will obligate the Contractor to provide the specified material if awarded the contract. Within 14 days after bid opening and upon request of the Contractor, the Contractor will submit a full sized sample and/or detailed information as required to allow the architect to determine the acceptability of proposed substitutions. Where equipment has been listed as "no substitute accepted"; the City will accept no alternates to the specified equipment. SECTION H CONTRACT TIME H-1 DEFINITIONS The Contract Time is the period of time allotted in the Contract Documents for completion of the Work and is the number of calendar days elapsing between the date of commencement and the date of Substantial Completion plus additional days assessed for failure to complete punch list items from the Final Inspection in a timely manner and additional weather days beyond what is allotted in the contract. The Date of Commencement of the Work is the date established in the Notice to Proceed. See attachment "A" for a sample Notice to Proceed. The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof is the Date certified by the Architect with the approval of the Owner that construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so the Owner may occupy the Work or designated portion thereof for the use for which it is intended. Final acceptance of the completed work or any portion thereof can be made only by the Owner, and no other form of acceptance will be binding upon the Owner. A Calendar Day constitutes 24 hours of time and is any one of the seven days of a week, including Sunday, regardless of whether a "Working Day" or not, and regardless of weather conditions or any situation which might delay construction. An extension of contract time shall be in accordance with this Section. Extensions of time will be as recommended by the Architect with final approval by City of Fort Worth. A Working Day is defined as a calendar day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor permit the performance of work for a continuous period of not less than seven hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p:m. However, nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed as prohibiting the Contractor from working on Saturdays if he so desires. Legal holidays for the City of Fort Worth are defined as being New Year's Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and the day after Thanksgiving, Christmas Day, Memorial Day and Martin Luther King Jr. Day. H-2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION: All the time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of essence to the Contract The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of commencement as defined in this Section. He shall carry the Work forward expeditiously with adequate forces and shall complete it within the Contract Time. H-3 CONSTRUCTION WORK: Noise created by construction work within three hundred (300) feet of an occupied residential structure involving the erection, excavation, demolition, alteration, or repair of any building, structure, or flatwork is prohibited as follows: Before 7:00 a.m. or after 8:00 p.m. Monday -Friday Before 9:00 a.m. or after 8:00 p.m. Saturday -Sunday H-4 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME: If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the progress of the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner or the Architect, or by any employee of the Owner, or by any separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by any cause which the Architect determines may justify the delay, then the contract time may be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as recommended by the Architect and approved by the Owner. When the Contractor is delayed due to abnormal weather conditions, the weather table provided as WT-1 in these Contract Documents shall be used as the basis for providing a fair and equitable adjustment of the contract time. All claims for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Architect no more than fifteen days after the occurrence of the delay; otherwise they shall be waived. If no schedule or agreement is made stating the dates upon which written interpretations shall be furnished, then no claim for delay shall be allowed on account of failure to furnish such interpretation until fifteen days after demand is made for them, and not then unless such a claim is reasonable. CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction !rump Sum Contract Page 15 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport— Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 H-5 NO DAMAGE FOR DELAY: No payment, compensation or adjustment or any kind (other than the extensions of time provided for) shall be made to the Contractor for damages because of hindrances or delays from an cause in the progress of the work, whether such hindrances or delays be avoidable or unavoidable, and the Contractor agrees that they will make no claim for compensation, damages or mitigation of liquidated damages for any such delays, and will accept in full satisfaction for such delays said extension of time. SECTION I PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 1-1 CONTRACT SUM: The Contract Sum is stated in the contract and is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 1-2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES: Before the first Applicable for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a Schedule of Values of the various portions of the Work, including quantities if required by the Architect, aggregating the total Contract Sum, divided so as to facilitate payments to Sub -contractors, prepared in such form as specified or as the Architect and the Contractor may agree upon, and supported by such data to substantiate correctness as the Architect may require. Each item in the Schedule of Values shall include proper share of overhead and profit. This Schodule, when approved by the Architect and the Owner, shall be used as a basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1-3 PROGRESS PAYMENTS: On the first day of each month after the first month's work has been completed, the Contractor will make current estimates in writing for review by the Architect and Owner of materials in place complete and the amount of work performed during the preceding month or period and the value thereof at the prices contracted for as shown on the approved Schedule of Values and Progress Schedule. If payments are to be made on account of materials or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site such payments shall be conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or such other procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials or equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest including applicable insurance and transportation to the site. The Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by an Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner upon the receipt of such payment by the Contractor, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances hereinafter referred to as "liens"; and that no Work, materials or equipment covered by an Application for Payment will have been acquired by the Contractor, or by any other persons performing the Work at the site or furnishing materials and equipment for the Work, subject to an agreement under which an interest therein or an encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or otherwise imposed by the Contractor or such other person. The Contractor shall prepare each application for payment on AIA Document G702, "Application and Certificate for Payment", and attached thereto AIA Document G703, "Continuation Sheet", to indicate the progress made to date and the period or month for which payment is requested for each Item listed in the Schedule of Values. A copy of the revised monthly work progress schedule must be attached before the pay request can be accepted. 1-4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT: If the Contractor has made Application for Payment as above, the Architect will; with reasonable promptness but not more than seven days after the receipt of the Application, prepare a Certificate of Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount determined to be properly due, or state in writing reasons for withholding a Certificate. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Owner, based on the Architect's observations at the site and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests required by the Contract Documents, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion, and to any specific qualifications stated in the Certificate); and recommendations to the Owner that the Contractor be paid in the amount certified. In addition, the Architect's approval of final payment assures the Owner that the conditions precedent to the Contractors being entitled to final payment as set forth in this Section have been fulfilled. After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall approve or disapprove same within ten days after it has been delivered to the Owner. For contracts less than $400,000, Owner shall pay 90% of the approved estimate to the Contractor within seven days after approval, and the remaining 10% of each such estimate will be retained by the Owner until Substantial Completion. For contracts in excess of $400,000, the Owner will retain only 5% of each estimate until Substantial Completion. No Certificate for a progress payment, nor any progress payment, nor any partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner, shall constitute an acceptance of any Work not in accordancewith the Contract Documents, or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall promptly remedy any defects in the Work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom that shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified. 1-5 PAYMENTS WITHHELD: The Architect may decline to approve an Application for Payment and may withhold the Certificate in whole or in part if in their opinion they are unable to make the representations to the Owner as provided in this Section. The Architect may also decline to approve any Applications for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent inspections, may nullify the whole or any part of any Certificate for Payment previously issued to such extent as may be necessary in their opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of: 1) Defective work not remedied; CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 16 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 2) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; 3) Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors, or for labor, materials or equipment; 4) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; 5) Damage to another contractor; 6) Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; or 7) Unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work by the Contractor. When such grounds for the refusal of payment are removed, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. The Owner reserves the right to withhold the payment of any monthly estimate, without payment of interest, if the Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the specifications. 1-6 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: The parties agree and acknowledge that actual damages are uncertain and difficult to ascertain because the Project relates to construction for a municipality. Normal damages of lost rent or profit are not applicable in this circumstance because the City is a municipality and the Project will not receive rent and the City will not have lost profits. Therefore, the parties agree that because City's actual damages are too difficult to ascertain that the liquidated damages stated below are reasonable and a correct representation of actual damages to the City. The parties also agree that the liquidated damages called for in this contract are not a penalty but an agreed upon damages calculation by two sophisticated parties. The deduction for liquidated damages shall be as follows: Amount of Contract Liquidated Damages per Day $15,000 or less $45 $15,001 to $25,000 $63 $25,001 to $50,000 $105 $50,001 to $100,000 $154 $100,000 to $500,000 $210 $500,001to $1,000,000 $315 $1,000,001 to $2,000,000 $420 $2,000,001to $5,000,000 $630 $5,000,001 to $10,000,000 $840 Over $10,000,000 $980 1-7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT: If, without fault on the part of the Contractor, the Architect should fail to issue any Certificate for Payment within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, if the Contractors Application for Payment, or if, without fault on the part of the'Contractor, the Owner should fail to approve such estimate or to pay to the Contractor 90% or 95% (as applicable) of the amount thereof within the period of time specified, then the Contractor may, upon seven (7) days additional written notice to the Owner and to the Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. 1-8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT: Prior to the request for final payment, the Contractor must meet all provisions for Project Closeout. When the Contractor determines that the Work is substantially complete, the City shall inspect the project with the Contractor and the contractor will prepare a "Preliminary Punch List". When the Architect, on the basis of a subsequent inspection, determines that the Work is substantially complete, they then will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion (G704) which, when approved by the Owner, shall allow the Contractor to request a Certificate of Occupancy which will establish the Date of Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall state the responsibilities of the Owner and the Contractor for maintenance, heat, utilities, and insurance, shall set forth the remaining work as a "final punch list". The Contractor shall complete the remaining work listed therein within 30 calendar days. When the Certificate of Occupancy has been issued, the retainage may be reduced to 4%. Upon completion of the work listed on the final punch list to the satisfaction of the City of Fort Worth, the retainage may be reduced to 2.5%. Should the Contractor fail to complete all contractual requirements of the contract, including submittals and final pay request within the fixed time, the contract time will again commence. Should the Contractor fail to complete the work within the contract duration, liquidated damages will be assessed Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection, the City will conduct a joint inspection and certify completion of the final punch list by cosigning it with the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit the following items to the City prior to requesting final payment: 1) Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims (G706) stating that all payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or their property might in any way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satisfied, 2) Consent of Surety to Final Payment (G707), if any, to final payment, 3) Contractors Affidavit of Release of Liens (G706A), and, CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 17 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport -- Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 4) Other data establishing payment or satisfaction of all such obligations, such as receipts, releases, and waivers of liens arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. 5) Contractor's Warranty 6) Statement that all outstanding work has been completed 7) Issuance of the Final Certificate of Substantial Completion 8) Final acceptance by the City of Fort Worth. If any Subcontractor, materialman or laborer refuses to furnish a Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens, the Contractor may, at the election of the Owner, furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify them against any right, claim or lien which might be asserted by such Subcontractor, materialman or laborer, If any such right, claim or lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner all monies that the latter may be compelled to pay to discharging such right, claim or lien, including all costs and reasonable attorney's fees. The Contractor may then request final payment. The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previously made in writing and still unsettled. The Contractors one-year warranty will commence upon Substantial Completion of the Project. Trees will be warranted for a period of two -years per City ordinance. Prior to the expiration of the one year warranty there will be a walk through attended by the Owner, Architect, and Contractor to identify any items that need to be addressed. These items will be agreed upon by all parties and the contractor will complete the work within 30 days. The designated representative of the City of Fort Worth will make final acceptance and no other form of acceptance will be binding upon the Owner. 1-9 FINAL PAYMENT FOR UN -BONDED PROJECTS: Final payment will not be made for a period of 30 calendar days and until all requirements have been met, with the exception of Consent of Surety for Final Payment. SECTION J PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY J-1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS: The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of their organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by the Contractor to the Architect. J-2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY: The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (1) All employees on the Work and all other persons who may be affected thereby; (2) All the Work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or -off the site, under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or any of their Subcontractors or Sub -contractors; and (3) Other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. Until acceptance of the Work, it shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and they shall take every precaution against injury or damage to the Work by the action of the elements or from any other cause whatsoever, whether arising from the execution or from the non -execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any of the above, caused before completion and acceptance. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations and Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss. They shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and progress of the Work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent utilities. When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care and shall carry on such activities under the supervision of properly qualified personnel. All damage or loss to any property referred to in the preceding paragraphs caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by the Contractor, including damage or loss attributable to faulty Drawings or Specifications and acts or omissions of the Architect or anyone employed by them or for whose acts they may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor or anyone claiming through the Contractor for such damage or loss. The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded so as to endanger safety. J-3 HARD HATS: Hard Hats will be required at all construction sites included in this Contract from start to completion of work. Each Contractor, employee and visitor at any construction site included in the Contract will be required to wear a hard hat. The Contractor shall enforce the wearing of hard hats by Contractor, employees and visitors. Contractor shall provide hard hats for use by the consulting Architects and Engineers and visitors. CFW PMD -- General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 18 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 J-4 EMERGENCIES: In any emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act at their discretion to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency work shall be determined as provided in Changes in the Work. J-5 SAFE WORK PRACTICES: The Contractor shall employ safe practices in handling materials and equipment used in performing required work so as to insure the safety of their workmen. City employees and the public. The Contractor shall keep the premise free at all times from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish. At the completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove all their wastes and rubbish from and about the work area, as well as their tools, equipment and surplus materials and shall leave the area as clean and free of spot, stains, etc., as before the work was undertaken. . J-6 TRENCH SAFETY: The Contractor shall be responsible for all design and implementation of trench shoring and stabilization to meet regulatory requirements. If the Proposal requires, the Contractor shall include a per -unit cost for trench safety measures in their bid. If not included in the Proposal, the Contractor shall include a cost for trench safety measures for all trenches over 5 feet in depth in their Schedule of Values. SECTION K - INSURANCE K-'I INSURANCE REQUIRED: The Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until they have obtained all insurance required under this Section and such insurance has been approved by the City of Fort Worth, nor shall the Contractor allow any Subcontractor to commence work to be performed under this Contract until all similar insurance of the Subcontractor has been so obtained and approved. The City of Fort Worth will be listed as an "additional insured" on all policies except Worker's Compensation. K-2 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE 1) General: a) Contractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance. Contractor agrees to provide to the Owner (City) a certificate showing that it has obtained a policy of workers compensation insurance covering each of their employees employed on the project in compliance with state law. No Notice to Proceed will be issued until the Contractor has complied with this section. b) Subcontractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance. Contractor agrees to require each and every subcontractor who will perform work on the project to provide to it a certificate from such subcontractor stating that the subcontractor has a policy of workers compensation insurance covering each employee employed on the project. Contractor will not permit any subcontractor to perform work on the project until such certificate has been acquired. Contractor shall provide a copy of all such certificates to the Owner (City). c) By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the City that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties or other civil actions. d) The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the City to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the City. 2) Definitions: a) Certificate of Coverage ("certificate"), A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC- 84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. b) Duration of the Project. Includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor'slperson's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the City. c) Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in section 406.096)-includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other services related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 3) Requirements: a) The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services of the project, for the duration of the project. b) The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 19 of 27 - Fort Worth Alliance Airport Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 c) If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the City showing that coverage has been extended. d) The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the City: 1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. e) The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. f) The Contractor shag notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ton (10) days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. g) The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. h) The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: i) provide coverage, based on proper reporting on the classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of their employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; H) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; iii) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; iv) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; v) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. vi) notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and vii) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs h-i) - vii), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 4) Posting of Required Worker's Compensation Coverage: a) The Contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Workers Compensation Act or other Texas Worker's Compensation Commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19-point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text, without any additional words or changes: "REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee". Call the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at 512-440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." K-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE: The Contractor shall procure and maintain during the term of this Contract such Liability Insurance as shall protect them, the City of Fort Worth and any Subcontractor performing work covered by this Contract, from claims of damage which may arise from operations under this Contract, including blasting, when blasting is done on, or in connection with the Work of the Project, whether such operations be by themselves or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them and the limits of such insurance shall be not less than the following: 1) Automobile Liability; $1,000,000 each accident or reasonably equivalent split limits for bodily injury and property damage. Coverage shall be on "any auto" including leased, hired, owned, non -owned and borrowed vehicles used in connection with this Contract. CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 20 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 2) Commercial General Liability: $1,000,000 each occurrence. Coverage under the policy shall be as comprehensive as that provided in a current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy form approved for use in Texas and the policy shall have no exclusions by endorsement unless such are approved by the City. 3) Asbestos Abatement Liability Insurance: When the Project specifically requires the removal of Asbestos Containing Materials, the Contractor, or subcontractor performing the removal, shall be required to maintain Asbestos Abatement Liability Insurance �as follows: $1,000,000 per occurrence; $2,000,000 aggregate limit. The coverage shall include any pollution exposure, including environmental impairment liability, associated with the services and operations .performed under this contract in addition to sudden and accidental contamination or pollution liability for gradual emissions. and clean-up costs. K-4 BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE: Unless stated otherwise in the Proposal or Invitation, the Contractor shall procure, pay for and maintain at all times during the term of this Contract, Builders Risk Insurance against the perils of fire, lightning, windstorm, hurricane, hail, riot, explosion, civic commotion, smoke, aircraftr land vehicles, vandalism, and malicious mischief, at a limit equal to 100% of the Contract Sum. The policy shall include coverage for materials and supplies while in transit and while being stored on or off site. If specifically required in the Instructions to Bidders, the policy shall include coverage for flood and earthquake. Different sub -limits for these coverages must be approved by the City. Consequential damage due to faulty workmanship and/or design performed by the Contractor or their agents shall be covered. Upon completion of the Work, the Contractor shall notify the City of Fort Worth in writing before terminating this insurance. K-5 PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE: The Contractorshall provide a certificate of insurance documenting the Property Management Department, City of Fort Worth as a "Certificate Holder", and noting the specific project(s) covered by the Contractor's insurance as documented on the certificate of insurance. More than one certificate may be required of the Contractor depending upon the agents and/or insurers for the Contractor's insurance coverages specified for the project(s). K-6 OTHER INSURANCE RELATED REQUIREMENTS 1) The City of Fort Worth shall be an additional insured, by endorsement, on all applicable insurance policies. 2) Applicable insurance policies shall each be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation in favor of the City of Fort Worth. 3) Insurers of policies maintained by Contractor and their subcontractor(s), if applicable, shall be authorized to do business in the State of Texas, or otherwise approved by the City of Fort Worth, and such shall be acceptable to the City of Fort Worth insofar as their financial strength and solvency are concerned. Any company through which the insurance is placed must have a rating of at least A:VII, as stated in current edition of A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide. At the City's sole discretion, a less favorable rate may be accepted by the City. 4) Deductible limits on insurance policies and/or self -insured retentions exceeding $10,000 require approval of the City of Fort Worth as respects this Contract. 5) The City of Fort Worth shall be notified in writing a minimum of thirty days prior to an insurer's action in the event of cancellation or non -renewal in coverage regarding any policy providing insurance coverage required in this Contract. 6) Full limits of insurance shall be available for claims arising out of this Contract with the City of Fort Worth. 7) The Contractor shall provide certificates of insurance to the City prior to commencement of operations pursuant to this Contract. Any failure on part of the City of Fort Worth to request such documentation shall not be construed as a waiver of insurance requirements specified herein. 8) The City of Fort Worth shall be entitled, upon request and without incurring expense, to review the insurance policies including endorsements thereto and, at their discretion, to require proof of payment for policy premiums. 9) The City of Fort Worth shall not be responsible for paying the cost of insurance coverages required herein. 10) Notice of any actual or potential claim and/or litigation that would affect insurance coverages required herein shall be provided to the City in a timely manner. 11) "Other insurance" as referenced in any policy of insurance providing coverages required herein shall not apply to any insurance policy or program maintained by the City of Fort Worth. 12) Contractor shall agree to either require their subcontractors to maintain the same insurance coverages and limits thereof as specified herein or the Contractor shall provide such coverage on the Contractor's subcontractors. SECTION L CHANGES IN THE WORK L-1 CHANGE ORDER: The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order Changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting' of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All Such Changes in the Work shall be authorized by Change Order, and shall be executed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 21 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport— Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 A Change Order is a written order to the Contractor signed by the Contractor, Owner and the Architect, issued after the execution of the Contract, authorizing a Change in the Work or adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed only by Change Order. Any changes in work required due to changed or unforeseen conditions, or by request of either the Contractor or the City, shall be coordinated with the Director, Property Management Department. A change order must be written and duly negotiated and executed prior. to performing changed work. The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a Change in the work shall be determined in one or more of the following ways: 1) by mutual acceptance of a lump sum property itemized, including the allowance to Contractor for overhead and profit stipulated in the original contract proposal; 2) by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; or 3) by cost and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee. If none of the methods set forth herein above is agreed upon, the Contractor, provided they receive a Change Order, shall promptly proceed with the Work involved. The cost of such work shall then be determined on the basis of the Contractor's reasonable expenditures and savings, including a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit as indicted in the original contract proposal. In such cases, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect shall prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Pending final determination of cost to the Owner, payments on account shall be made on the Architect's Certificate of Payment as approved by the Owner. If after the Contract has been executed, the Architect, requests a price proposal from the Contractor for a proposed change in scope of the work, Contractor shall process such proposal within seven days of receipt and return the price quote to the Architect in writing. The Architect shall review the price quotation and if approval is recommended, forward the proposed change order request and price proposal to the Owner for approval. If approval is not recommended, the Architect will attempt to negotiate with Contractor to revise the proposal to a figure which is fair and reasonable and forward it on to the Owner for approval. If the negotiations do not result in an equitable solution, the Architect shall prepare a cost-plus type Change Orderwith a price -not -to -exceed figure for approval by the City and require specific documentation to be provided by Contractor in accordance with the paragraph above. Contractor is advised that according to City of Fort Worth Charter, that, the City Council must approve all Change Orders and Work Orders which results in an increase in cost of the contract amount by over $100.000. Normal processing time for the City Staff to obtain City Council approval, once the recommended change order has been received at the City, is approximately thirty days. Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to identify Change Order items as early in the Construction process as possible to minimize their impact on the construction schedule. If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if the quantities originally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order that application of the agreed unit prices to the quantities of Work proposed will create a hardship on the Owner or the Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted to prevent such hardship. If the Contractor claims that additional cost or time is involved because of (1) any written interpretation issued pursuant to Section A, (2) any order by the Architect or Owner to stop the Work pursuant to Section B, where the Contract was not at fault, or (3) any written order for a minor change in the Work, the Contractor shall make such claim. L-2 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST OR TIME: If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an increase in the Contract Sum or an extension in the Contract Time, they shall give the Architect written notice thereof within a reasonable time after the occurrence of the event that gave rise to such claim. This notice shall be given by the Contractor before proceeding to execute the Work, except in an emergency endangering life or property in which case the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with Section J. No such claim shall be valid unless so made. Any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time resulting from such claim, if approved by the Owner, shall be authorized by Change Order. L-3 OVERHEAD ALLOWANCES FOR CHANGES: Should any change in the work or extra work be ordered, the following applicable percentage shall be added to Material and Labor costs to cover overhead and profit: 1. Allowance to the Contractor for overhead and profit for extra work performed by the Contractor's own forces shall not exceed fifteen percent 15%o . 2. Allowance to the Contractor for overhead and profit for extra work performed by a Subcontractor and supervised by the Contractor shall not exceed ten percent 9%. L-4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK: The Architect shall have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes may be effected by Field Order or by other written order. Such changes shall be confirmed in writing by the Architect and shall be binding on the Owner and the Contractor. L-5 FIELD ORDERS: The Architect may issue written Field Orders which interpret the Contract Documents, or which order minor changes in the Work without change in Contract Sutra or Contract Time. The Contractor shall carry out such Field Orders promptly. CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 22 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 SECTION M UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK M-1 UNCOVERING OF WORK: If any Work should be covered contrary to the request of the Owner, it must be uncovered for observation and replaced, at the Contractor's expense. If any other work has been covered which the Owner has not specifically requested to observe prior to being covered, the Architect or the Owner may request to see such work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work be found in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, the cost of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to the Owner. If such work be found not in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, the Contractor shall pay such costs unless it is found that this condition was caused by a separate contractor employed by the Owner. M-2 CORRECTION OF WORK: The Contractor shall promptly correct all work rejected by the Architect or Owner as defective or as failing to conform to the Plans and Specifications whether observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. The Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting such rejected Work, including the cost of the Architect's additional service thereby made necessary. If, within one year after the Date of Substantial Completion or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, any of the work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice from the Owner to do so, unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition, describing same specifically and not generally. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. All such defective or non -conforming work under the preceding paragraphs shall be removed from the site where necessary and the work shall be corrected to comply with the Contract Documents without cost to the Owner. Defective or non -conforming work shall be completed in a timely manner. The Contractor shall respond and/or repair any work that is deemed an emergency by the City within 24 hours. The Contractor shall respond and/or repair any other defective or non -conforming work within three working days. The Contractor shall bear the cost of making good all work of separate contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or correction. If the Contractor does not remove such defective or non -conforming work within a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Owner, the Owner may remove it and may store the materials or equipment at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal and storage within ten days thereafter, the Owner may upon ten additional days' written notice sell such work at auction or at private sale and shall account for the net proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs that should have been borne by the Contractor including compensation for additional architectural services. If such proceeds of sale do not cover all costs that the Contractor should have borne, the difference shall be charged to the Contractor and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. If the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. If the Contractor fails to correct such defective or non -conforming work, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section G. The obligation of the Contractor under this Section shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any obligations imposed upon. them by special guarantees required by the Contract Documents or otherwise prescribed by law. M-3 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE OR NON -CONFORMING WORK: If the Owner prefers to accept defective or non- conforming work, he may do so instead of requiring removal and correction, in which case a Change Order will be issued to reflect an appropriate reduction in the Contract Sum, or, if the amount is determined after final payment, it shall be paid by the Contractor. SECTION N TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT N-1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR: If the work is stopped for a period of 30 days under an order or any court or other public authority having jurisdiction, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing any of the work under a contract with the Contractor, or if the work should be stopped for a period of 30 days by the Contractor for the Owner's failure to make payment thereon as provided in Section I, then the Contractor may after the end of such period of 30 days and upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner , terminate the Contract. N-2 TERMINATION 13Y THE OWNER: If the Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt, or if they make a general assignment for the benefit of their creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of their insolvency, or if the Contractor refuses, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials, or if they fail to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or fails to comply with all Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Regulations or Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, or otherwise is guilty of a substantial violation of a provision of the Contract Documents, then the Owner, on their own initiative that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may, without prejudice to any rights or remedy and after giving the Contractor and their surety, if any, seven (7) days' written notice, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor and may finish the work by whatever method they may deem expedient. In such case the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 23 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 If the costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's additional services exceed the unpaid balance of the Contract, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The City of Fort Worth may terminate this contract in whole, or from time to time, in part, whenever such termination is in the best interest of the City. Termination will be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying to what extent performance of the work of the contract is being terminated and the effective date of termination. After receipt of termination the Contractor shall: a) Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified on the notice of termination b) Place no further orders or subcontracts except as may be necessary for the completion of the work not terminated. c) Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the work terminated by the notice of termination. After termination as above, the City will pay the Contractor a proportionate part of the contract price based on the work completed; provided, however, that the amount of payment on termination shall not exceed the total contract price as reduced by the portion thereof allocable to the work not completed and further reduced by the amount of payments, if, any otherwise made. Contractor shall submit a claim for amounts due after termination as provided in this paragraph within 30 days after receipt of such claim. In the event of any dispute or controversy as to the propriety or allowability of all or any portion of such claim under this paragraph, such dispute or controversy shall be resolved and be decided by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, and the decision by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth shall be final and binding upon all parties to this contract. SECTION O SIGNS The Contractor shall construct and install the project designation sign as required in the Contract Documents and in strict accordance with the Specifications for "Project Designation Signs."This sign shall be a part of this Contract and shall be included in the Contractor's Base Bid for the Project. The Contractor may install their company sign and shall allow the Architect to install their company sign. No other signs will be allowed. SECTION P TEMPORARY FACILITIES P-1 SCOPE: The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain facilities and perform temporary work required in the performance of this Contract, including those shown and specified. P-2 USE OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES: All temporary facilities shall be made available for use by all workmen and subcontractors employed on the project, subject to reasonable directions by the Contractor as to their proper and most efficient utilization. P-3 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL: The Contractor shall maintain temporary facilities in a proper, safe operating and sanitary condition for the duration of the Contract. Upon completion of the Contract, all such temporary work and facilities shall be removed from the premises and disposed of unless otherwise directed or specified hereunder. P-4 FIELD OFFICES AND SHED: The Contractor is not required to provide a temporary field office or telephone for projects under $1,000,000. Contractor shall equip the Project Superintendent with a pager and provide 24-hour contacts to the City. The Contractor shall provide a temporary field office building for themselves, their subcontractors and use by the Architect and Owner. For construction contracts with a bid price in excess of $1,000,000.00, the Contractor shall provide a separate field office for the City's field representative (but the separate office may be in the same structure). The buildings shall afford protection against the weather, and each office shall have a lockable door, at least one window, adequate electrical outlets and lighting, and a shelf large enough to accommodate perusal of the project drawings. Openings shall have suitable locks. Field offices shall be maintained for the full time during the operation of the work of the Contract. During cold weather months, the field offices shall be suitably insulated and equipped with a heating device to maintain 70 degree Fahrenheit temperature during the workday. During warm weather the offices shall be equipped with an air conditioning device to maintain temperature below 75 degrees F. Upon completion of the work of the Contract, the Contractor shall remove the building from the premises. In addition to the drawing shelf, provide for the City field representatives office: one desk, four chairs, plan rack and a four drawer filing cabinet (with lock). Each office shall contain not less than 120 square feet of floor space. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage sheds and other temporary buildings or trailers on the project site as required for their use. Location of sheds and trailers shall be as approved by the Owner. Remove sheds when work is completed, or as directed. P-5 WIRELESS CONNECTION: The Contractor shall provide and pay for wireless internet connection (WIFI) for the City and Architect. P-6 TOILET FACILITIES: The Contractor shall provide proper, sanitary and adequate toilet facilities for the use of all workmen and subcontractors employed on the project. CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 24 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 P-7 UTILITIES: Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements and provide for temporary water and electricity required during the construction. Contractor shall provide and install temporary utility meters during the contract construction period. These meters will be road and the Contractor will be billed on this actual use. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials required to tap into the utilities. The Contractor shall make the connections and extend the service lines to the construction area for use of all trades. Upon completion of the work all utility lines shall be removed and repairs made to the existing lines. Only utilities at existing voltages, pressures, frequencies, etc. will be available to the Contractor. Water. Provide an ample supply of potable water for all purposes of construction at a point convenient to the project or as shown on the Drawings. Pipe water from the source of supply to all points where water will be -required. Provide sufficient hose to carry water to every required part of the construction and allow the use of water facilities to subcontractors engaged on the work. Provide pumps, tanks and compressors as may be required to produce required pressures. Electric Service. Provide adequate electric service for power and lighting to all points where required. Temporary, electric service shall be of sufficient capacity and characteristics to supply proper current for various types of construction tools, motors, welding machines, lights, heating plant, air conditioning system, pumps, and other work required. Provide sufficient number of electric outlets so that 50 foot long extension cords will reach all work requiring light or power. Lighting. Supply and maintain temporary lighting so that work of all trades may be properly and safely performed, in such areas and at such time that day -lighting is inadequate. Provide at least 0.75 watts of incandescent lighting per squgr4e foot and maintain a socket voltage of at least 110 volts. Use at least 100-watt lamps. In any event, the lighting intensity shall not be less than 5 foot candles in the vicinity of work and traffic areas. P-8 HEATING: Heating devices required under this paragraph shall not be electric. The Contractor shall provide heat, ventilation, fuel and services as required to protect all work and materials and to keep the humidity down to the extent required to prevent corrosion of any metal and to prevent dampness or mildew which is potentially damaging to materials and finishes. All such heating, ventilation and services shall be provided and maintained until final acceptance of all work. In addition, the Contractor shall provide heat ventilation prior and during the following work operations as follows: a) At all times during the placing, setting and curing of concrete provide sufficient heat to insure the heating of the spaces involved to not less than 40 F. b) From the beginning of the application of drywall and during the setting and curing period, provide sufficient heat to produce a temperature in the spaces involved of not less than 55 F. c) For a period of seven (7) days previous to the placing of interior finish materials and throughout the placing of finish painting, decorating and laying of resilient flooring materials, provide sufficient heat to produce a temperature of not less than 60 F. P-9 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION, EQUIPMENT AND PROTECTION: The Contractor shall provide, maintain, and remove upon completion of the work all temporary rigging, scaffolding, hoisting equipment, rubbish chutes, ladders to roof, barricades around openings, and all other temporary work as required to complete all work of the Contract. Contractor shall coordinate the use and furnishing of scaffolds with their sub -contractors. The Contractor shall provide, maintain, and remove upon completion of the work, or sooner, if authorized by the Owner, all fences, barricades, lights, shoring, pedestrian walkways, temporary fire escapes, and other protective structures or devices necessary for the safety of workmen, City employees, equipment, the public and property. All temporary construction and equipment shall conform to all regulations, ordinances, laws and other requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction, including insurance companies, with regards to safety precautions, operation and fire hazard. The Contractorshall provide and maintain pumping facilities, including power, for keeping the site, all times, whetherfrom underground seepage, rainfall, drainage of broken lines. The Contractor shall maintain provision for closing and locking the building at such time as possible to do so. if this is not feasible, maintain a night The Contractor shall provide and maintain all barricades or enclosures, required to protect the work in progress from outside elements, dusts, and other disturbances as a result of work under this Contract. Such protection shall be positive, shall meet the approval of the Owner and shall be maintained for the duration of the construction period or as required to provide for the protection as specified. P-10 PROJECT BULLETIN BOARD: The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain during the life of the project a weather - tight bulletin board approximately 3 feet high by 5 feet wide having not less than two hinged or sliding glass doors with provisions for locking. The bulletin board shall be mounted where and as approved by the Owner, in a prominent place accessible to employees of the Contractor and sub -contractors, and to applicants for employment. The bulletin board shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed by them upon completion of the Contract work. The following information which will be furnished by the City to the Contractor shall be posted on the bulletin board and shall be maintained by the Contractor in easily readable condition at all times for the duration of the Contract. a. The Equal Opportunity Poster and Notice Nondiscrimination of Employment (Standard Farm 38). b. Wage Rate Information Poster (Form SOL 155), with the Contract Schedule of minimum wage rates as required by the Davis -Bacon Act. C. Safety Posters. CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 25 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport -- Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 SECTION Q VENUE Should any action arise out of the terms and conditions of this contract, venue for said action shall lie in Tarrant County, Texas. CFW PMD -- General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 26 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 FoRT WORTH Attachment "A" Date: NOTICE TO PROCEED Contractor Address Phone: (xxx) xxx-xxxx Project Name: Gentlemen Pursuant to the provisions of City Secretary Contract Number xxxxx this is your authority to proceed on the refereiicW project on date. Prior to commencing work, it will be necessary for you to contact James Diestel,.. Cusis_1rrc4iur7 5uperintetideul, who will be in charge of sulrject project; and make arrangements with hio�i tczras� �: t p*pct construction. He'm Ly he contwcd al (817)392-8072, AW Sincerely, James L iestel _ - Construction Superintendent T Cc: MJWBE Office Pile PROPERTY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT FACIL1TIl;s DmsxoN THE CzTX OF FORT WORTH * 401 WEST 13TH STREET * FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 (817) 392-2586 * FAX (817) 392-8488 CFW PMD — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction Lump Sum Contract Page 27 of 27 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT (LUMP SUM) THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § This agreement made and entered into this the 51h day of May A.D., 2020, by and between the CITY OF FORT WORTH, a municipal corporation of Tarrant County, Texas, organized and existing under and by virtue of a special charter adopted by the qualified voters within said City on the 11 th day of December, A.D. 1924, under the authority (vested in said voters by the "Home Rule" provision) of the Constitution of Texas, and in accordance with a resolution duly passed at a regular, meeting of the City Council of said City, hereinafter called OWNER, and Infinity Contractors International LTD of the City of Fort Worth County of Tarrant , State of Texas, hereinafter called CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by the Owner, and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith, the said Contractor hereby agrees with the said Owner to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Fort Worth Alliance Airport Control Tower HVAC Replacement 2300 Alliance Blvd. Fort Worth, Texas 76177 PM D2018-08 City Project No. CO2349 That the work herein contemplated shall consist of furnishing as an independent contractor all labor, tools, appliances and materials necessary for the construction and completion of said project in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents adopted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, which Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents are hereto attached and made a part of this contract the same as if written heroin. The Contractor hereby agrees and binds himself to commence the construction of said work within ton (10) days after being notified in writing to do so by the Owner. City agrees and binds itself to pay, and the said Contractor agrees to receive, for all of the aforesaid work, and for stated additions thereto or deductions there from, the price shown on the Proposal submitted by the successful bidder hereto attached and made a part hereof. Payment will be made in monthly installments upon actual work completed by contractor and accepted by the Owner and receipt of invoice from the Contractor. The agreed upon total contract amount shall be $965,547A0 including the Base Proposal { $898,183.00 ), Owner's Contingency Allowance ( $67,364.00 and Alternate Nos. 0 ( $00,00 i. Insurance Requirements: The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until it has obtained all insurance required under the Contract Documents, and the Owner has approved such insurance. The Contractor shall be responsible for delivering to the Owner the sub -contractors' certificates of insurance for approval. The Contractor shall indicate on its certificate of insurance included in the documents for execution whether or not its insurance covers subcontractors. It is the intention of the Owner that the insurance coverage required herein shall include the coverage of all subcontractors. CFW PMD — Instruction to Offerors Page 23 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 a. WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE: Statutory limits. Employer's liability. O $100,000 disease each employee. O $500,000 disease policy limit. 0 $100,000 each accident. COMMERCIAL GENERAL, LIABILITY INSURANCE: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract public liability insurance coverage in the form of a Commercial General Liability insurance policy to cover bodily injury, including death, and property damage at the following limits: $1,000,000 each occurrence and $2,000,000 aggregate limit. The insurance shall be provided on a project specific basis and shall be endorsed accordingly. ® The insurance shall include, but not be limited to, contingent liability for independent contractors, XCU coverage, and contractual liability. C. BUSINESS AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY: $1,000,000 each accident. The policy shall cover any auto used in the course of the project. d. BUILDER'S RISK OR INSTALLATION FLOATER: This insurance shall be applicable according to the property risks associated with the project and commensurate with the contractual obligations specified in the contract documents. e. EXCESS LIABILITY UMBRELLA: $1,000,000 each occurrence; $2,000,000 aggregate limit. ® This insurance shall provide excess coverage over each line of liability insurance required herein. The policy shall follow the form(s) of the underlying policies. SCOPE. OF INSURANCE AND SPECIAL HAZARD: The insurance required under the above paragraphs shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor and its subcontractors, respectively, against damage claims which may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by it, against any insurable hazards which may be encountered in the performance of the Contract. PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE: The Contractor shall furnish the owner with satisfactory proof of coverage by insurance required in these Contract Documents in the amounts and by insurance carriers satisfactory to the Owner. The form to be used shall be the current Accord certificate of insurance form or such other form as the Owner may in its sole discretion deem acceptable. All insurance requirements made upon the Contractor shall apply to the sub -contractors, should the Contractor's insurance not cover the subcontractor's work operations performed in the course of this contracted project. CFW PMD — Instruction to Offerors Page 24 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Repiacement May 2020 ADDITIONAL. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS: _ J a. The Owner, its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional insured an Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer's liability insurance coverage under Contractor's workers' compensation insurance policy. b. Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the City of Fort Worth, contract administrator in the respective department as specified in the bid documents, 200 Texas Street, Fort Worth, TX 76102, prior to commencement of work on the contracted project. C. Any failure on part of the Owner to request required insurance documentation shall not constitute a waiver of the insurance requirements specified herein. d. Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide the Owner a minimum thirty days' notice of cancellation, non -renewal, and/or material change in policy terms or coverage. A ten days' notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of premium. e. Insurers must be authorized to do business in the State of Texas and have a current A.M. Best rating of A:VII or equivalent measure of financial strength and solvency. f. Deductible limits, or self -funded retention limits, on each policy must not exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence unless otherwise approved by the Owner. g. In lieu of traditional insurance, Owner may consider alternative coverage or risk treatment measures through insurance pools or risk retention groups. The Owner must approve in writing any alternative coverage. h. Workers' compensation insurance policy(s) covering employees employed on the project shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation providing rights of recovery in favor of the Owner. L Owner shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for contractor's insurance. Contractor's insurance policies shall each be endorsed to provide that such insurance is primary protection and any self -funded or commercial coverage maintained by Owner shall not be called upon to contribute to loss recovery. k. In the course of the project, Contractor shall report, in a timely manner, to Owner's officially designated contract administrator any known loss occurrence which could give rise to a liability claim or lawsuit or which could result in a property loss. I. Contractor's liability shall not be limited to the specified amounts of insurance required herein. M. Upon the request of Owner, Contractor shall provide complete copies of all insurance policies required by these contract documents. If this Contract is in excess of $25,000, the Contractor shall provide a Payment Bond in the full amount of the contract. If the contract is in excess of $100,000 Contractor shall provide both Payment and Performance Bonds for the full amount of the contract. Construction shall not start without a "Notice to Proceed". The Notice to Proceed shall not be issued without bonds in place. Contractor shall apply for all City of Fort Worth Permits and for any other permits required by this project. City of Fort Worth Permit fees are waived. Separate permits will be required for each facility. CFW PMD — Instruction to Offerors Fort Worth Alliance Airport --- Control Tower HVAC Replacement Page 25 of 35 May 2020 If the Contractor should fail to complete the work as set forth in the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents within the time so stipulated, plus any additional time allowed as provided in the General Condi- tions, there shall be deducted from any monies due or which may thereafter become due him, the liquidated damages outlined in the General Conditions, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages, the Contractor and their Surety shall be liable to the Owner for such deficiency. IMMIGRATION NATIONALITY ACT: City actively supports the Immigration & Nationality Act (INA) which includes provisions addressing employment eligibility, employment verification, and nondiscrimination. Vendor shall verify the identity and employment eligibility of all employees who perform work under this Agreement. Vendor shall complete the Employment Eligibility Verification Form (1-9), maintain photocopies of all supporting employment eligibility and identity documentation for all employees, and upon request, provide City with copies of all 1-9 forms and supporting eligibility documentation for each employee who performs work under this Agreement. Vendor shall establish appropriate procedures and controls so that no services will be performed by any employee who is not legally eligible to perform such services. Vendor shall provide City with a certification letter that it has complied with the verification requirements required by this Agreement. Vendor shall indemnify City from any penalties or liabilities due to violations of this provision. City shall have the right to immediately terminate this Agreement for violations of this provision by Vendor. No Boycott of Israel. If Contractor has fewer than 10 employees or the Agreement is for less than $100,000, this section does not apply. Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2270 of the Texas Government Code, City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or services unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. The terms "boycott Israel" and .,company" shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Section 808.001 of the Texas Government Code. By signing this Agreement, Contractor certifies that Contractor's signature provides written verification to City that Contractor: (1) does not boycott Israel, and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the Agreement. CFW P M D — Instruction to Offerors Page 26 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 Executed effective as of the date signed by the Assistant City Manager below. 70RT WORTH: City of Fort Worth By: — '6 Name: Dana Burgh f Title. Assistant Ci Manag Date: Approval Recommended: By: Name: Ste Cooke Title: Director, Property Management Dept. Attest: Name: a- or Title: City Sec ary _fir CONTRACTOR: e= Infinity Contractors International LTD By: ...�_.� Name: o Salter Title: President Date: •. Contract Compliance Manager: By signing I acknowledge that I am the person responsible for the monitoring and administration of this contract, including ensuring all performance and reporting requirements. Ae" /,-,) "> By. LON Name: Brian Glass Title: Architectural Services Manager Approved as to Form and legality: By: Name: John B. Strong Title: Assistant City Attorney Contract Authorization; May 5, 2020 O&C. M&C 20-0294 ; V'l 0 l'o a- -�0.1am53530 % IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City of Fort Worth has caused this instrument to be signed in four counterparts in its name and on its behalf by the City Manager and attested by its Secretary, with the corporate seal of the City of Fort Worth attached. The Contractor has executed this Instrument through its duly authorized officers in four counterparts with its corporate seal attached. FFICRAL RECORD ClITY SECRETARY FT. WORTH, T CFW PMO — Instruction to Olforors Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement Pago 27 of 85 May 2020 Executed effective as of the date signed by the Assistant City Manager below. FORT WORTH: City of Fort Worth By: a r Name: Dana Burghdoff Title: Assistant Ciitt7�7; Date: &o z Approval Recommended: ,X-1 By: Name: Ste Cooke Title: Director, Property Management Dept. Attest: By: Name: Mary J. Kayser Title: City Secretary CONTRACTOR: Infinity Contractors International LTD By: Name: o Salter Title: President Date: Contract Compliance Manager: By signing I acknowledge that I am the person responsible for the monitoring and administration of this contract, including ensuring all performance and reporting requirements. By: & awco4e�..Name: Brian Glass Title: Architectural Services Manager Approved as to Form and Legality: By: Name: Title: John B. Strong Assistant City Attorney Contract Authorization: May 5, 2020 M&C: M&C 20-0294 t 13 wq5 : 1N WITNESS WHEREOF, the City of Fort Worth has caused this instrument to be signed in four counterparts in its name and on its behalf by the City Manager and attested by its Secretary, with the corporate seal of the City of Fort Worth attached. The Contractor has executed this instrument through its duly authorized officers in four counterparts with its corporate seal attached. OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY FT. WORTHP CFW PMD -- Instruction to Offerors Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement Page 27 of 35 May 2020 Bond ## CA33499013 PERFORMANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § That we, Infinity Contractors International LTD , known as "Principal" herein and Great Tn-gur-ane —Comp,any ofNew York , a corporate surety (sureties, if more than one) duty authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the penal sure of, Nine Hundred Sixty -Five Thousand Five Hundred Forty -Seven Collars and Zero Cents , ( $965.647.00 ), lawfid money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas for the payment of which suns well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded the JL day of Mav , 2020, which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment Iabor and other accessories defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Change Orders, as provided for in said Contract designated as Fort Worth Alliance Airport -- Control Tower HVAC Renlacernent located at 2300 Alliance Blvd., Fort Worth Texas 76177 (PMD2018-08, City Project No. CO23491 NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform it obligations under the Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully perform the Work, including Change Orders, cinder the Contract, according to the plans, specifications, and contract documents therein referred to, and as well during any period of extension of the Contract that may be ,granted on the part of the City, then this obligation shall be and become null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division. This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statue. CFW PMa — Instruction to Offerors Page 30 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the lAthday of _ 1+ , 2020. ATTEST: (Principal) Secretary Witness as to Principal i f t Witness as to Surety PRINCIPAL.,: Infinity Contractors international LTD B S� ure F„Beb Sal_ter��r�nti�ive i]i�6COr Name and Title Address:.2563 E Loop 820 N Fort Worth, TX 76118 SURETY: at A,marx can insurAn a t'omneny of New York BY; _�,f'�J1,� lC��_�� Signature Carolvn Maules , Attorney —In —Fact Name and Title Address: 640 Taylor Street Fort Worth, TX 76102 Telephone Number: 817-420-5700 'Note: - If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation, If Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. GFW PMD — Insiruction to Offerors Fort Worth Alliance Airport —Control Tower HVAC Replacement Page 31 of 35 May 2020 GR1;A.TT1xkf� R FC t SURANCE GROUP Y S IMPORTANT NOTICE: Great American Insurance Company of New York Great American Alliance Insurance Company Great American Insurance Company To obtain information or make a complaint: You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-500-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9091 FAX: 1-512-490-1007 Your notice of claim against the attached bond may be given to the surety company that issued the bond by sending it by certified or registered mail to the following address: Mailing Address: Great American Insurance Company P.O. Box 2119 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Physical Address: Great American Insurance Company 301 E. Fourth Street Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 You may also contact the Great American Insurance Company Claim office by: Fax: 1-888-290-3706 Telephone: l-513-369-5091 Email: bondelaims@gaic.com PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: If you have a dispute concerning a premium, you should contact the agent first. If you have a dispute concerning a claim, you should contact the company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POND: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. F.9667A (10l16) GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK New York Administrative Office: 301 E 4TH S'I R ET , CINCINNATI, OHIO 45202 • 513-369-5000 o FAX 613-723-2740 The number of persons authorized by this power of attorney is not more than SIX No. Q 14975 POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK, a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of New York, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint the person or persons named below its true and lawful attorney -in -fact, for it and in its name, place and stead to execute on behalf of the said Company, as surety, any and all bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof; provided that the liability of the said Company on any such bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall not exceed the limit stated below. Name Address Limit of Power JOHN R. WILSON GREG WILKERSON CATHY VINSON VICKIE A. ROSS CAROLYN MAPLES ALL OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS ALL $100,000,000 NIKKI ADAMS This Power of Attorney revokes all previous powers issued on behalf of the attorneys) -in -fact named above. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 6TH day of MARCH 1 2019 . Attest �Laaeoa�re g� - �SEAL�= o � Assistant Secreeary STATE: OF OHIO, COUNTY OF HAMILTON-ss: GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK Divisional Se+tior Kee President MARK VICARIQ (877-377-2406) On this 6TH day of MARCH , 2019 , before me personally appeared MARK VICARIO, to me known, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he resides in Cincinnati, Ohio, that he is a Divisional Senior Vice President of the Bond Division of Great American Insurance Company of New York, the Company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal; that It was so affixed by authority of his office under the By -Laws of said Company, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority. Su," i A. NwA k1pukk swe of ONO • My fs � 0�11i This Power of Attorney is granted by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Great American Insurance Company of New York by unanimous written consent dated May 14, 2009. RESOLVED. That the Divisional President, the several Divisional Senior Vice Presidents, Divisional Vice Presidents and Divisional Assistant Vice Presidents, or any one of them, be and hereby is authorized, from time to time, to appoint one or more Attorneys -in -Fact to execute on behalf of the Company, as surety, any and all bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof; to prescribe their respective duties and the respective limits of their authority; and to revoke any such appointment at any time. RESOLVED FURTHER: That the Company seal and the signature of any of the aforesaid officers and any Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certificate of either given for the execution of any bond, undertaking, contract of suretyship, or other written obligation in the nature thereof, such signature and seal when so used being hereby adopted by the Company as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Company, to be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. CERTIFICATION I, STEPHEN C. BERAHA, Assistant Secretary of Great American Insurance Company of New York, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney and the Resolutions of the Board of Directors of May 14, 2009 have not been revoked and are now in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 14tiz day of May LOa90.Uig i�4� 1� SEAL ' 2020 SY ISSM 107/181 .4Isisfunt Seriutern li •M7.1-T-0112, PAYMENT BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS KNOW ALL BY THE' SE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT That we, Infinity Contractors International LTD__ , lalown as " Principal" herein, and Great American Insurance CqMany of New York , a corporate surety (sureties), duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the penal suns of, dine Hundred Sixty -Five Thousand five Hundred Forty -Seven Dollars and Zero Cents ($965,547.001, lawftil money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for the payment of which suns well and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents: WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written Contract with City, awarded the 5"` day of May . , 2020, which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment, labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work as provided for in said Contract and designated as Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement located at 2300 Alliance Blvd., Fort Worth, Texas 76177 (PMD2018-08, City Protect No. CO2349). NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if Principal shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiary (as defined in Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended) in the prosecution of the Work under the Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in f ill force and effect. This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statute. CFW PMD — instruction to offerors Page 28 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 i 1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the _3.-4th duty of .2020. t PRINCIPAL: Infinity Contractors International LTD f ATTEST: Bik" S. (Principal) Secretary Jim Bob Salter Executive Director Name and Title Address: , 2563 Z L QP 820 N Fort Worth, TX 76102 - P Witness as to Principal SURETY: rxoa} Amezi n Tn %mxinr,o CQmpany of New York ATTEST: BY:Q� ` Signature (Surety) Secretary ` 11[ klc� aa�~, Witness as to Surety Carolyn Maples, Attosnty-In-Fact Name and Title Address: 640 Taylor Street _ art Lniauh.'X 1102 Telephone Number: 817-420-5700 '-Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety, there must be on file a certified extract from the bylaws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. CFW PMD -- Instruction to Offerors Page 29 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport - Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 -- Great American Insurance Company of New York GREAT/jjjfERT ,Ly Great American Alliance Insurance Company (NSURANCE 000UP Great American Insurance Company IMPORTANT NOTICE: To obtain information or make a complaint: You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 75714-9091 FAX: 1 -512-490-1007 Your notice of claim against the attached bond may be given to the surety company that issued the bond by sending it by certified or registered mail to the following address: MaiMg Address: Great American Insurance Company P.O. Box 2119 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 Physical Address: Great American Insurance Company 301 E. Fourth Street Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 You may also contact the Great American Insurance Company Claim office by: Fax: 1-888-290-3706 Telephone: 1-513-369-5091 Email: bonclelaims@gaic.com PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: If you have a dispute concerning a premium, you should contact the agent first. If you have a dispute concerning a claim, you should contact the company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. F.9667A (10116) k ; GREAT All ERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK New York Administrative Office: 301 E 4TH STREET • CINCINNATI, OHIO 45202 m 513-369-5000 a FAX 513-723-2740 The number of persons authorized by this power of attorney is not more than SIX No. 0 14975 POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the GREATAMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK, a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of New York, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint the person or persons named below its true and lawful attorney -in -fact, for it and in its name, place and stead to execute on behalf of the said Company, as surety, any and all bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof; provided that the liability of the said Company on any such bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall not exceed the limit stated below. Name Address Limit of Power JOHN R. WILSON ALL OF ALL GREG WILKERSON FORT WORTH, TEXAS $100,000,000 CATHY VINSON VICKIE A, ROSS CAROLYN MAPLES NIKKI ADAMS This Power of Attorney revokes all previous powers issued on behalf of the attorneys) -in -fact named above. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 6TH day of MARCH , 2019 Attest GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 9IX4 14 � j\j//\\r.ONOAAfE MYSG « ._ Asristrt+rrScuxlctrlUieixiuuulSeniori'ier Prrsideat MARK VICARIO (877-377-2405) STATE OF OHIO, COUNTY OF HAMILTON-ss: On this 6TH day of MARCH 2019 , before me personally appeared MARK VICARIO, to me known, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he resides in Cincinnati, Ohio, that he is a Divisional Senior Vice President of the Bond Division of Great American Insurance Company of New York, the Company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal; that it was so affixed by authority of his office under the By -Laws of said Company, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority. Sum A. K fd o " r C(ft 4, MyCwwnhW DON WIM This Power of Attorney is granted by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Great American Insurance Company of New York by unanimous written consent dated May 14, 2009. RESOLVED: That the Divisional President, the several Divisional Senior Vice Presidents, Divisional Vice Presidents and Divisional Assistant Vice Presidents, or any one of them, be and hereby is authorized, from time to time, to appoint one or more Attorneys -in -Fact to execute on behalf of the Company, as surety, any and all bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof, to prescribe their respective duties and the respective limits of their authority,- and to revoke any such appointment at any time. RESOLVED FURTHER: That the Company seal and the signature of any of the aforesaid officers and any Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certificate of either given for the execution of any bond, undertaking, contract of suretyship, or other written obligation in the nature thereof, such signature and seal when so used being hereby adopted by the Company as the original signature of such officer and the original seat of the Company, to be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. CER T IFICA T ION I, STEPHEN C. BERAHA, Assistant Secretary of Great American Insurance Company of New York, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney and the Resolutions of the Board of Directors of May 14, 2009 have not been revoked and are now in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 14th day of May 2020 coa2nAArr ;g; SEAL J�-sltfFfrrf Ser1'cfc+e'! 811a5M I07f18) CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it provides worker's compensation :insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City Project, Fort Worth Alliance Airport - Control Tower HVAC Replacement located at 2300 Alliance Blvd., Fort Worth Texas 76177 PMD2018-08 City Pro'eet No. CO2349 . Contractor further certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section 406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor's certificates of compliance with worker's compensation coverage. CONTRACTOR: 4, a,. f X44-6tS�-�— Company AA tt -- __ II (Please ' - ,2513 6 L w � /1�7�u� Signat Address Sys-r on,& Title: AMA f c6--T - - City/State/Zip (Please Print) THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared �MiL— , known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as the act and deed of . M. 4. ��-- IS U nIr for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the cap city therein stated. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this day of 1 lW , 2020. .� �tu:'Pf��LEAH EMkLY IBARfiA zr;�!¢ r�Notery Public, State of Texas .4 Comm, Expirss 06-05-2022 Notary Public in and for the State of Texas ttco Notary 10 129538142 CFW PMD — instruction to Offerors Page 33 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 4'-0" ILLS CENTERLINE OF ' SIGN, LOGO & TEXT INFORMATION Projed-1 Title Architect: Architect's mama Contractor: Co � tra tOr's Name FUNDED BY (List Bond Fund, etc.) SCHEDULED COMPLETION ?ATE YEAR SIGN COLOR & FONT: BACKGROUND - WHITE BORDER - 6118" WIDE, 3" I,ADII_JB CORNERS, FINIS 288 (BLUE) TEXT - HELVETICA or ARIAL, PIVIS 288 (BLUE) FORT WORTH LOGO COLOR FONT: FORT WORTH - LIVID 288 (BLUE), CHELTENHAM BOLD LONGHORN LOGO - LIVID 725 (BROWN) PROJECT DrSAG"NATION SIGN CFW PMD — Instruction to Offerors Page 34 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020 CITE'' OF FORT WORTH BEST VALUE UTILIZATION FORM `City of Fort Worth accepted, NCTRCA certified MBE participation to address the staled MSEgoal mast be obtained from the listings provided via the Cily of Fort Worth's iwebsile or direclivfrom staff of the Cfhrs M/WBEOffice. PRIME COMPANY NAME: is this a change order? If PROPOSAL DATE: es what# ADI)RFSS: NAME OF SOLICITATION: PHONE/ FAR: CONTACT PERSON: EMAIL ADDRESS: MBE PARTICIPATION COMMITMENT PERCENTAGE: % MBEGOAL• % AREA/DETAIL 1 DETAIL SUBCONTRACTORfSUPPLIER SUUCONIRACIING PURCHASrO DOLLARAMOUNT YESINO WORK %OF WORK Company Name Address Phone/Fax JEmail: Contact Person Company Name Address Phono/Fax Email: Contact Person Company Name Address Phone/Fax Email: Contact Person Company Name Address Phone/Fax Email: Contact Person IRnsnnndnnls %hnif usa this inrm to idanlifv ALL suhrnnlrac torslsunollers. reaardless of status: i.e-. Disadvantaged. Minority- Women and non-D/M1WBEs. List MBE Forms first and copy this sheet to continue list. If this document is not submitted in the allotted time, the MWBE will deem the Offeror as non -responsive. 6/1/2012 CFW PMD — Instruction to Offerors Page 35 of 35 Fort Worth Alliance Airport — Control Tower HVAC Replacement May 2020